1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
3 Copyright (C) 1985-1988, 1993-1995, 1997-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
24 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
25 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
26 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
30 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
31 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
32 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
33 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code.
35 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
36 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
37 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
38 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
39 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
40 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
41 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
42 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
43 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
45 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
46 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
47 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
49 +----------------------------------+ |
50 Don't use this path when called |
53 expose_window (asynchronous) |
55 X expose events -----+
57 What does redisplay do? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
58 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
59 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
60 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
62 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
63 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
64 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
65 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
66 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
67 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
68 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
69 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
72 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
73 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
74 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
75 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
76 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
78 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
79 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
80 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
81 frequently. Some of these optimizations are implemented by the
86 This function tries to update the display if the text in the
87 window did not change and did not scroll, only point moved, and
88 it did not move off the displayed portion of the text.
90 . try_window_reusing_current_matrix
92 This function reuses the current matrix of a window when text
93 has not changed, but the window start changed (e.g., due to
98 This function attempts to redisplay a window by reusing parts of
99 its existing display. It finds and reuses the part that was not
100 changed, and redraws the rest.
104 This function performs the full redisplay of a single window
105 assuming that its fonts were not changed and that the cursor
106 will not end up in the scroll margins. (Loading fonts requires
107 re-adjustment of dimensions of glyph matrices, which makes this
108 method impossible to use.)
110 These optimizations are tried in sequence (some can be skipped if
111 it is known that they are not applicable). If none of the
112 optimizations were successful, redisplay calls redisplay_windows,
113 which performs a full redisplay of all windows.
117 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
118 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
119 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
120 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
121 description of the environment in which the text is to be
122 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
124 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
125 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
126 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
127 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
128 interface functions taking an iterator structure (struct it)
131 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
132 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
133 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
134 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
135 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
137 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
138 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
139 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
140 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
141 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
144 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
145 calling get_next_display_element and then PRODUCE_GLYPHS. The call
146 to PRODUCE_GLYPHS will fill the iterator structure with pixel
147 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
148 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
149 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
150 glyphs produced are discarded. The function display_line is the
151 workhorse of filling glyph rows in the desired matrix with glyphs.
152 In addition to producing glyphs, it also handles line truncation
153 and continuation, word wrap, and cursor positioning (for the
154 latter, see also set_cursor_from_row).
158 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
159 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
160 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
161 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
162 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
163 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
165 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
166 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
167 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
168 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
169 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
170 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
171 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
172 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
173 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
174 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
175 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point.
177 Bidirectional display.
179 Bidirectional display adds quite some hair to this already complex
180 design. The good news are that a large portion of that hairy stuff
181 is hidden in bidi.c behind only 3 interfaces. bidi.c implements a
182 reordering engine which is called by set_iterator_to_next and
183 returns the next character to display in the visual order. See
184 commentary on bidi.c for more details. As far as redisplay is
185 concerned, the effect of calling bidi_move_to_visually_next, the
186 main interface of the reordering engine, is that the iterator gets
187 magically placed on the buffer or string position that is to be
188 displayed next. In other words, a linear iteration through the
189 buffer/string is replaced with a non-linear one. All the rest of
190 the redisplay is oblivious to the bidi reordering.
192 Well, almost oblivious---there are still complications, most of
193 them due to the fact that buffer and string positions no longer
194 change monotonously with glyph indices in a glyph row. Moreover,
195 for continued lines, the buffer positions may not even be
196 monotonously changing with vertical positions. Also, accounting
197 for face changes, overlays, etc. becomes more complex because
198 non-linear iteration could potentially skip many positions with
199 changes, and then cross them again on the way back...
201 One other prominent effect of bidirectional display is that some
202 paragraphs of text need to be displayed starting at the right
203 margin of the window---the so-called right-to-left, or R2L
204 paragraphs. R2L paragraphs are displayed with R2L glyph rows,
205 which have their reversed_p flag set. The bidi reordering engine
206 produces characters in such rows starting from the character which
207 should be the rightmost on display. PRODUCE_GLYPHS then reverses
208 the order, when it fills up the glyph row whose reversed_p flag is
209 set, by prepending each new glyph to what is already there, instead
210 of appending it. When the glyph row is complete, the function
211 extend_face_to_end_of_line fills the empty space to the left of the
212 leftmost character with special glyphs, which will display as,
213 well, empty. On text terminals, these special glyphs are simply
214 blank characters. On graphics terminals, there's a single stretch
215 glyph of a suitably computed width. Both the blanks and the
216 stretch glyph are given the face of the background of the line.
217 This way, the terminal-specific back-end can still draw the glyphs
218 left to right, even for R2L lines.
220 Bidirectional display and character compositions
222 Some scripts cannot be displayed by drawing each character
223 individually, because adjacent characters change each other's shape
224 on display. For example, Arabic and Indic scripts belong to this
227 Emacs display supports this by providing "character compositions",
228 most of which is implemented in composite.c. During the buffer
229 scan that delivers characters to PRODUCE_GLYPHS, if the next
230 character to be delivered is a composed character, the iteration
231 calls composition_reseat_it and next_element_from_composition. If
232 they succeed to compose the character with one or more of the
233 following characters, the whole sequence of characters that where
234 composed is recorded in the `struct composition_it' object that is
235 part of the buffer iterator. The composed sequence could produce
236 one or more font glyphs (called "grapheme clusters") on the screen.
237 Each of these grapheme clusters is then delivered to PRODUCE_GLYPHS
238 in the direction corresponding to the current bidi scan direction
239 (recorded in the scan_dir member of the `struct bidi_it' object
240 that is part of the buffer iterator). In particular, if the bidi
241 iterator currently scans the buffer backwards, the grapheme
242 clusters are delivered back to front. This reorders the grapheme
243 clusters as appropriate for the current bidi context. Note that
244 this means that the grapheme clusters are always stored in the
245 LGSTRING object (see composite.c) in the logical order.
247 Moving an iterator in bidirectional text
248 without producing glyphs
250 Note one important detail mentioned above: that the bidi reordering
251 engine, driven by the iterator, produces characters in R2L rows
252 starting at the character that will be the rightmost on display.
253 As far as the iterator is concerned, the geometry of such rows is
254 still left to right, i.e. the iterator "thinks" the first character
255 is at the leftmost pixel position. The iterator does not know that
256 PRODUCE_GLYPHS reverses the order of the glyphs that the iterator
257 delivers. This is important when functions from the the move_it_*
258 family are used to get to certain screen position or to match
259 screen coordinates with buffer coordinates: these functions use the
260 iterator geometry, which is left to right even in R2L paragraphs.
261 This works well with most callers of move_it_*, because they need
262 to get to a specific column, and columns are still numbered in the
263 reading order, i.e. the rightmost character in a R2L paragraph is
264 still column zero. But some callers do not get well with this; a
265 notable example is mouse clicks that need to find the character
266 that corresponds to certain pixel coordinates. See
267 buffer_posn_from_coords in dispnew.c for how this is handled. */
275 #include "keyboard.h"
278 #include "termchar.h"
279 #include "dispextern.h"
281 #include "character.h"
284 #include "commands.h"
288 #include "termhooks.h"
289 #include "termopts.h"
290 #include "intervals.h"
293 #include "region-cache.h"
296 #include "blockinput.h"
298 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
313 #ifndef FRAME_X_OUTPUT
314 #define FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f) ((f)->output_data.x)
317 #define INFINITY 10000000
319 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map
, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
;
320 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions
;
321 Lisp_Object Qwindow_text_change_functions
;
322 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
323 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
;
324 Lisp_Object QCeval
, QCfile
, QCdata
, QCpropertize
;
325 Lisp_Object Qfontified
;
326 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only
;
327 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
;
328 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position
, Qposition
, Qobject
;
329 Lisp_Object Qright_to_left
, Qleft_to_right
;
332 Lisp_Object Qbar
, Qhbar
, Qbox
, Qhollow
;
335 Lisp_Object Qarrow
, Qhand
, Qtext
;
337 /* Holds the list (error). */
338 Lisp_Object list_of_error
;
340 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions
;
342 Lisp_Object Qwrap_prefix
;
343 Lisp_Object Qline_prefix
;
345 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
347 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_redisplay
;
349 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
351 Lisp_Object Qdisplay
;
353 Lisp_Object Qspace
, QCalign_to
, QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
354 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin
, Qright_margin
, Qspace_width
, Qraise
;
357 Lisp_Object Qmargin
, Qpointer
;
358 Lisp_Object Qline_height
;
360 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
362 /* Test if overflow newline into fringe. Called with iterator IT
363 at or past right window margin, and with IT->current_x set. */
365 #define IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE(IT) \
366 (!NILP (Voverflow_newline_into_fringe) \
367 && FRAME_WINDOW_P ((IT)->f) \
368 && ((IT)->bidi_it.paragraph_dir == R2L \
369 ? (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH ((IT)->w) > 0) \
370 : (WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH ((IT)->w) > 0)) \
371 && (IT)->current_x == (IT)->last_visible_x \
372 && (IT)->line_wrap != WORD_WRAP)
374 #else /* !HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
375 #define IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE(it) 0
376 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
378 /* Test if the display element loaded in IT is a space or tab
379 character. This is used to determine word wrapping. */
381 #define IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE(it) \
382 (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && (it->c == ' ' || it->c == '\t'))
384 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
386 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace
;
388 /* Name and number of the face used to highlight escape glyphs. */
390 Lisp_Object Qescape_glyph
;
392 /* Name and number of the face used to highlight non-breaking spaces. */
394 Lisp_Object Qnobreak_space
;
396 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
397 images in Lisp. Also a tool bar style. */
401 /* The image map types. */
402 Lisp_Object QCmap
, QCpointer
;
403 Lisp_Object Qrect
, Qcircle
, Qpoly
;
405 /* Tool bar styles */
406 Lisp_Object Qboth
, Qboth_horiz
, Qtext_image_horiz
;
408 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
411 int noninteractive_need_newline
;
413 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
415 static int message_log_need_newline
;
417 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
418 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
419 in handling memory-full errors. */
420 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1
;
421 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2
;
422 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3
;
424 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
425 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
426 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
427 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
429 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos
;
431 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
432 terminating newline. */
434 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos
;
436 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
438 static int this_line_vpos
;
439 static int this_line_y
;
440 static int this_line_pixel_height
;
442 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
443 negative if first character is partially visible. */
445 static int this_line_start_x
;
447 /* The smallest character position seen by move_it_* functions as they
448 move across display lines. Used to set MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS of
449 hscrolled lines, see display_line. */
451 static struct text_pos this_line_min_pos
;
453 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
455 static struct buffer
*this_line_buffer
;
458 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay are stored as
459 properties on `overlay-arrow-position' symbol. However, if
460 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last-arrow-position is its
461 numerical position. */
463 Lisp_Object Qlast_arrow_position
, Qlast_arrow_string
;
465 /* Alternative overlay-arrow-string and overlay-arrow-bitmap
466 properties on a symbol in overlay-arrow-variable-list. */
468 Lisp_Object Qoverlay_arrow_string
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
;
470 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook
;
472 /* Nonzero if an overlay arrow has been displayed in this window. */
474 static int overlay_arrow_seen
;
476 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
477 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
482 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
484 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector
[3];
486 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
487 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
488 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
490 Lisp_Object echo_area_window
;
492 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
493 pushes the current message and the value of
494 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
495 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
497 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack
;
499 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
500 message was specified. */
502 int message_enable_multibyte
;
504 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
506 int update_mode_lines
;
508 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
509 redisplay that finished. */
511 int windows_or_buffers_changed
;
513 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
515 int cursor_type_changed
;
517 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
520 int line_number_displayed
;
522 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
524 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name
;
526 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
527 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
529 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer
[2];
531 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
533 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer
[2];
535 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
537 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
539 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
540 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
542 static int display_last_displayed_message_p
;
544 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
547 int message_buf_print
;
549 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
551 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update
;
552 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines
;
554 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
555 of an emptied echo area. */
557 static int message_cleared_p
;
559 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
560 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
562 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
563 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row
;
564 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs
[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
];
566 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
568 static int last_max_ascent
, last_height
;
570 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
572 int help_echo_showing_p
;
574 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
575 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
576 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
578 int current_mode_line_height
, current_header_line_height
;
580 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
581 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
582 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
583 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
584 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
586 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
590 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
593 int trace_redisplay_p
;
595 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
597 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
598 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
601 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
603 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
606 Lisp_Object Qauto_hscroll_mode
;
608 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
610 struct buffer
*displayed_buffer
;
612 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
617 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
,
618 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
,
622 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
627 /* The name of the property. */
630 /* A unique index for the property. */
633 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
634 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
635 enum prop_handled (*handler
) (struct it
*it
);
638 static enum prop_handled
handle_face_prop (struct it
*);
639 static enum prop_handled
handle_invisible_prop (struct it
*);
640 static enum prop_handled
handle_display_prop (struct it
*);
641 static enum prop_handled
handle_composition_prop (struct it
*);
642 static enum prop_handled
handle_overlay_change (struct it
*);
643 static enum prop_handled
handle_fontified_prop (struct it
*);
645 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
647 static struct props it_props
[] =
649 {&Qfontified
, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX
, handle_fontified_prop
},
650 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
651 `display' need to know the face. */
652 {&Qface
, FACE_PROP_IDX
, handle_face_prop
},
653 {&Qdisplay
, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX
, handle_display_prop
},
654 {&Qinvisible
, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX
, handle_invisible_prop
},
655 {&Qcomposition
, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX
, handle_composition_prop
},
659 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
660 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
662 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
664 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
668 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
671 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
672 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
,
674 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
677 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
681 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
682 be displayed truncated. */
685 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
689 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
690 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
691 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
694 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
695 static int clear_face_cache_count
;
697 /* Similarly for the image cache. */
699 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
700 #define CLEAR_IMAGE_CACHE_COUNT 101
701 static int clear_image_cache_count
;
703 /* Null glyph slice */
704 static struct glyph_slice null_glyph_slice
= { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
707 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
711 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
;
713 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
714 (The display is done in read_char.) */
716 Lisp_Object help_echo_string
;
717 Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
718 Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
719 EMACS_INT help_echo_pos
;
721 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
723 Lisp_Object previous_help_echo_string
;
725 /* Platform-independent portion of hourglass implementation. */
727 /* Non-zero means an hourglass cursor is currently shown. */
728 int hourglass_shown_p
;
730 /* If non-null, an asynchronous timer that, when it expires, displays
731 an hourglass cursor on all frames. */
732 struct atimer
*hourglass_atimer
;
734 /* Name of the face used to display glyphless characters. */
735 Lisp_Object Qglyphless_char
;
737 /* Symbol for the purpose of Vglyphless_char_display. */
738 Lisp_Object Qglyphless_char_display
;
740 /* Method symbols for Vglyphless_char_display. */
741 static Lisp_Object Qhex_code
, Qempty_box
, Qthin_space
, Qzero_width
;
743 /* Default pixel width of `thin-space' display method. */
744 #define THIN_SPACE_WIDTH 1
746 /* Default number of seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass
748 #define DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY 1
751 /* Function prototypes. */
753 static void setup_for_ellipsis (struct it
*, int);
754 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 (struct window
*, int);
755 static int single_display_spec_string_p (Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
756 static int display_prop_string_p (Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
757 static int cursor_row_p (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
758 static int redisplay_mode_lines (Lisp_Object
, int);
759 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding (Lisp_Object
, char *, int);
761 static Lisp_Object
get_it_property (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
);
763 static void handle_line_prefix (struct it
*);
765 static void pint2str (char *, int, EMACS_INT
);
766 static void pint2hrstr (char *, int, int);
767 static struct text_pos
run_window_scroll_functions (Lisp_Object
,
769 static void reconsider_clip_changes (struct window
*, struct buffer
*);
770 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p (struct window
*,
771 EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
772 static void store_mode_line_noprop_char (char);
773 static int store_mode_line_noprop (const char *, int, int);
774 static void handle_stop (struct it
*);
775 static void handle_stop_backwards (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
);
776 static int single_display_spec_intangible_p (Lisp_Object
);
777 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers (void);
778 static Lisp_Object
unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (Lisp_Object
);
779 static Lisp_Object
with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (struct window
*);
780 static int with_echo_area_buffer (struct window
*, int,
781 int (*) (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
),
782 EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
783 static void clear_garbaged_frames (void);
784 static int current_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
785 static int truncate_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
786 static int set_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
787 static int display_echo_area (struct window
*);
788 static int display_echo_area_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
789 static int resize_mini_window_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
790 static Lisp_Object
unwind_redisplay (Lisp_Object
);
791 static int string_char_and_length (const unsigned char *, int *);
792 static struct text_pos
display_prop_end (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
794 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (struct window
*);
795 static Lisp_Object
safe_eval_handler (Lisp_Object
);
796 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs (struct it
*);
797 static struct glyph_row
*get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (struct window
*,
799 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line (struct it
*);
800 static int append_space_for_newline (struct it
*, int);
801 static int cursor_row_fully_visible_p (struct window
*, int, int);
802 static int try_scrolling (Lisp_Object
, int, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, int, int);
803 static int try_cursor_movement (Lisp_Object
, struct text_pos
, int *);
804 static int trailing_whitespace_p (EMACS_INT
);
805 static unsigned long int message_log_check_duplicate (EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
,
806 EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
807 static void push_it (struct it
*);
808 static void pop_it (struct it
*);
809 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (struct window
*);
810 static void select_frame_for_redisplay (Lisp_Object
);
811 static void redisplay_internal (int);
812 static int echo_area_display (int);
813 static void redisplay_windows (Lisp_Object
);
814 static void redisplay_window (Lisp_Object
, int);
815 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_error (Lisp_Object
);
816 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_0 (Lisp_Object
);
817 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_1 (Lisp_Object
);
818 static int update_menu_bar (struct frame
*, int, int);
819 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix (struct window
*);
820 static int try_window_id (struct window
*);
821 static int display_line (struct it
*);
822 static int display_mode_lines (struct window
*);
823 static int display_mode_line (struct window
*, enum face_id
, Lisp_Object
);
824 static int display_mode_element (struct it
*, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
, int);
825 static int store_mode_line_string (const char *, Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
);
826 static const char *decode_mode_spec (struct window
*, int, int, int,
828 static void display_menu_bar (struct window
*);
829 static int display_count_lines (EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, int,
831 static int display_string (const char *, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
832 EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, struct it
*, int, int, int, int);
833 static void compute_line_metrics (struct it
*);
834 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (struct it
*);
835 static int get_overlay_strings (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
);
836 static int get_overlay_strings_1 (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
, int);
837 static void next_overlay_string (struct it
*);
838 static void reseat (struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int);
839 static void reseat_1 (struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int);
840 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*);
841 void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*);
842 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (struct it
*, int);
843 static int next_element_from_ellipsis (struct it
*);
844 static int next_element_from_display_vector (struct it
*);
845 static int next_element_from_string (struct it
*);
846 static int next_element_from_c_string (struct it
*);
847 static int next_element_from_buffer (struct it
*);
848 static int next_element_from_composition (struct it
*);
849 static int next_element_from_image (struct it
*);
850 static int next_element_from_stretch (struct it
*);
851 static void load_overlay_strings (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
);
852 static int init_from_display_pos (struct it
*, struct window
*,
853 struct display_pos
*);
854 static void reseat_to_string (struct it
*, const char *,
855 Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, int, int);
856 static enum move_it_result
857 move_it_in_display_line_to (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
, int,
858 enum move_operation_enum
);
859 void move_it_vertically_backward (struct it
*, int);
860 static void init_to_row_start (struct it
*, struct window
*,
862 static int init_to_row_end (struct it
*, struct window
*,
864 static void back_to_previous_line_start (struct it
*);
865 static int forward_to_next_line_start (struct it
*, int *);
866 static struct text_pos
string_pos_nchars_ahead (struct text_pos
,
867 Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
);
868 static struct text_pos
string_pos (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
);
869 static struct text_pos
c_string_pos (EMACS_INT
, const char *, int);
870 static EMACS_INT
number_of_chars (const char *, int);
871 static void compute_stop_pos (struct it
*);
872 static void compute_string_pos (struct text_pos
*, struct text_pos
,
874 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos (struct it
*, int);
875 static EMACS_INT
next_overlay_change (EMACS_INT
);
876 static int handle_single_display_spec (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
877 Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
878 struct text_pos
*, int);
879 static int underlying_face_id (struct it
*);
880 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (struct display_pos
*,
883 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
884 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
886 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
888 static void x_consider_frame_title (Lisp_Object
);
889 static int tool_bar_lines_needed (struct frame
*, int *);
890 static void update_tool_bar (struct frame
*, int);
891 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string (struct frame
*f
);
892 static int redisplay_tool_bar (struct frame
*);
893 static void display_tool_bar_line (struct it
*, int);
894 static void notice_overwritten_cursor (struct window
*,
897 static void append_stretch_glyph (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
901 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
903 static int coords_in_mouse_face_p (struct window
*, int, int);
907 /***********************************************************************
908 Window display dimensions
909 ***********************************************************************/
911 /* Return the bottom boundary y-position for text lines in window W.
912 This is the first y position at which a line cannot start.
913 It is relative to the top of the window.
915 This is the height of W minus the height of a mode line, if any. */
918 window_text_bottom_y (struct window
*w
)
920 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
922 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
923 height
-= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
927 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
928 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
929 the left and right of the window. */
932 window_box_width (struct window
*w
, int area
)
934 int cols
= XFASTINT (w
->total_cols
);
937 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
939 cols
-= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
);
941 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
943 if (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
))
944 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
);
945 if (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
))
946 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
);
947 pixels
= -WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
949 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
951 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
)
952 ? XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
) : 0);
955 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
957 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
)
958 ? XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
) : 0);
963 return cols
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
) + pixels
;
967 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
968 including mode lines of W, if any. */
971 window_box_height (struct window
*w
)
973 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
974 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
976 xassert (height
>= 0);
978 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
979 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
980 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
981 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
982 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
984 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
986 struct glyph_row
*ml_row
987 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
988 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
990 if (ml_row
&& ml_row
->mode_line_p
)
991 height
-= ml_row
->height
;
993 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
));
996 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
998 struct glyph_row
*hl_row
999 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
1000 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
1002 if (hl_row
&& hl_row
->mode_line_p
)
1003 height
-= hl_row
->height
;
1005 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
);
1008 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
1009 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
1010 return max (0, height
);
1013 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1014 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1015 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1018 window_box_left_offset (struct window
*w
, int area
)
1022 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1025 x
= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
1027 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
1028 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1029 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
1030 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1031 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1032 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1033 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
)
1034 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
1036 : WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)));
1037 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
1038 && WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
))
1039 x
+= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
1045 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1046 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the right edge of the
1047 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1050 window_box_right_offset (struct window
*w
, int area
)
1052 return window_box_left_offset (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1055 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1056 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1057 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1060 window_box_left (struct window
*w
, int area
)
1062 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1065 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1066 return FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1068 x
= (WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
)
1069 + window_box_left_offset (w
, area
));
1075 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1076 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the right edge of the
1077 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1080 window_box_right (struct window
*w
, int area
)
1082 return window_box_left (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1085 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1086 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
1087 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
1088 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
1089 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
1090 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
1093 window_box (struct window
*w
, int area
, int *box_x
, int *box_y
,
1094 int *box_width
, int *box_height
)
1097 *box_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
1099 *box_height
= window_box_height (w
);
1101 *box_x
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
1104 *box_y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
1105 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1106 *box_y
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1111 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1112 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1113 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1114 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1115 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1116 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1120 window_box_edges (struct window
*w
, int area
, int *top_left_x
, int *top_left_y
,
1121 int *bottom_right_x
, int *bottom_right_y
)
1123 window_box (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
, bottom_right_x
,
1125 *bottom_right_x
+= *top_left_x
;
1126 *bottom_right_y
+= *top_left_y
;
1131 /***********************************************************************
1133 ***********************************************************************/
1135 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1136 This can modify IT's settings. */
1139 line_bottom_y (struct it
*it
)
1141 int line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
1142 int line_top_y
= it
->current_y
;
1144 if (line_height
== 0)
1147 line_height
= last_height
;
1148 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
1150 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
1151 line_height
= (it
->max_ascent
|| it
->max_descent
1152 ? it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
1157 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
1159 /* Use the default character height. */
1160 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
1161 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1164 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
1165 line_height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
1166 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
1170 return line_top_y
+ line_height
;
1174 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W.
1175 CHARPOS < 0 means return info about WINDOW_END position.
1176 If visible, set *X and *Y to pixel coordinates of top left corner.
1177 Set *RTOP and *RBOT to pixel height of an invisible area of glyph at POS.
1178 Set *ROWH and *VPOS to row's visible height and VPOS (row number). */
1181 pos_visible_p (struct window
*w
, EMACS_INT charpos
, int *x
, int *y
,
1182 int *rtop
, int *rbot
, int *rowh
, int *vpos
)
1185 struct text_pos top
;
1187 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
1189 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
))))
1192 if (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
) != current_buffer
)
1194 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
1195 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
1198 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top
, w
->start
);
1200 /* Compute exact mode line heights. */
1201 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1202 current_mode_line_height
1203 = display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
),
1204 BVAR (current_buffer
, mode_line_format
));
1206 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1207 current_header_line_height
1208 = display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
1209 BVAR (current_buffer
, header_line_format
));
1211 start_display (&it
, w
, top
);
1212 move_it_to (&it
, charpos
, -1, it
.last_visible_y
-1, -1,
1213 (charpos
>= 0 ? MOVE_TO_POS
: 0) | MOVE_TO_Y
);
1215 if (charpos
>= 0 && IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= charpos
)
1217 /* We have reached CHARPOS, or passed it. How the call to
1218 move_it_to can overshoot: (i) If CHARPOS is on invisible
1219 text, move_it_to stops at the end of the invisible text,
1220 after CHARPOS. (ii) If CHARPOS is in a display vector,
1221 move_it_to stops on its last glyph. */
1222 int top_x
= it
.current_x
;
1223 int top_y
= it
.current_y
;
1224 enum it_method it_method
= it
.method
;
1225 /* Calling line_bottom_y may change it.method, it.position, etc. */
1226 int bottom_y
= (last_height
= 0, line_bottom_y (&it
));
1227 int window_top_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1229 if (top_y
< window_top_y
)
1230 visible_p
= bottom_y
> window_top_y
;
1231 else if (top_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
1235 if (it_method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
)
1237 /* We stopped on the last glyph of a display vector.
1238 Try and recompute. Hack alert! */
1239 if (charpos
< 2 || top
.charpos
>= charpos
)
1240 top_x
= it
.glyph_row
->x
;
1244 start_display (&it2
, w
, top
);
1245 move_it_to (&it2
, charpos
- 1, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1246 get_next_display_element (&it2
);
1247 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it2
);
1248 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2
)
1249 || it2
.current_x
> it2
.last_visible_x
)
1250 top_x
= it
.glyph_row
->x
;
1253 top_x
= it2
.current_x
;
1254 top_y
= it2
.current_y
;
1260 *y
= max (top_y
+ max (0, it
.max_ascent
- it
.ascent
), window_top_y
);
1261 *rtop
= max (0, window_top_y
- top_y
);
1262 *rbot
= max (0, bottom_y
- it
.last_visible_y
);
1263 *rowh
= max (0, (min (bottom_y
, it
.last_visible_y
)
1264 - max (top_y
, window_top_y
)));
1273 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) < ZV
&& FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it
)) != '\n')
1274 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
1275 if (charpos
< IT_CHARPOS (it
)
1276 || (it
.what
== IT_EOB
&& charpos
== IT_CHARPOS (it
)))
1279 move_it_to (&it2
, charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1281 *y
= it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
- it2
.ascent
;
1282 *rtop
= max (0, -it2
.current_y
);
1283 *rbot
= max (0, ((it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
)
1284 - it
.last_visible_y
));
1285 *rowh
= max (0, (min (it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
,
1287 - max (it2
.current_y
,
1288 WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))));
1294 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
1296 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
1298 if (visible_p
&& XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) > 0)
1299 *x
-= XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) * WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
1302 /* Debugging code. */
1304 fprintf (stderr
, "+pv pt=%d vs=%d --> x=%d y=%d rt=%d rb=%d rh=%d vp=%d\n",
1305 charpos
, w
->vscroll
, *x
, *y
, *rtop
, *rbot
, *rowh
, *vpos
);
1307 fprintf (stderr
, "-pv pt=%d vs=%d\n", charpos
, w
->vscroll
);
1314 /* Return the next character from STR. Return in *LEN the length of
1315 the character. This is like STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never
1316 returns an invalid character. If we find one, we return a `?', but
1317 with the length of the invalid character. */
1320 string_char_and_length (const unsigned char *str
, int *len
)
1324 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str
, *len
);
1325 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c
, 1))
1326 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1327 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1336 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1337 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1339 static struct text_pos
1340 string_pos_nchars_ahead (struct text_pos pos
, Lisp_Object string
, EMACS_INT nchars
)
1342 xassert (STRINGP (string
) && nchars
>= 0);
1344 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1346 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
1351 string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
1354 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1358 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, CHARPOS (pos
) + nchars
, BYTEPOS (pos
) + nchars
);
1364 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1365 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1367 static INLINE
struct text_pos
1368 string_pos (EMACS_INT charpos
, Lisp_Object string
)
1370 struct text_pos pos
;
1371 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1372 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1373 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, string_char_to_byte (string
, charpos
));
1378 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1379 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1380 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1382 static struct text_pos
1383 c_string_pos (EMACS_INT charpos
, const char *s
, int multibyte_p
)
1385 struct text_pos pos
;
1387 xassert (s
!= NULL
);
1388 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1394 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, 0, 0);
1397 string_char_and_length ((const unsigned char *) s
, &len
);
1400 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1404 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, charpos
);
1410 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1411 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1414 number_of_chars (const char *s
, int multibyte_p
)
1420 EMACS_INT rest
= strlen (s
);
1422 const unsigned char *p
= (const unsigned char *) s
;
1424 for (nchars
= 0; rest
> 0; ++nchars
)
1426 string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
1427 rest
-= len
, p
+= len
;
1431 nchars
= strlen (s
);
1437 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1438 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1439 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1442 compute_string_pos (struct text_pos
*newpos
, struct text_pos pos
, Lisp_Object string
)
1444 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1445 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos
) >= CHARPOS (pos
));
1447 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1448 *newpos
= string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
,
1449 CHARPOS (*newpos
) - CHARPOS (pos
));
1451 BYTEPOS (*newpos
) = CHARPOS (*newpos
);
1455 Return an estimation of the pixel height of mode or header lines on
1456 frame F. FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
1459 estimate_mode_line_height (struct frame
*f
, enum face_id face_id
)
1461 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1462 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1464 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
1466 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
1467 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
1468 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
1470 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1474 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
1475 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1476 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
1487 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
1488 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
1489 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
1490 not force the value into range. */
1493 pixel_to_glyph_coords (FRAME_PTR f
, register int pix_x
, register int pix_y
,
1494 int *x
, int *y
, NativeRectangle
*bounds
, int noclip
)
1497 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1498 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1500 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to round down
1501 even for negative values. */
1503 pix_x
-= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1;
1505 pix_y
-= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1;
1507 pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL (f
, pix_x
);
1508 pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_Y_TO_LINE (f
, pix_y
);
1511 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*bounds
,
1512 FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, pix_x
),
1513 FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, pix_y
),
1514 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1,
1515 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1);
1521 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
))
1522 pix_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
);
1526 else if (pix_y
> FRAME_LINES (f
))
1527 pix_y
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
1537 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
1538 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
1539 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
1543 glyph_to_pixel_coords (struct window
*w
, int hpos
, int vpos
,
1544 int *frame_x
, int *frame_y
)
1546 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1547 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
))))
1551 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
1552 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
1554 if (display_completed
)
1556 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
1557 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
1558 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
1564 hpos
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1568 /* If first glyph is partially visible, its first visible position is still 0. */
1580 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, hpos
);
1581 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, vpos
);
1592 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
1593 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
1594 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
1595 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
1596 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
1597 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
1602 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y
, int *hpos
, int *vpos
,
1603 int *dx
, int *dy
, int *area
)
1605 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
1606 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
1609 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
1610 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
1612 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
1613 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
1615 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
1622 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
1623 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
1626 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
1627 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1634 if (x
< window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1636 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1637 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1639 else if (x
< window_box_right_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1642 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + min (row
->x
, 0);
1646 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1647 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1651 /* Find glyph containing X. */
1652 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1653 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
1655 while (glyph
< end
&& x
>= glyph
->pixel_width
)
1657 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1667 *dy
= y
- (row
->y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
);
1670 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1675 Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
1676 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
1679 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (struct window
*w
, int *x
, int *y
)
1681 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1683 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
1684 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
1685 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1686 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1687 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1691 *x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
1692 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1696 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1699 Return in RECTS[] at most N clipping rectangles for glyph string S.
1700 Return the number of stored rectangles. */
1703 get_glyph_string_clip_rects (struct glyph_string
*s
, NativeRectangle
*rects
, int n
)
1710 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
1712 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left_col. */
1713 r
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (s
->w
);
1714 r
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (s
->w
);
1716 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
1717 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
1718 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1719 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1721 r
.height
= s
->height
;
1725 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
1726 r
.x
= window_box_left (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1727 r
.width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1728 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1732 if (r
.x
< s
->clip_head
->x
)
1734 if (r
.width
>= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
)
1735 r
.width
-= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
;
1738 r
.x
= s
->clip_head
->x
;
1741 if (r
.x
+ r
.width
> s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
)
1743 if (s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
>= r
.x
)
1744 r
.width
= s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
- r
.x
;
1749 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
1750 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
1751 intentionally draws over other lines. */
1752 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
1754 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
1755 r
.height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
.y
;
1757 /* Alas, the above simple strategy does not work for the
1758 environments with anti-aliased text: if the same text is
1759 drawn onto the same place multiple times, it gets thicker.
1760 If the overlap we are processing is for the erased cursor, we
1761 take the intersection with the rectagle of the cursor. */
1762 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
)
1764 XRectangle rc
, r_save
= r
;
1766 rc
.x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
1767 rc
.y
= s
->w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
1768 rc
.width
= s
->w
->phys_cursor_width
;
1769 rc
.height
= s
->w
->phys_cursor_height
;
1771 x_intersect_rectangles (&r_save
, &rc
, &r
);
1776 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
1777 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
1778 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
1779 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
1780 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
1781 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
1783 r
.y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
1786 r
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
.y
);
1788 /* If drawing the cursor, don't let glyph draw outside its
1789 advertised boundaries. Cleartype does this under some circumstances. */
1790 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1792 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1797 r
.width
-= s
->x
- r
.x
;
1800 r
.width
= min (r
.width
, glyph
->pixel_width
);
1802 /* If r.y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
1803 height
= min (glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
,
1804 min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), s
->row
->visible_height
));
1805 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - height
;
1806 max_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, max_y
);
1807 if (s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
> max_y
)
1814 /* Don't draw cursor glyph taller than our actual glyph. */
1815 height
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1816 if (height
< r
.height
)
1818 max_y
= r
.y
+ r
.height
;
1819 r
.y
= min (max_y
, max (r
.y
, s
->ybase
+ glyph
->descent
- height
));
1820 r
.height
= min (max_y
- r
.y
, height
);
1827 XRectangle r_save
= r
;
1829 if (! x_intersect_rectangles (&r_save
, s
->row
->clip
, &r
))
1833 if ((s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_BOTH
) == 0
1834 || ((s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_BOTH
) == OVERLAPS_BOTH
&& n
== 1))
1836 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
1837 CONVERT_FROM_XRECT (r
, *rects
);
1845 /* If we are processing overlapping and allowed to return
1846 multiple clipping rectangles, we exclude the row of the glyph
1847 string from the clipping rectangle. This is to avoid drawing
1848 the same text on the environment with anti-aliasing. */
1849 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
1852 XRectangle
*rs
= rects
;
1854 int i
= 0, row_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, s
->row
->y
);
1856 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_PRED
)
1859 if (r
.y
+ r
.height
> row_y
)
1862 rs
[i
].height
= row_y
- r
.y
;
1868 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_SUCC
)
1871 if (r
.y
< row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
)
1873 if (r
.y
+ r
.height
> row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
)
1875 rs
[i
].y
= row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
;
1876 rs
[i
].height
= r
.y
+ r
.height
- rs
[i
].y
;
1885 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
1886 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
1887 CONVERT_FROM_XRECT (rs
[i
], rects
[i
]);
1894 Return in *NR the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
1897 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, NativeRectangle
*nr
)
1899 get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, nr
, 1);
1904 Return the position and height of the phys cursor in window W.
1905 Set w->phys_cursor_width to width of phys cursor.
1909 get_phys_cursor_geometry (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
1910 struct glyph
*glyph
, int *xp
, int *yp
, int *heightp
)
1912 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1913 int x
, y
, wd
, h
, h0
, y0
;
1915 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
1916 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
1917 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
1919 wd
= glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
1920 #if defined(HAVE_NTGUI) || defined(HAVE_NS)
1924 x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
1931 if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
1932 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
1933 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
1934 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
1936 y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
;
1938 /* If y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
1939 h0
= min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->visible_height
);
1941 h
= max (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1942 h0
= min (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
1944 y0
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1947 h
= max (h
- (y0
- y
) + 1, h0
);
1952 y0
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - h0
;
1960 *xp
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, x
);
1961 *yp
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, y
);
1966 * Remember which glyph the mouse is over.
1970 remember_mouse_glyph (struct frame
*f
, int gx
, int gy
, NativeRectangle
*rect
)
1974 struct glyph_row
*r
, *gr
, *end_row
;
1975 enum window_part part
;
1976 enum glyph_row_area area
;
1977 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
1979 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
1980 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F. */
1982 if (!f
->glyphs_initialized_p
1983 || (window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, gx
, gy
, &part
, 0),
1986 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f
);
1987 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f
);
1991 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
1992 width
= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
1993 height
= WINDOW_FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1995 x
= window_relative_x_coord (w
, part
, gx
);
1996 y
= gy
- WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
1998 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
1999 end_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
2001 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2004 part
= ON_MODE_LINE
; /* Don't adjust margin. */
2010 case ON_LEFT_MARGIN
:
2011 area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2014 case ON_RIGHT_MARGIN
:
2015 area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2018 case ON_HEADER_LINE
:
2020 gr
= (part
== ON_HEADER_LINE
2021 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
2022 : MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
2025 goto text_glyph_row_found
;
2032 for (; r
<= end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
2033 if (r
->y
+ r
->height
> y
)
2039 text_glyph_row_found
:
2042 struct glyph
*g
= gr
->glyphs
[area
];
2043 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ gr
->used
[area
];
2045 height
= gr
->height
;
2046 for (gx
= gr
->x
; g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
2047 if (gx
+ g
->pixel_width
> x
)
2052 if (g
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2054 /* Don't remember when mouse is over image, as
2055 image may have hot-spots. */
2056 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*rect
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
2059 width
= g
->pixel_width
;
2063 /* Use nominal char spacing at end of line. */
2065 gx
+= (x
/ width
) * width
;
2068 if (part
!= ON_MODE_LINE
&& part
!= ON_HEADER_LINE
)
2069 gx
+= window_box_left_offset (w
, area
);
2073 /* Use nominal line height at end of window. */
2074 gx
= (x
/ width
) * width
;
2076 gy
+= (y
/ height
) * height
;
2080 case ON_LEFT_FRINGE
:
2081 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2082 ? WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
)
2083 : window_box_right_offset (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
2084 width
= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
2087 case ON_RIGHT_FRINGE
:
2088 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2089 ? window_box_right_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
2090 : window_box_right_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
2091 width
= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
2095 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
)
2097 : (window_box_right_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
2098 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2099 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
2101 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
2105 for (; r
<= end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
2106 if (r
->y
+ r
->height
> y
)
2113 height
= gr
->height
;
2116 /* Use nominal line height at end of window. */
2118 gy
+= (y
/ height
) * height
;
2125 /* If there is no glyph under the mouse, then we divide the screen
2126 into a grid of the smallest glyph in the frame, and use that
2129 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
2130 round down even for negative values. */
2136 gx
= (gx
/ width
) * width
;
2137 gy
= (gy
/ height
) * height
;
2142 gx
+= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
2143 gy
+= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
2146 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*rect
, gx
, gy
, width
, height
);
2148 /* Visible feedback for debugging. */
2151 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2152 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2153 gx
, gy
, width
, height
);
2159 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2162 /***********************************************************************
2163 Lisp form evaluation
2164 ***********************************************************************/
2166 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
2169 safe_eval_handler (Lisp_Object arg
)
2171 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %S", arg
, Qnil
);
2176 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
2177 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
2179 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
2180 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
2181 redisplay during the evaluation. */
2184 safe_call (int nargs
, Lisp_Object
*args
)
2188 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
)
2192 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2193 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
2196 gcpro1
.nvars
= nargs
;
2197 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
2198 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
2199 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
2200 val
= internal_condition_case_n (Ffuncall
, nargs
, args
, Qt
,
2203 val
= unbind_to (count
, val
);
2210 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
2211 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
2214 safe_call1 (Lisp_Object fn
, Lisp_Object arg
)
2216 Lisp_Object args
[2];
2219 return safe_call (2, args
);
2222 static Lisp_Object Qeval
;
2225 safe_eval (Lisp_Object sexpr
)
2227 return safe_call1 (Qeval
, sexpr
);
2230 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
2231 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
2234 safe_call2 (Lisp_Object fn
, Lisp_Object arg1
, Lisp_Object arg2
)
2236 Lisp_Object args
[3];
2240 return safe_call (3, args
);
2245 /***********************************************************************
2247 ***********************************************************************/
2251 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
2252 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
2258 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
2260 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2261 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
2265 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < 0);
2266 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
2268 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
2269 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)));
2274 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
2276 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
< 0);
2279 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
2283 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
2290 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
2291 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
2294 check_window_end (w
)
2297 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
2298 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
2300 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2301 xassert ((row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
,
2302 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
)),
2304 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
2305 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
) == 0));
2309 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
2311 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2313 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
2315 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2319 /***********************************************************************
2320 Iterator initialization
2321 ***********************************************************************/
2323 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
2324 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
2325 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
2326 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
2327 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
2329 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
2330 will produce glyphs in that row.
2332 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
2333 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2334 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
2335 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
2337 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2338 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
2339 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
2340 the desired matrix of W. */
2343 init_iterator (struct it
*it
, struct window
*w
,
2344 EMACS_INT charpos
, EMACS_INT bytepos
,
2345 struct glyph_row
*row
, enum face_id base_face_id
)
2347 int highlight_region_p
;
2348 enum face_id remapped_base_face_id
= base_face_id
;
2350 /* Some precondition checks. */
2351 xassert (w
!= NULL
&& it
!= NULL
);
2352 xassert (charpos
< 0 || (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
)
2355 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
2356 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
2357 that might have changed. Don't free faces while there might be
2358 desired matrices pending which reference these faces. */
2359 if (face_change_count
&& !inhibit_free_realized_faces
)
2361 face_change_count
= 0;
2362 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil
);
2365 /* Perhaps remap BASE_FACE_ID to a user-specified alternative. */
2366 if (! NILP (Vface_remapping_alist
))
2367 remapped_base_face_id
= lookup_basic_face (XFRAME (w
->frame
), base_face_id
);
2369 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
2373 if (base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
2374 || base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID
)
2375 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2376 else if (base_face_id
== HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
)
2377 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2381 memset (it
, 0, sizeof *it
);
2382 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2383 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
2384 it
->base_face_id
= remapped_base_face_id
;
2386 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
2388 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
2389 XSETWINDOW (it
->window
, w
);
2391 it
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
2395 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
2396 if (base_face_id
== DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2397 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2399 if (NATNUMP (BVAR (current_buffer
, extra_line_spacing
)))
2400 it
->extra_line_spacing
= XFASTINT (BVAR (current_buffer
, extra_line_spacing
));
2401 else if (FLOATP (BVAR (current_buffer
, extra_line_spacing
)))
2402 it
->extra_line_spacing
= (XFLOAT_DATA (BVAR (current_buffer
, extra_line_spacing
))
2403 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
2404 else if (it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
> 0)
2405 it
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
;
2406 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= 0;
2409 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
2410 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
2411 in batch mode, the face cache of the initial frame is null. If
2412 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
2413 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
) == NULL
)
2414 init_frame_faces (it
->f
);
2415 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
)->used
== 0)
2416 recompute_basic_faces (it
->f
);
2418 /* Current value of the `slice', `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
2419 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
2420 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
2421 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
2422 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
2424 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
2425 it
->ctl_arrow_p
= !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, ctl_arrow
));
2427 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
2428 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
2430 it
->selective
= (INTEGERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
))
2431 ? XFASTINT (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
))
2432 : (!NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
))
2434 it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
2435 = !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display_ellipses
));
2437 /* Display table to use. */
2438 it
->dp
= window_display_table (w
);
2440 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
2441 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
));
2443 /* Do we need to reorder bidirectional text? Not if this is a
2444 unibyte buffer: by definition, none of the single-byte characters
2445 are strong R2L, so no reordering is needed. And bidi.c doesn't
2446 support unibyte buffers anyway. */
2448 = !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, bidi_display_reordering
)) && it
->multibyte_p
;
2450 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
2452 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
2453 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
))
2454 && XMARKER (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark
))->buffer
!= 0);
2456 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
2457 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
2458 -1 to indicate no region. */
2459 if (highlight_region_p
2460 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
2461 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
2462 highlight_nonselected_windows
2463 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
2464 || w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
)
2465 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
2466 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
2467 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))
2468 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window
)
2469 && w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window
))))
2471 EMACS_INT markpos
= marker_position (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark
));
2472 it
->region_beg_charpos
= min (PT
, markpos
);
2473 it
->region_end_charpos
= max (PT
, markpos
);
2476 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
2478 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
2479 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
2480 if (MARKERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)
2481 && XMARKER (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)->buffer
!= 0)
2482 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
2483 = marker_position (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2484 else if (INTEGERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
))
2485 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= XINT (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2487 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
2488 it
->tab_width
= XINT (BVAR (current_buffer
, tab_width
));
2489 if (it
->tab_width
<= 0 || it
->tab_width
> 1000)
2492 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
2493 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2494 || XINT (it
->w
->hscroll
)
2495 || (! WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it
->w
)
2496 && ((!NILP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
)
2497 && !INTEGERP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
))
2498 || (INTEGERP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
)
2499 && (WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (it
->w
)
2500 < XINT (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
))))))
2501 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
2502 else if (NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, truncate_lines
)))
2503 it
->line_wrap
= NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, word_wrap
))
2504 ? WINDOW_WRAP
: WORD_WRAP
;
2506 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
2508 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
2509 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
2511 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2513 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
2515 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
2516 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2517 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
2518 it
->truncation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2522 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
2523 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2524 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
2525 it
->continuation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2528 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
2529 above has changed them. */
2530 it
->pixel_width
= it
->ascent
= it
->descent
= 0;
2531 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
2534 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
2535 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
2536 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
2537 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
2538 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
2540 /* Forget any previous info about this row being reversed. */
2542 it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
= 0;
2544 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
2545 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
2546 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
2547 start of this total display area. */
2548 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2550 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
2551 it
->first_visible_x
= 0;
2552 it
->last_visible_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
2557 = XFASTINT (it
->w
->hscroll
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
2558 it
->last_visible_x
= (it
->first_visible_x
2559 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
2561 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
2562 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
2563 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
2564 for window-based redisplay. */
2565 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2567 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
2568 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
2570 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
2573 it
->header_line_p
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
);
2574 it
->current_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) + w
->vscroll
;
2577 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
2578 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
2579 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it
->w
))
2580 it
->last_visible_x
-= 1;
2582 it
->last_visible_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
2584 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
2585 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
2586 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2590 it
->face_id
= remapped_base_face_id
;
2592 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
2593 with a left box line. */
2594 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, remapped_base_face_id
);
2595 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2596 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
2599 /* If we are to reorder bidirectional text, init the bidi
2603 /* Note the paragraph direction that this buffer wants to
2605 if (EQ (BVAR (current_buffer
, bidi_paragraph_direction
), Qleft_to_right
))
2606 it
->paragraph_embedding
= L2R
;
2607 else if (EQ (BVAR (current_buffer
, bidi_paragraph_direction
), Qright_to_left
))
2608 it
->paragraph_embedding
= R2L
;
2610 it
->paragraph_embedding
= NEUTRAL_DIR
;
2611 bidi_init_it (charpos
, bytepos
, &it
->bidi_it
);
2614 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
2615 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
2616 if (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
))
2618 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
2620 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
2622 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
2623 if (bytepos
< charpos
)
2624 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
2626 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = bytepos
;
2628 it
->start
= it
->current
;
2630 /* Compute faces etc. */
2631 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
2638 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
2641 start_display (struct it
*it
, struct window
*w
, struct text_pos pos
)
2643 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2644 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
2646 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ first_vpos
;
2647 init_iterator (it
, w
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
), row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2648 it
->first_vpos
= first_vpos
;
2650 /* Don't reseat to previous visible line start if current start
2651 position is in a string or image. */
2652 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
&& it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
)
2654 int start_at_line_beg_p
;
2655 int first_y
= it
->current_y
;
2657 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
2658 get the correct continuation lines width. */
2659 start_at_line_beg_p
= (CHARPOS (pos
) == BEGV
2660 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos
) - 1) == '\n');
2661 if (!start_at_line_beg_p
)
2665 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
2666 move_it_to (it
, CHARPOS (pos
), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
2668 new_x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->pixel_width
;
2670 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
2671 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
2672 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
2673 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
2674 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
2675 end of the continued line. */
2676 if (it
->current_x
> 0
2677 && it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
/* Lines are continued. */
2678 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
2679 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
2680 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
2682 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
2683 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
2685 if (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0
2686 || it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2688 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
2689 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
2692 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
2695 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
2696 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
2697 fields in the iterator structure. */
2698 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
2699 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
2701 it
->current_y
= first_y
;
2703 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
2709 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
2710 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
2713 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (struct display_pos
*pos
, struct window
*w
)
2715 Lisp_Object prop
, window
;
2717 EMACS_INT charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
);
2719 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
2720 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
2721 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
2722 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
2723 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0
2724 && pos
->overlay_string_index
< 0
2725 && CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) < 0
2727 && (XSETWINDOW (window
, w
),
2728 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
),
2729 Qinvisible
, window
),
2730 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
)))
2732 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
- 1), Qinvisible
,
2734 ellipses_p
= 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
2741 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
2742 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
2743 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
2744 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
2747 init_from_display_pos (struct it
*it
, struct window
*w
, struct display_pos
*pos
)
2749 EMACS_INT charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
), bytepos
= BYTEPOS (pos
->pos
);
2750 int i
, overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 0;
2752 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
2753 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
2754 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
2755 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
2756 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos
, w
))
2762 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
2763 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
2764 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
2765 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
2766 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
2767 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
2768 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
2769 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
2771 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2773 /* This only scans the current chunk -- it should scan all chunks.
2774 However, OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE has been increased from 3 in 21.1
2775 to 16 in 22.1 to make this a lesser problem. */
2776 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->n_overlay_strings
&& i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
; ++i
)
2778 const char *s
= SSDATA (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
2779 const char *e
= s
+ SBYTES (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
2781 while (s
< e
&& *s
!= '\n')
2786 overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 1;
2791 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
2793 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2797 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
2798 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
2799 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
2800 correct the overlay string index. */
2801 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_IMAGE
)
2804 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
2805 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
2806 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
2807 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
)
2809 int n
= pos
->overlay_string_index
/ OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
2810 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
2813 load_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
2814 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
+= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
2818 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= pos
->overlay_string_index
;
2819 relative_index
= (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
2820 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
);
2821 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[relative_index
];
2822 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2823 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
2824 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
2827 if (CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) >= 0)
2829 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
2830 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
2831 IT should already be filled with that string. */
2832 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
2833 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2836 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
2837 character translations or ellipses. */
2838 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0)
2840 if (it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
2841 get_next_display_element (it
);
2842 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
== 0);
2843 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= pos
->dpvec_index
;
2847 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines
;
2851 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2852 starting at ROW->start. */
2855 init_to_row_start (struct it
*it
, struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
2857 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->start
);
2858 it
->start
= row
->start
;
2859 it
->continuation_lines_width
= row
->continuation_lines_width
;
2864 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
2865 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
2866 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
2870 init_to_row_end (struct it
*it
, struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
2874 if (init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->end
))
2876 if (row
->continued_p
)
2877 it
->continuation_lines_width
2878 = row
->continuation_lines_width
+ row
->pixel_width
;
2889 /***********************************************************************
2891 ***********************************************************************/
2893 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
2894 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
2898 handle_stop (struct it
*it
)
2900 enum prop_handled handled
;
2901 int handle_overlay_change_p
;
2905 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
2906 handle_overlay_change_p
= !it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
;
2907 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 0;
2910 /* Use face of preceding text for ellipsis (if invisible) */
2911 if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
2912 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
2916 handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2918 /* Call text property handlers. */
2919 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
2921 handled
= p
->handler (it
);
2923 if (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
2925 else if (handled
== HANDLED_RETURN
)
2927 /* We still want to show before and after strings from
2928 overlays even if the actual buffer text is replaced. */
2929 if (!handle_overlay_change_p
2931 || !get_overlay_strings_1 (it
, 0, 0))
2934 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
2935 /* When handling a display spec, we might load an
2936 empty string. In that case, discard it here. We
2937 used to discard it in handle_single_display_spec,
2938 but that causes get_overlay_strings_1, above, to
2939 ignore overlay strings that we must check. */
2940 if (STRINGP (it
->string
) && !SCHARS (it
->string
))
2944 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
) && !SCHARS (it
->string
))
2948 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 1;
2949 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
2950 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
2952 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
2955 else if (handled
== HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
)
2956 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
2959 if (handled
!= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
2961 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
2962 characters from a display vector. */
2963 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
)
2964 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
2966 /* Handle overlay changes.
2967 This sets HANDLED to HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2968 if it finds overlays. */
2969 if (handle_overlay_change_p
)
2970 handled
= handle_overlay_change (it
);
2975 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
2979 while (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
);
2981 /* Determine where to stop next. */
2982 if (handled
== HANDLED_NORMALLY
)
2983 compute_stop_pos (it
);
2987 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
2988 information for IT's current position. */
2991 compute_stop_pos (struct it
*it
)
2993 register INTERVAL iv
, next_iv
;
2994 Lisp_Object object
, limit
, position
;
2995 EMACS_INT charpos
, bytepos
;
2997 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2998 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
3000 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3002 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
3004 object
= it
->string
;
3006 charpos
= IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
3007 bytepos
= IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
3013 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
3014 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
3015 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
3017 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3018 bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
3019 pos
= next_overlay_change (charpos
);
3020 if (pos
< it
->stop_charpos
)
3021 it
->stop_charpos
= pos
;
3023 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
3024 start or end because the face might change there. */
3025 if (it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0)
3027 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_beg_charpos
)
3028 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_beg_charpos
);
3029 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_end_charpos
)
3030 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_end_charpos
);
3033 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
3034 property changes. */
3035 XSETBUFFER (object
, current_buffer
);
3036 limit
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
);
3039 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
3040 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
3041 position
= make_number (charpos
);
3042 iv
= validate_interval_range (object
, &position
, &position
, 0);
3043 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv
))
3045 Lisp_Object values_here
[LAST_PROP_IDX
];
3048 /* Get properties here. */
3049 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
3050 values_here
[p
->idx
] = textget (iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
3052 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
3054 for (next_iv
= next_interval (iv
);
3055 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
)
3057 || XFASTINT (limit
) > next_iv
->position
));
3058 next_iv
= next_interval (next_iv
))
3060 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
3062 Lisp_Object new_value
;
3064 new_value
= textget (next_iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
3065 if (!EQ (values_here
[p
->idx
], new_value
))
3073 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
))
3075 if (INTEGERP (limit
)
3076 && next_iv
->position
>= XFASTINT (limit
))
3077 /* No text property change up to limit. */
3078 it
->stop_charpos
= min (XFASTINT (limit
), it
->stop_charpos
);
3080 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
3081 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, next_iv
->position
);
3085 if (it
->cmp_it
.id
< 0)
3087 EMACS_INT stoppos
= it
->end_charpos
;
3089 if (it
->bidi_p
&& it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
3091 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, charpos
, bytepos
,
3092 stoppos
, it
->string
);
3095 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
)
3096 || (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
3097 && it
->stop_charpos
>= IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
3101 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
3102 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
3103 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
3107 next_overlay_change (EMACS_INT pos
)
3111 Lisp_Object
*overlays
;
3114 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
3115 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlays
, noverlays
, &endpos
, 1);
3117 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
3118 use its ending point instead. */
3119 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
; ++i
)
3124 oend
= OVERLAY_END (overlays
[i
]);
3125 oendpos
= OVERLAY_POSITION (oend
);
3126 endpos
= min (endpos
, oendpos
);
3134 /***********************************************************************
3136 ***********************************************************************/
3138 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
3139 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
3142 static enum prop_handled
3143 handle_fontified_prop (struct it
*it
)
3145 Lisp_Object prop
, pos
;
3146 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3148 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full
))
3151 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
3152 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
3153 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
3154 Qfontification_functions. */
3155 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
)
3157 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions
)
3158 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
)
3159 && (pos
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)),
3160 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
),
3161 /* Ignore the special cased nil value always present at EOB since
3162 no amount of fontifying will be able to change it. */
3163 NILP (prop
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < Z
))
3165 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
3167 struct buffer
*obuf
= current_buffer
;
3168 int begv
= BEGV
, zv
= ZV
;
3169 int old_clip_changed
= current_buffer
->clip_changed
;
3171 val
= Vfontification_functions
;
3172 specbind (Qfontification_functions
, Qnil
);
3174 xassert (it
->end_charpos
== ZV
);
3176 if (!CONSP (val
) || EQ (XCAR (val
), Qlambda
))
3177 safe_call1 (val
, pos
);
3180 Lisp_Object fns
, fn
;
3181 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
3186 for (; CONSP (val
); val
= XCDR (val
))
3192 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
3193 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
3194 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
3195 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
3197 for (fns
= Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions
);
3203 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
3207 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
3213 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
3215 /* Fontification functions routinely call `save-restriction'.
3216 Normally, this tags clip_changed, which can confuse redisplay
3217 (see discussion in Bug#6671). Since we don't perform any
3218 special handling of fontification changes in the case where
3219 `save-restriction' isn't called, there's no point doing so in
3220 this case either. So, if the buffer's restrictions are
3221 actually left unchanged, reset clip_changed. */
3222 if (obuf
== current_buffer
)
3224 if (begv
== BEGV
&& zv
== ZV
)
3225 current_buffer
->clip_changed
= old_clip_changed
;
3227 /* There isn't much we can reasonably do to protect against
3228 misbehaving fontification, but here's a fig leaf. */
3229 else if (!NILP (BVAR (obuf
, name
)))
3230 set_buffer_internal_1 (obuf
);
3232 /* The fontification code may have added/removed text.
3233 It could do even a lot worse, but let's at least protect against
3234 the most obvious case where only the text past `pos' gets changed',
3235 as is/was done in grep.el where some escapes sequences are turned
3236 into face properties (bug#7876). */
3237 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
3239 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
3240 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
3241 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
3242 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
)))
3243 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3251 /***********************************************************************
3253 ***********************************************************************/
3255 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
3256 Called from handle_stop. */
3258 static enum prop_handled
3259 handle_face_prop (struct it
*it
)
3262 EMACS_INT next_stop
;
3264 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
3267 = face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
3269 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3270 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3273 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
3274 0, it
->base_face_id
);
3276 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
3277 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
3278 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
3279 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
3280 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
3281 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
3282 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3284 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
3286 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
3287 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
3288 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
3289 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
3290 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
3291 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
3292 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3293 = (new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3294 && (it
->face_id
>= 0
3295 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEG
3296 || new_face_id
!= face_before_it_pos (it
)));
3297 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3305 Lisp_Object from_overlay
3306 = (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0
3307 ? it
->string_overlays
[it
->current
.overlay_string_index
]
3310 /* See if we got to this string directly or indirectly from
3311 an overlay property. That includes the before-string or
3312 after-string of an overlay, strings in display properties
3313 provided by an overlay, their text properties, etc.
3315 FROM_OVERLAY is the overlay that brought us here, or nil if none. */
3316 if (! NILP (from_overlay
))
3317 for (i
= it
->sp
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3319 if (it
->stack
[i
].current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3321 = it
->string_overlays
[it
->stack
[i
].current
.overlay_string_index
];
3322 else if (! NILP (it
->stack
[i
].from_overlay
))
3323 from_overlay
= it
->stack
[i
].from_overlay
;
3325 if (!NILP (from_overlay
))
3329 if (! NILP (from_overlay
))
3331 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3332 /* For a string from an overlay, the base face depends
3333 only on text properties and ignores overlays. */
3335 = face_for_overlay_string (it
->w
,
3337 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3338 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3341 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
3349 /* For strings from a `display' property, use the face at
3350 IT's current buffer position as the base face to merge
3351 with, so that overlay strings appear in the same face as
3352 surrounding text, unless they specify their own
3354 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3357 new_face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3359 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
3361 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3362 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3366 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
3367 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
3368 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
3369 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
3370 box, all characters up to that position will have a
3371 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
3372 is really the end. */
3373 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3375 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
3376 struct face
*old_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3378 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
3379 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
3380 shadow on the left side. */
3381 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3382 = new_face
->box
&& (old_face
== NULL
|| !old_face
->box
);
3383 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3387 it
->face_id
= new_face_id
;
3388 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3392 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
3393 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
3394 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
3395 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
3398 underlying_face_id (struct it
*it
)
3400 int face_id
= it
->base_face_id
, i
;
3402 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3404 for (i
= it
->sp
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3405 if (NILP (it
->stack
[i
].string
))
3406 face_id
= it
->stack
[i
].face_id
;
3412 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
3413 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
3414 position. Value is the id of the face. */
3417 face_before_or_after_it_pos (struct it
*it
, int before_p
)
3420 EMACS_INT next_check_charpos
;
3421 struct text_pos pos
;
3423 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
3425 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3430 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
3431 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
3433 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
)
3434 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == 0 && before_p
))
3437 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
3439 pos
= string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, it
->string
);
3441 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
3443 pos
= (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
3444 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
3445 + it
->cmp_it
.nchars
, it
->string
)
3446 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, it
->string
));
3448 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3449 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3453 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3455 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
3456 face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3460 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3461 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3462 &next_check_charpos
,
3465 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3466 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3467 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
3468 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
3470 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (it
->string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
3472 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3474 c
= string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
3475 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
, CHARPOS (pos
), it
->string
);
3480 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= ZV
&& !before_p
)
3481 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
&& before_p
))
3484 limit
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
;
3485 pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
3488 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3491 if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
3492 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
3494 pos
.charpos
+= it
->cmp_it
.nchars
, pos
.bytepos
+= it
->len
;
3496 INC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3499 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
3500 face_id
= face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
3502 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3503 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3504 &next_check_charpos
,
3507 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3508 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3509 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
3510 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3512 int c
= FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (BYTEPOS (pos
));
3513 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3514 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
, CHARPOS (pos
), Qnil
);
3523 /***********************************************************************
3525 ***********************************************************************/
3527 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
3528 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3530 static enum prop_handled
3531 handle_invisible_prop (struct it
*it
)
3533 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3535 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3537 Lisp_Object prop
, end_charpos
, limit
, charpos
;
3539 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
3540 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
3542 charpos
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
3543 prop
= Fget_text_property (charpos
, Qinvisible
, it
->string
);
3546 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
)
3548 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3550 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
3551 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
3552 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
3553 all the rest of IT->string. */
3554 XSETINT (limit
, SCHARS (it
->string
));
3555 end_charpos
= Fnext_single_property_change (charpos
, Qinvisible
,
3558 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
3559 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
3560 Move IT's current position to that position. */
3561 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos
)
3562 && XFASTINT (end_charpos
) < XFASTINT (limit
))
3564 struct text_pos old
;
3565 old
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
3566 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = XFASTINT (end_charpos
);
3567 compute_string_pos (&it
->current
.string_pos
, old
, it
->string
);
3571 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
3572 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
3573 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
3574 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3576 next_overlay_string (it
);
3577 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
3578 finished processing them. */
3579 handled
= HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
;
3583 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = SCHARS (it
->string
);
3584 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = SBYTES (it
->string
);
3592 EMACS_INT newpos
, next_stop
, start_charpos
, tem
;
3593 Lisp_Object pos
, prop
, overlay
;
3595 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
3596 tem
= start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3597 pos
= make_number (tem
);
3598 prop
= get_char_property_and_overlay (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
,
3600 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3602 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
3603 if (invis_p
&& start_charpos
< it
->end_charpos
)
3605 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
3607 int display_ellipsis_p
= invis_p
== 2;
3609 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3611 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
3612 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
3615 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
3616 position reached which can be equal to where we start
3617 if there is nothing invisible there. This skips both
3618 over invisible text properties and overlays with
3619 invisible property. */
3620 newpos
= skip_invisible (tem
, &next_stop
, ZV
, it
->window
);
3622 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
3623 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
3624 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
3625 if (newpos
== tem
|| newpos
>= ZV
)
3629 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
3630 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
3631 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
3632 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
3633 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
3634 newpos is visible. */
3635 pos
= make_number (newpos
);
3636 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
3637 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3640 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
3641 skip starting with next_stop. */
3645 /* If there are adjacent invisible texts, don't lose the
3646 second one's ellipsis. */
3648 display_ellipsis_p
= 1;
3652 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
3653 if (it
->bidi_p
&& newpos
< ZV
)
3655 /* With bidi iteration, the region of invisible text
3656 could start and/or end in the middle of a non-base
3657 embedding level. Therefore, we need to skip
3658 invisible text using the bidi iterator, starting at
3659 IT's current position, until we find ourselves
3660 outside the invisible text. Skipping invisible text
3661 _after_ bidi iteration avoids affecting the visual
3662 order of the displayed text when invisible properties
3663 are added or removed. */
3664 if (it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
)
3666 /* If we were `reseat'ed to a new paragraph,
3667 determine the paragraph base direction. We need
3668 to do it now because next_element_from_buffer may
3669 not have a chance to do it, if we are going to
3670 skip any text at the beginning, which resets the
3672 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
,
3677 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
3679 while (it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->bidi_it
.charpos
3680 && it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< newpos
);
3681 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
3682 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
3683 /* If we overstepped NEWPOS, record its position in the
3684 iterator, so that we skip invisible text if later the
3685 bidi iteration lands us in the invisible region
3687 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= newpos
)
3688 it
->prev_stop
= newpos
;
3692 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = newpos
;
3693 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos
);
3696 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
3697 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
3698 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
3699 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
3700 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
3701 already handled in the overlay code.) */
3703 && get_overlay_strings (it
, it
->stop_charpos
))
3705 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3706 it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
= display_ellipsis_p
;
3708 else if (display_ellipsis_p
)
3710 /* Make sure that the glyphs of the ellipsis will get
3711 correct `charpos' values. If we would not update
3712 it->position here, the glyphs would belong to the
3713 last visible character _before_ the invisible
3714 text, which confuses `set_cursor_from_row'.
3716 We use the last invisible position instead of the
3717 first because this way the cursor is always drawn on
3718 the first "." of the ellipsis, whenever PT is inside
3719 the invisible text. Otherwise the cursor would be
3720 placed _after_ the ellipsis when the point is after the
3721 first invisible character. */
3722 if (!STRINGP (it
->object
))
3724 it
->position
.charpos
= newpos
- 1;
3725 it
->position
.bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (it
->position
.charpos
);
3728 /* Let the ellipsis display before
3729 considering any properties of the following char.
3730 Fixes jasonr@gnu.org 01 Oct 07 bug. */
3731 handled
= HANDLED_RETURN
;
3740 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next.
3741 Replaces LEN characters from buffer. */
3744 setup_for_ellipsis (struct it
*it
, int len
)
3746 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3747 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3748 if (it
->dp
&& VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
)))
3750 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
));
3751 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
3752 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
3756 /* Default `...'. */
3757 it
->dpvec
= default_invis_vector
;
3758 it
->dpend
= default_invis_vector
+ 3;
3761 it
->dpvec_char_len
= len
;
3762 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3763 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
3765 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3766 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next.
3767 saved_face_id was set to preceding char's face in handle_stop. */
3768 if (it
->saved_face_id
< 0 || it
->saved_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3769 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
3771 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
3777 /***********************************************************************
3779 ***********************************************************************/
3781 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
3782 Called from handle_stop.
3783 We return HANDLED_RETURN if some part of the display property
3784 overrides the display of the buffer text itself.
3785 Otherwise we return HANDLED_NORMALLY. */
3787 static enum prop_handled
3788 handle_display_prop (struct it
*it
)
3790 Lisp_Object prop
, object
, overlay
;
3791 struct text_pos
*position
;
3792 /* Nonzero if some property replaces the display of the text itself. */
3793 int display_replaced_p
= 0;
3795 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3797 object
= it
->string
;
3798 position
= &it
->current
.string_pos
;
3802 XSETWINDOW (object
, it
->w
);
3803 position
= &it
->current
.pos
;
3806 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
3807 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
3808 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
3809 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
3812 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
3813 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
3814 `display' property etc. */
3815 if (!it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
3816 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
3818 prop
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (position
->charpos
),
3819 Qdisplay
, object
, &overlay
);
3821 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3822 /* Now OVERLAY is the overlay that gave us this property, or nil
3823 if it was a text property. */
3825 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
3826 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
3829 /* Simple properties. */
3830 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
3831 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)
3832 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
)
3833 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qslice
)
3834 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace_width
)
3835 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qheight
)
3836 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qraise
)
3837 /* Marginal area specifications. */
3838 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop
)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop
)), Qmargin
))
3839 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_fringe
)
3840 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_fringe
)
3841 && !NILP (XCAR (prop
)))
3843 for (; CONSP (prop
); prop
= XCDR (prop
))
3845 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, XCAR (prop
), object
, overlay
,
3846 position
, display_replaced_p
))
3848 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3849 /* If some text in a string is replaced, `position' no
3850 longer points to the position of `object'. */
3851 if (STRINGP (object
))
3856 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
3859 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
3860 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, AREF (prop
, i
), object
, overlay
,
3861 position
, display_replaced_p
))
3863 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3864 /* If some text in a string is replaced, `position' no
3865 longer points to the position of `object'. */
3866 if (STRINGP (object
))
3872 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, prop
, object
, overlay
,
3874 display_replaced_p
= 1;
3877 return display_replaced_p
? HANDLED_RETURN
: HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3881 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
3882 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
3884 static struct text_pos
3885 display_prop_end (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object object
, struct text_pos start_pos
)
3888 struct text_pos end_pos
;
3890 end
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos
)),
3891 Qdisplay
, object
, Qnil
);
3892 CHARPOS (end_pos
) = XFASTINT (end
);
3893 if (STRINGP (object
))
3894 compute_string_pos (&end_pos
, start_pos
, it
->string
);
3896 BYTEPOS (end_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end
));
3902 /* Set up IT from a single `display' specification PROP. OBJECT
3903 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
3904 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
3905 means that we previously saw a display specification which already
3906 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
3907 we ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
3909 OVERLAY is the overlay this `display' property came from,
3910 or nil if it was a text property.
3912 If PROP is a `space' or `image' specification, and in some other
3913 cases too, set *POSITION to the position where the `display'
3916 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
3917 of buffer or string text. */
3920 handle_single_display_spec (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object spec
, Lisp_Object object
,
3921 Lisp_Object overlay
, struct text_pos
*position
,
3922 int display_replaced_before_p
)
3925 Lisp_Object location
, value
;
3926 struct text_pos start_pos
, save_pos
;
3929 /* If SPEC is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', evaluate FORM.
3930 If the result is non-nil, use VALUE instead of SPEC. */
3932 if (CONSP (spec
) && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qwhen
))
3941 if (!NILP (form
) && !EQ (form
, Qt
))
3943 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
3944 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
3946 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
3947 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
3948 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
3949 to the current position in the buffer. */
3950 specbind (Qobject
, object
);
3951 specbind (Qposition
, make_number (CHARPOS (*position
)));
3952 specbind (Qbuffer_position
,
3953 make_number (STRINGP (object
)
3954 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it
) : CHARPOS (*position
)));
3956 form
= safe_eval (form
);
3958 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
3964 /* Handle `(height HEIGHT)' specifications. */
3966 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qheight
)
3967 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
3969 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
3972 it
->font_height
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
3973 if (!NILP (it
->font_height
))
3975 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3976 int new_height
= -1;
3978 if (CONSP (it
->font_height
)
3979 && (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
)
3980 || EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qminus
))
3981 && CONSP (XCDR (it
->font_height
))
3982 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
))))
3984 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
3985 int steps
= XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
)));
3986 if (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
))
3988 it
->face_id
= smaller_face (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, steps
);
3990 else if (FUNCTIONP (it
->font_height
))
3992 /* Call function with current height as argument.
3993 Value is the new height. */
3995 height
= safe_call1 (it
->font_height
,
3996 face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
3997 if (NUMBERP (height
))
3998 new_height
= XFLOATINT (height
);
4000 else if (NUMBERP (it
->font_height
))
4002 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
4005 f
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
,
4006 lookup_basic_face (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
));
4007 new_height
= (XFLOATINT (it
->font_height
)
4008 * XINT (f
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]));
4012 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
4013 current specified height to get the new height. */
4014 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4016 specbind (Qheight
, face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
4017 value
= safe_eval (it
->font_height
);
4018 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
4020 if (NUMBERP (value
))
4021 new_height
= XFLOATINT (value
);
4025 it
->face_id
= face_with_height (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, new_height
);
4031 /* Handle `(space-width WIDTH)'. */
4033 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qspace_width
)
4034 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4036 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4039 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4040 if (NUMBERP (value
) && XFLOATINT (value
) > 0)
4041 it
->space_width
= value
;
4046 /* Handle `(slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)'. */
4048 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qslice
))
4052 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4055 if (tem
= XCDR (spec
), CONSP (tem
))
4057 it
->slice
.x
= XCAR (tem
);
4058 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4060 it
->slice
.y
= XCAR (tem
);
4061 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4063 it
->slice
.width
= XCAR (tem
);
4064 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4065 it
->slice
.height
= XCAR (tem
);
4073 /* Handle `(raise FACTOR)'. */
4075 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qraise
)
4076 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4078 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4081 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4082 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4083 if (NUMBERP (value
))
4085 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
4086 it
->voffset
= - (XFLOATINT (value
)
4087 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
)));
4089 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4094 /* Don't handle the other kinds of display specifications
4095 inside a string that we got from a `display' property. */
4096 if (it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
4099 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
4100 we have to find the end of the property. */
4101 start_pos
= *position
;
4102 *position
= display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
);
4105 /* Stop the scan at that end position--we assume that all
4106 text properties change there. */
4107 it
->stop_charpos
= position
->charpos
;
4109 /* Handle `(left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'
4110 and `(right-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'. */
4112 && (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
)
4113 || EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qright_fringe
))
4114 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4116 int face_id
= lookup_basic_face (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4119 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4120 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
4121 across the text with this property. */
4124 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4125 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4126 if (!SYMBOLP (value
)
4127 || !(fringe_bitmap
= lookup_fringe_bitmap (value
)))
4128 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
4129 across the text with this property. */
4132 if (CONSP (XCDR (XCDR (spec
))))
4134 Lisp_Object face_name
= XCAR (XCDR (XCDR (spec
)));
4135 int face_id2
= lookup_derived_face (it
->f
, face_name
,
4141 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
4142 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
4144 save_pos
= it
->position
;
4145 it
->position
= *position
;
4147 it
->position
= save_pos
;
4149 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4150 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
4151 it
->image_id
= -1; /* no image */
4152 it
->position
= start_pos
;
4153 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
4154 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
4155 it
->from_overlay
= Qnil
;
4156 it
->face_id
= face_id
;
4158 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4159 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4160 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4161 *position
= start_pos
;
4163 if (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
))
4165 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
4166 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
4170 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
4171 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
4173 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4177 /* Prepare to handle `((margin left-margin) ...)',
4178 `((margin right-margin) ...)' and `((margin nil) ...)'
4179 prefixes for display specifications. */
4180 location
= Qunbound
;
4181 if (CONSP (spec
) && CONSP (XCAR (spec
)))
4185 value
= XCDR (spec
);
4187 value
= XCAR (value
);
4190 if (EQ (XCAR (tem
), Qmargin
)
4191 && (tem
= XCDR (tem
),
4192 tem
= CONSP (tem
) ? XCAR (tem
) : Qnil
,
4194 || EQ (tem
, Qleft_margin
)
4195 || EQ (tem
, Qright_margin
))))
4199 if (EQ (location
, Qunbound
))
4205 /* After this point, VALUE is the property after any
4206 margin prefix has been stripped. It must be a string,
4207 an image specification, or `(space ...)'.
4209 LOCATION specifies where to display: `left-margin',
4210 `right-margin' or nil. */
4212 valid_p
= (STRINGP (value
)
4213 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4214 || (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
) && valid_image_p (value
))
4215 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4216 || (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
)));
4218 if (valid_p
&& !display_replaced_before_p
)
4220 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
4221 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
4222 save_pos
= it
->position
;
4223 it
->position
= *position
;
4225 it
->position
= save_pos
;
4226 it
->from_overlay
= overlay
;
4228 if (NILP (location
))
4229 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4230 else if (EQ (location
, Qleft_margin
))
4231 it
->area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
4233 it
->area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
4235 if (STRINGP (value
))
4238 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4239 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4240 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
4241 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
4242 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4243 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4244 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 1;
4245 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4246 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4247 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4248 if (BUFFERP (object
))
4249 *position
= start_pos
;
4251 else if (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
))
4253 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRETCH
;
4255 *position
= it
->position
= start_pos
;
4257 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4260 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
4261 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, value
);
4262 it
->position
= start_pos
;
4263 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
4264 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
4266 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4267 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4268 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4269 *position
= start_pos
;
4271 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4276 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
4277 POSITION to what it was before. */
4278 *position
= start_pos
;
4283 /* Check if SPEC is a display sub-property value whose text should be
4284 treated as intangible. */
4287 single_display_spec_intangible_p (Lisp_Object prop
)
4289 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
4290 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
4304 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
4305 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
4306 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
4314 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_margin
)
4315 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_margin
))
4319 return (CONSP (prop
)
4320 && (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
4321 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)));
4325 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
4326 treated as intangible. */
4329 display_prop_intangible_p (Lisp_Object prop
)
4332 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
4333 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
4335 /* A list of sub-properties. */
4336 while (CONSP (prop
))
4338 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (XCAR (prop
)))
4343 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4345 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
4347 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4348 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (AREF (prop
, i
)))
4352 return single_display_spec_intangible_p (prop
);
4358 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
4361 single_display_spec_string_p (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object string
)
4363 if (EQ (string
, prop
))
4366 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
4367 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
4376 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
4377 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
4388 return CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), string
);
4392 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
4395 display_prop_string_p (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object string
)
4398 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
4399 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
4401 /* A list of sub-properties. */
4402 while (CONSP (prop
))
4404 if (single_display_spec_string_p (XCAR (prop
), string
))
4409 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4411 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
4413 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4414 if (single_display_spec_string_p (AREF (prop
, i
), string
))
4418 return single_display_spec_string_p (prop
, string
);
4423 /* Look for STRING in overlays and text properties in W's buffer,
4424 between character positions FROM and TO (excluding TO).
4425 BACK_P non-zero means look back (in this case, TO is supposed to be
4427 Value is the first character position where STRING was found, or
4428 zero if it wasn't found before hitting TO.
4430 W's buffer must be current.
4432 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
4433 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
4436 string_buffer_position_lim (struct window
*w
, Lisp_Object string
,
4437 EMACS_INT from
, EMACS_INT to
, int back_p
)
4439 Lisp_Object limit
, prop
, pos
;
4442 pos
= make_number (from
);
4444 if (!back_p
) /* looking forward */
4446 limit
= make_number (min (to
, ZV
));
4447 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4449 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4450 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4453 pos
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
,
4457 else /* looking back */
4459 limit
= make_number (max (to
, BEGV
));
4460 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4462 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4463 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4466 pos
= Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
,
4471 return found
? XINT (pos
) : 0;
4474 /* Determine which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes from.
4475 AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could come from.
4476 Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be determined.
4478 W's buffer must be current.
4480 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
4481 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
4482 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
4483 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
4486 string_buffer_position (struct window
*w
, Lisp_Object string
, EMACS_INT around_charpos
)
4488 const int MAX_DISTANCE
= 1000;
4489 EMACS_INT found
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, string
, around_charpos
,
4490 around_charpos
+ MAX_DISTANCE
,
4494 found
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, string
, around_charpos
,
4495 around_charpos
- MAX_DISTANCE
, 1);
4501 /***********************************************************************
4502 `composition' property
4503 ***********************************************************************/
4505 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
4506 position. Called from handle_stop. */
4508 static enum prop_handled
4509 handle_composition_prop (struct it
*it
)
4511 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
4512 EMACS_INT pos
, pos_byte
, start
, end
;
4514 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4518 pos
= IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
4519 pos_byte
= IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4520 string
= it
->string
;
4521 s
= SDATA (string
) + pos_byte
;
4522 it
->c
= STRING_CHAR (s
);
4526 pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4527 pos_byte
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4529 it
->c
= FETCH_CHAR (pos_byte
);
4532 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
4533 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
4534 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
4535 if (find_composition (pos
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, string
)
4536 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
4537 && (STRINGP (it
->string
) || (PT
<= start
|| PT
>= end
)))
4541 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4542 pos_byte
= string_char_to_byte (it
->string
, start
);
4544 pos_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (start
);
4546 it
->cmp_it
.id
= get_composition_id (start
, pos_byte
, end
- start
,
4549 if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
4552 it
->cmp_it
.nchars
= COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop
);
4553 it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
= -1;
4557 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4562 /***********************************************************************
4564 ***********************************************************************/
4566 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
4567 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
4569 struct overlay_entry
4571 Lisp_Object overlay
;
4578 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
4579 Called from handle_stop. */
4581 static enum prop_handled
4582 handle_overlay_change (struct it
*it
)
4584 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
) && get_overlay_strings (it
, 0))
4585 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
4587 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4591 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
4592 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
4593 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
4594 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
4595 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
4596 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
4599 next_overlay_string (struct it
*it
)
4601 ++it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
4602 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
== it
->n_overlay_strings
)
4604 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
4605 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
4606 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
4608 it
->ellipsis_p
= (it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
!= 0);
4611 || (NILP (it
->string
)
4612 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
4613 && it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
4614 && it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->end_charpos
));
4615 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4616 it
->n_overlay_strings
= 0;
4617 it
->overlay_strings_charpos
= -1;
4619 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
4620 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
4621 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
4622 if (NILP (it
->string
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
4623 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
4627 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
4628 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
4629 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
4630 it. We must load at the IT->overlay_strings_charpos where
4631 IT->n_overlay_strings was originally computed; when invisible
4632 text is present, this might not be IT_CHARPOS (Bug#7016). */
4633 int i
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
% OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
4635 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
&& i
== 0)
4636 load_overlay_strings (it
, it
->overlay_strings_charpos
);
4638 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
4640 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[i
];
4641 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4642 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, 0, 0);
4643 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4644 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4645 if (it
->cmp_it
.stop_pos
>= 0)
4646 it
->cmp_it
.stop_pos
= 0;
4653 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
4654 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
4655 strings for the same position are sorted so that
4657 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
4658 when they come from the same overlay.
4660 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
4661 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
4663 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
4664 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
4666 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
4670 compare_overlay_entries (const void *e1
, const void *e2
)
4672 struct overlay_entry
*entry1
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e1
;
4673 struct overlay_entry
*entry2
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e2
;
4676 if (entry1
->after_string_p
!= entry2
->after_string_p
)
4678 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
4679 they come from different overlays. */
4680 if (EQ (entry1
->overlay
, entry2
->overlay
))
4681 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? 1 : -1;
4683 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? -1 : 1;
4685 else if (entry1
->after_string_p
)
4686 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
4687 result
= entry2
->priority
- entry1
->priority
;
4689 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
4690 result
= entry1
->priority
- entry2
->priority
;
4696 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
4697 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
4698 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
4700 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
4701 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
4702 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
4703 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
4706 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
4707 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
4708 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
4709 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
4710 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
4711 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
4712 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
4715 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
4716 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
4717 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
4718 compare_overlay_entries. */
4721 load_overlay_strings (struct it
*it
, EMACS_INT charpos
)
4723 Lisp_Object overlay
, window
, str
, invisible
;
4724 struct Lisp_Overlay
*ov
;
4725 EMACS_INT start
, end
;
4727 int n
= 0, i
, j
, invis_p
;
4728 struct overlay_entry
*entries
4729 = (struct overlay_entry
*) alloca (size
* sizeof *entries
);
4732 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4734 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
4735 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
4736 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
4738 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
4741 Lisp_Object priority; \
4745 int new_size = 2 * size; \
4746 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
4748 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
4749 * sizeof *entries); \
4750 memcpy (entries, old, size * sizeof *entries); \
4754 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
4755 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
4756 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
4757 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
4758 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
4763 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
4764 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_before
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
4766 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
4767 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
4768 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
4769 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
4774 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
4776 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
4779 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
4780 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
4781 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
4784 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
4785 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
4786 end position are indistinguishable. */
4787 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
4788 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
4790 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
4791 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4792 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4794 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
4796 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
4797 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4798 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4800 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
4803 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
4804 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_after
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
4806 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
4807 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
4808 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
4809 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
4811 if (start
> charpos
)
4814 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
4816 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
4819 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
4820 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
4821 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
4824 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
4825 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
4826 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
4827 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
4829 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
4830 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4831 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4833 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
4835 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
4836 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
4837 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
4839 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
4842 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
4846 qsort (entries
, n
, sizeof *entries
, compare_overlay_entries
);
4848 /* Record number of overlay strings, and where we computed it. */
4849 it
->n_overlay_strings
= n
;
4850 it
->overlay_strings_charpos
= charpos
;
4852 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
4853 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
4854 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
4856 j
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
4857 while (i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
&& j
< n
)
4859 it
->overlay_strings
[i
] = entries
[j
].string
;
4860 it
->string_overlays
[i
++] = entries
[j
++].overlay
;
4867 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
4868 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
4869 least one overlay string was found. */
4872 get_overlay_strings_1 (struct it
*it
, EMACS_INT charpos
, int compute_stop_p
)
4874 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
4875 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
4876 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
4877 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
4878 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
4879 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
4880 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
4881 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
4882 load_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
);
4884 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
4885 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
4886 from current_buffer. */
4887 if (it
->n_overlay_strings
)
4889 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
4890 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
4893 compute_stop_pos (it
);
4894 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
4896 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
4897 strings have been processed. */
4898 xassert (!compute_stop_p
|| it
->sp
== 0);
4900 /* When called from handle_stop, there might be an empty display
4901 string loaded. In that case, don't bother saving it. */
4902 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
) || SCHARS (it
->string
))
4905 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
4907 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
4908 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[0];
4909 it
->from_overlay
= Qnil
;
4910 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4911 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
4912 it
->end_charpos
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
4913 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4914 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4918 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4923 get_overlay_strings (struct it
*it
, EMACS_INT charpos
)
4926 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
4928 (void) get_overlay_strings_1 (it
, charpos
, 1);
4932 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
4933 return STRINGP (it
->string
);
4938 /***********************************************************************
4939 Saving and restoring state
4940 ***********************************************************************/
4942 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
4943 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
4944 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
4948 push_it (struct it
*it
)
4950 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
4952 xassert (it
->sp
< IT_STACK_SIZE
);
4953 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
4955 p
->stop_charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
4956 p
->prev_stop
= it
->prev_stop
;
4957 p
->base_level_stop
= it
->base_level_stop
;
4958 p
->cmp_it
= it
->cmp_it
;
4959 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
4960 p
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
4961 p
->string
= it
->string
;
4962 p
->method
= it
->method
;
4963 p
->from_overlay
= it
->from_overlay
;
4966 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
4967 p
->u
.image
.object
= it
->object
;
4968 p
->u
.image
.image_id
= it
->image_id
;
4969 p
->u
.image
.slice
= it
->slice
;
4971 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
4972 p
->u
.stretch
.object
= it
->object
;
4975 p
->position
= it
->position
;
4976 p
->current
= it
->current
;
4977 p
->end_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
4978 p
->string_nchars
= it
->string_nchars
;
4980 p
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
4981 p
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
4982 p
->space_width
= it
->space_width
;
4983 p
->font_height
= it
->font_height
;
4984 p
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
4985 p
->string_from_display_prop_p
= it
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
4986 p
->display_ellipsis_p
= 0;
4987 p
->line_wrap
= it
->line_wrap
;
4992 iterate_out_of_display_property (struct it
*it
)
4994 /* Maybe initialize paragraph direction. If we are at the beginning
4995 of a new paragraph, next_element_from_buffer may not have a
4996 chance to do that. */
4997 if (it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
&& it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< ZV
)
4998 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
, 1);
4999 /* prev_stop can be zero, so check against BEGV as well. */
5000 while (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
>= BEGV
5001 && it
->prev_stop
<= it
->bidi_it
.charpos
5002 && it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5003 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
5004 /* Record the stop_pos we just crossed, for when we cross it
5006 if (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
> CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5007 it
->prev_stop
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
5008 /* If we ended up not where pop_it put us, resync IT's
5009 positional members with the bidi iterator. */
5010 if (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
!= CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5012 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->position
,
5013 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
, it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
);
5014 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
;
5018 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
5019 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
5020 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
5021 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
5022 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
5025 pop_it (struct it
*it
)
5027 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
5029 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
5031 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
5032 it
->stop_charpos
= p
->stop_charpos
;
5033 it
->prev_stop
= p
->prev_stop
;
5034 it
->base_level_stop
= p
->base_level_stop
;
5035 it
->cmp_it
= p
->cmp_it
;
5036 it
->face_id
= p
->face_id
;
5037 it
->current
= p
->current
;
5038 it
->position
= p
->position
;
5039 it
->string
= p
->string
;
5040 it
->from_overlay
= p
->from_overlay
;
5041 if (NILP (it
->string
))
5042 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, -1, -1);
5043 it
->method
= p
->method
;
5046 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
5047 it
->image_id
= p
->u
.image
.image_id
;
5048 it
->object
= p
->u
.image
.object
;
5049 it
->slice
= p
->u
.image
.slice
;
5051 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
5052 it
->object
= p
->u
.comp
.object
;
5054 case GET_FROM_BUFFER
:
5055 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5058 /* Bidi-iterate until we get out of the portion of text, if
5059 any, covered by a `display' text property or an overlay
5060 with `display' property. (We cannot just jump there,
5061 because the internal coherency of the bidi iterator state
5062 can not be preserved across such jumps.) We also must
5063 determine the paragraph base direction if the overlay we
5064 just processed is at the beginning of a new
5066 iterate_out_of_display_property (it
);
5069 case GET_FROM_STRING
:
5070 it
->object
= it
->string
;
5072 case GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
:
5074 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
5075 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5076 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5079 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5080 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5083 it
->end_charpos
= p
->end_charpos
;
5084 it
->string_nchars
= p
->string_nchars
;
5086 it
->multibyte_p
= p
->multibyte_p
;
5087 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= p
->avoid_cursor_p
;
5088 it
->space_width
= p
->space_width
;
5089 it
->font_height
= p
->font_height
;
5090 it
->voffset
= p
->voffset
;
5091 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= p
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
5092 it
->line_wrap
= p
->line_wrap
;
5097 /***********************************************************************
5099 ***********************************************************************/
5101 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
5104 back_to_previous_line_start (struct it
*it
)
5106 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, -1);
5107 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
5111 /* Move IT to the next line start.
5113 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
5114 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
5115 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
5118 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
5119 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
5120 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
5122 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
5123 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
5124 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
5125 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
5126 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
5127 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
5130 forward_to_next_line_start (struct it
*it
, int *skipped_p
)
5132 int old_selective
, newline_found_p
, n
;
5133 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
= 500;
5135 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
5136 skipping over invisible text below. */
5137 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
5139 && CHARPOS (it
->position
) == IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
5141 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5146 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
5147 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
5148 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
5149 calls this function. */
5150 old_selective
= it
->selective
;
5153 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
5154 from buffer text. */
5155 for (n
= newline_found_p
= 0;
5156 !newline_found_p
&& n
< MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
;
5157 n
+= STRINGP (it
->string
) ? 0 : 1)
5159 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
5161 newline_found_p
= it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
&& it
->c
== '\n';
5162 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5165 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
5167 if (!newline_found_p
)
5169 EMACS_INT start
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5170 EMACS_INT limit
= find_next_newline_no_quit (start
, 1);
5173 xassert (!STRINGP (it
->string
));
5175 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
5176 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
5178 if (it
->stop_charpos
>= limit
5179 || ((pos
= Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start
),
5181 Qnil
, make_number (limit
)),
5183 && next_overlay_change (start
) == ZV
))
5185 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = limit
;
5186 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
5187 *skipped_p
= newline_found_p
= 1;
5191 while (get_next_display_element (it
)
5192 && !newline_found_p
)
5194 newline_found_p
= ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
);
5195 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5200 it
->selective
= old_selective
;
5201 return newline_found_p
;
5205 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
5206 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
5207 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
5211 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*it
)
5213 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
5215 back_to_previous_line_start (it
);
5217 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
)
5220 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than its value are
5222 if (it
->selective
> 0
5223 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
5224 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
5227 /* Check the newline before point for invisibility. */
5230 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1),
5231 Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
5232 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
5236 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
)
5243 Lisp_Object val
, overlay
;
5245 /* If newline is part of a composition, continue from start of composition */
5246 if (find_composition (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), -1, &beg
, &end
, &val
, Qnil
)
5247 && beg
< IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
5250 /* If newline is replaced by a display property, find start of overlay
5251 or interval and continue search from that point. */
5253 pos
= --IT_CHARPOS (it2
);
5256 it2
.string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5257 if (handle_display_prop (&it2
) == HANDLED_RETURN
5258 && !NILP (val
= get_char_property_and_overlay
5259 (make_number (pos
), Qdisplay
, Qnil
, &overlay
))
5260 && (OVERLAYP (overlay
)
5261 ? (beg
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
)))
5262 : get_property_and_range (pos
, Qdisplay
, &val
, &beg
, &end
, Qnil
)))
5265 /* Newline is not replaced by anything -- so we are done. */
5271 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = beg
;
5272 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (current_buffer
, beg
);
5276 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
5278 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
5279 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEGV
5280 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
5285 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
5286 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
5287 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
5288 face information etc. */
5291 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*it
)
5293 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
5294 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
5299 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
5300 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
5301 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
5302 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
5303 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
5304 is invisible because of text properties. */
5307 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (struct it
*it
, int on_newline_p
)
5309 int newline_found_p
, skipped_p
= 0;
5311 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
5313 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
5314 more than the value of IT->selective. */
5315 if (it
->selective
> 0)
5316 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
5317 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
5318 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
5320 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == BEGV
5321 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
5322 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
5325 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
5326 if (on_newline_p
&& newline_found_p
)
5328 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5330 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
5332 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
5333 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
5336 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
5340 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
5344 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
5351 /***********************************************************************
5352 Changing an iterator's position
5353 ***********************************************************************/
5355 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
5356 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
5357 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
5358 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
5361 reseat (struct it
*it
, struct text_pos pos
, int force_p
)
5363 EMACS_INT original_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5365 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, 0);
5367 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
5368 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
5370 || CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
5371 || CHARPOS (pos
) < original_pos
)
5375 /* For bidi iteration, we need to prime prev_stop and
5376 base_level_stop with our best estimations. */
5377 if (CHARPOS (pos
) < it
->prev_stop
)
5379 handle_stop_backwards (it
, BEGV
);
5380 if (CHARPOS (pos
) < it
->base_level_stop
)
5381 it
->base_level_stop
= 0;
5383 else if (CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
5384 && it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
)
5385 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->stop_charpos
);
5392 it
->prev_stop
= it
->base_level_stop
= 0;
5401 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
5402 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
5405 reseat_1 (struct it
*it
, struct text_pos pos
, int set_stop_p
)
5407 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
5408 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
5410 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
5411 xassert (CHARPOS (pos
) >= BEGV
&& CHARPOS (pos
) <= ZV
);
5413 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= pos
;
5414 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
5416 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
5417 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
5418 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = -1;
5419 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
5421 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5422 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5423 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5424 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
5425 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
));
5427 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5428 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 0;
5431 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 1;
5432 it
->bidi_it
.paragraph_dir
= NEUTRAL_DIR
;
5437 it
->stop_charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
);
5438 it
->base_level_stop
= CHARPOS (pos
);
5443 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
5444 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
5445 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
5447 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
5448 characters from the string.
5450 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
5451 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
5454 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
5455 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
5456 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
5458 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
5459 calling this function. */
5462 reseat_to_string (struct it
*it
, const char *s
, Lisp_Object string
,
5463 EMACS_INT charpos
, EMACS_INT precision
, int field_width
,
5466 /* No region in strings. */
5467 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
5469 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
5470 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
5472 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
5473 memset (&it
->current
, 0, sizeof it
->current
);
5474 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
5475 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
5476 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
5478 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
5479 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
5481 it
->multibyte_p
= multibyte
> 0;
5485 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
5486 it
->string
= string
;
5488 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (string
);
5489 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5490 it
->current
.string_pos
= string_pos (charpos
, string
);
5494 it
->s
= (const unsigned char *) s
;
5497 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
5498 for displaying C strings. */
5499 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
5500 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
5502 it
->current
.pos
= c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, 1);
5503 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= number_of_chars (s
, 1);
5507 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
5508 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= strlen (s
);
5511 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
5514 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
5516 if (precision
> 0 && it
->end_charpos
- charpos
> precision
)
5517 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= charpos
+ precision
;
5519 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
5520 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
5521 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
5522 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
5523 if (field_width
< 0)
5524 field_width
= INFINITY
;
5525 if (field_width
> it
->end_charpos
- charpos
)
5526 it
->end_charpos
= charpos
+ field_width
;
5528 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
5529 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table
))
5530 it
->dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table
);
5532 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
5533 if (s
== NULL
&& it
->multibyte_p
)
5535 EMACS_INT endpos
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
5536 if (endpos
> it
->end_charpos
)
5537 endpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
5538 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, charpos
, -1, endpos
,
5546 /***********************************************************************
5548 ***********************************************************************/
5550 /* Map enum it_method value to corresponding next_element_from_* function. */
5552 static int (* get_next_element
[NUM_IT_METHODS
]) (struct it
*it
) =
5554 next_element_from_buffer
,
5555 next_element_from_display_vector
,
5556 next_element_from_string
,
5557 next_element_from_c_string
,
5558 next_element_from_image
,
5559 next_element_from_stretch
5562 #define GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT(it) (*get_next_element[(it)->method]) (it)
5565 /* Return 1 iff a character at CHARPOS (and BYTEPOS) is composed
5566 (possibly with the following characters). */
5568 #define CHAR_COMPOSED_P(IT,CHARPOS,BYTEPOS,END_CHARPOS) \
5569 ((IT)->cmp_it.id >= 0 \
5570 || ((IT)->cmp_it.stop_pos == (CHARPOS) \
5571 && composition_reseat_it (&(IT)->cmp_it, CHARPOS, BYTEPOS, \
5572 END_CHARPOS, (IT)->w, \
5573 FACE_FROM_ID ((IT)->f, (IT)->face_id), \
5577 /* Lookup the char-table Vglyphless_char_display for character C (-1
5578 if we want information for no-font case), and return the display
5579 method symbol. By side-effect, update it->what and
5580 it->glyphless_method. This function is called from
5581 get_next_display_element for each character element, and from
5582 x_produce_glyphs when no suitable font was found. */
5585 lookup_glyphless_char_display (int c
, struct it
*it
)
5587 Lisp_Object glyphless_method
= Qnil
;
5589 if (CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
5590 && CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)) >= 1)
5591 glyphless_method
= (c
>= 0
5592 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
, c
)
5593 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
5595 if (NILP (glyphless_method
))
5598 /* The default is to display the character by a proper font. */
5600 /* The default for the no-font case is to display an empty box. */
5601 glyphless_method
= Qempty_box
;
5603 if (EQ (glyphless_method
, Qzero_width
))
5606 return glyphless_method
;
5607 /* This method can't be used for the no-font case. */
5608 glyphless_method
= Qempty_box
;
5610 if (EQ (glyphless_method
, Qthin_space
))
5611 it
->glyphless_method
= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
;
5612 else if (EQ (glyphless_method
, Qempty_box
))
5613 it
->glyphless_method
= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_EMPTY_BOX
;
5614 else if (EQ (glyphless_method
, Qhex_code
))
5615 it
->glyphless_method
= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
;
5616 else if (STRINGP (glyphless_method
))
5617 it
->glyphless_method
= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
;
5620 /* Invalid value. We use the default method. */
5621 glyphless_method
= Qnil
;
5624 it
->what
= IT_GLYPHLESS
;
5625 return glyphless_method
;
5628 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
5629 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
5630 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
5632 static struct frame
*last_escape_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
5633 static unsigned last_escape_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
5634 static int last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= 0;
5636 struct frame
*last_glyphless_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
5637 unsigned last_glyphless_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
5638 int last_glyphless_glyph_merged_face_id
= 0;
5641 get_next_display_element (struct it
*it
)
5643 /* Non-zero means that we found a display element. Zero means that
5644 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
5645 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
5646 using a sequence of if-statements. */
5650 success_p
= GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
5652 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
5654 /* UAX#9, L4: "A character is depicted by a mirrored glyph if
5655 and only if (a) the resolved directionality of that character
5657 /* FIXME: Do we need an exception for characters from display
5659 if (it
->bidi_p
&& it
->bidi_it
.type
== STRONG_R
)
5660 it
->c
= bidi_mirror_char (it
->c
);
5661 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
5662 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
5663 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
5664 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
5665 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
5666 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
5667 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
5668 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
5670 if (success_p
&& it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
5673 struct charset
*unibyte
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (charset_unibyte
);
5674 enum { char_is_other
= 0, char_is_nbsp
, char_is_soft_hyphen
}
5675 nbsp_or_shy
= char_is_other
;
5676 int c
= it
->c
; /* This is the character to display. */
5678 if (! it
->multibyte_p
&& ! ASCII_CHAR_P (c
))
5680 xassert (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
));
5681 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
)
5683 c
= DECODE_CHAR (unibyte
, c
);
5685 c
= BYTE8_TO_CHAR (it
->c
);
5688 c
= BYTE8_TO_CHAR (it
->c
);
5692 && (dv
= DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it
->dp
, c
),
5695 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (dv
);
5697 /* Return the first character from the display table
5698 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
5699 current character. */
5702 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
5703 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
5704 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
5705 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
5706 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
5707 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5708 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
5713 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5718 if (! NILP (lookup_glyphless_char_display (c
, it
)))
5720 if (it
->what
== IT_GLYPHLESS
)
5722 /* Don't display this character. */
5723 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5727 if (! ASCII_CHAR_P (c
) && ! NILP (Vnobreak_char_display
))
5728 nbsp_or_shy
= (c
== 0xA0 ? char_is_nbsp
5729 : c
== 0xAD ? char_is_soft_hyphen
5732 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
5733 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
5734 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
5735 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
5736 don't believe that it is worth doing.
5738 NBSP and SOFT-HYPEN are property translated too.
5740 Non-printable characters and raw-byte characters are also
5741 translated to octal form. */
5742 if (((c
< ' ' || c
== 127) /* ASCII control chars */
5743 ? (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
5744 /* In mode line, treat \n, \t like other crl chars. */
5747 && (it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
|| it
->avoid_cursor_p
))
5748 || (c
!= '\n' && c
!= '\t'))
5751 || ! CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (c
))))
5753 /* C is a control character, NBSP, SOFT-HYPEN, raw-byte,
5754 or a non-printable character which must be displayed
5755 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
5756 can be defined in the display table. Fill
5757 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
5758 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
5761 int face_id
, lface_id
= 0 ;
5764 /* Handle control characters with ^. */
5766 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
) && it
->ctl_arrow_p
)
5770 g
= '^'; /* default glyph for Control */
5771 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
5773 && (gc
= DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
))
5774 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
5776 g
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
5777 lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
5781 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
, it
->face_id
);
5783 else if (it
->f
== last_escape_glyph_frame
5784 && it
->face_id
== last_escape_glyph_face_id
)
5786 face_id
= last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
;
5790 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
5791 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
5793 last_escape_glyph_frame
= it
->f
;
5794 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5795 last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= face_id
;
5798 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], g
);
5799 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], c
^ 0100);
5801 goto display_control
;
5804 /* Handle non-break space in the mode where it only gets
5807 if (EQ (Vnobreak_char_display
, Qt
)
5808 && nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_nbsp
)
5810 /* Merge the no-break-space face into the current face. */
5811 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qnobreak_space
, 0,
5815 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], ' ');
5817 goto display_control
;
5820 /* Handle sequences that start with the "escape glyph". */
5822 /* the default escape glyph is \. */
5823 escape_glyph
= '\\';
5826 && (gc
= DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
))
5827 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
5829 escape_glyph
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
5830 lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
5834 /* The display table specified a face.
5835 Merge it into face_id and also into escape_glyph. */
5836 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
5839 else if (it
->f
== last_escape_glyph_frame
5840 && it
->face_id
== last_escape_glyph_face_id
)
5842 face_id
= last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
;
5846 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
5847 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
5849 last_escape_glyph_frame
= it
->f
;
5850 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5851 last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= face_id
;
5854 /* Handle soft hyphens in the mode where they only get
5857 if (EQ (Vnobreak_char_display
, Qt
)
5858 && nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_soft_hyphen
)
5860 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], '-');
5862 goto display_control
;
5865 /* Handle non-break space and soft hyphen
5866 with the escape glyph. */
5870 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], escape_glyph
);
5871 c
= (nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_nbsp
? ' ' : '-');
5872 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], c
);
5874 goto display_control
;
5881 if (CHAR_BYTE8_P (c
))
5882 /* Display \200 instead of \17777600. */
5883 c
= CHAR_TO_BYTE8 (c
);
5884 len
= sprintf (str
, "%03o", c
);
5886 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], escape_glyph
);
5887 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
5888 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
+ 1], str
[i
]);
5893 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
5894 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
5895 it
->dpvec
= it
->ctl_chars
;
5896 it
->dpend
= it
->dpvec
+ ctl_len
;
5897 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
5898 it
->dpvec_face_id
= face_id
;
5899 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5900 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
5904 it
->char_to_display
= c
;
5908 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
5912 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5913 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no multibyte
5914 character in unibyte text. */
5915 if ((it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
|| it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
5918 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
5920 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
5922 if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
&& it
->cmp_it
.ch
>= 0)
5924 /* Automatic composition with glyph-string. */
5925 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (it
->cmp_it
.id
);
5927 it
->face_id
= face_for_font (it
->f
, LGSTRING_FONT (gstring
), face
);
5931 EMACS_INT pos
= (it
->s
? -1
5932 : STRINGP (it
->string
) ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
5933 : IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
5935 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
, pos
,
5942 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
5943 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
5947 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
&& it
->sp
)
5949 int face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
5950 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
5954 if (face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
)
5956 /* If the box comes from face properties in a
5957 display string, check faces in that string. */
5958 int string_face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
);
5959 it
->end_of_box_run_p
5960 = (FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, string_face_id
)->box
5963 /* Otherwise, the box comes from the underlying face.
5964 If this is the last string character displayed, check
5965 the next buffer location. */
5966 else if ((IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
) - 1)
5967 && (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
5968 == it
->n_overlay_strings
- 1))
5972 struct text_pos pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
5973 INC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
5975 next_face_id
= face_at_buffer_position
5976 (it
->w
, CHARPOS (pos
), it
->region_beg_charpos
,
5977 it
->region_end_charpos
, &ignore
,
5978 (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
), 0,
5980 it
->end_of_box_run_p
5981 = (FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, next_face_id
)->box
5988 int face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
);
5989 it
->end_of_box_run_p
5990 = (face_id
!= it
->face_id
5991 && FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
)->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
);
5995 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
6000 /* Move IT to the next display element.
6002 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
6003 skip to the next visible line start.
6005 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
6006 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
6007 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
6008 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
6009 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
6010 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
6011 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
6012 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
6013 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
6016 set_iterator_to_next (struct it
*it
, int reseat_p
)
6018 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
6019 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
6020 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
6021 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
= 0;
6025 case GET_FROM_BUFFER
:
6026 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
6027 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
6028 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
6029 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
) && reseat_p
)
6030 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
6031 else if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
6033 /* We are currently getting glyphs from a composition. */
6038 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6039 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6040 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6042 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6047 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6049 it
->end_charpos
, Qnil
);
6052 else if (! it
->cmp_it
.reversed_p
)
6054 /* Composition created while scanning forward. */
6055 /* Update IT's char/byte positions to point to the first
6056 character of the next grapheme cluster, or to the
6057 character visually after the current composition. */
6058 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->cmp_it
.nchars
; i
++)
6059 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6060 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6061 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6063 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6065 /* Proceed to the next grapheme cluster. */
6066 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6070 /* No more grapheme clusters in this composition.
6071 Find the next stop position. */
6072 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->end_charpos
;
6073 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6074 /* Now we are scanning backward and don't know
6077 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6078 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6083 /* Composition created while scanning backward. */
6084 /* Update IT's char/byte positions to point to the last
6085 character of the previous grapheme cluster, or the
6086 character visually after the current composition. */
6087 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->cmp_it
.nchars
; i
++)
6088 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6089 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6090 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6091 if (it
->cmp_it
.from
> 0)
6093 /* Proceed to the previous grapheme cluster. */
6094 it
->cmp_it
.to
= it
->cmp_it
.from
;
6098 /* No more grapheme clusters in this composition.
6099 Find the next stop position. */
6100 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->end_charpos
;
6101 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6102 /* Now we are scanning backward and don't know
6105 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6106 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6112 xassert (it
->len
!= 0);
6116 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6117 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6121 int prev_scan_dir
= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
;
6122 /* If this is a new paragraph, determine its base
6123 direction (a.k.a. its base embedding level). */
6124 if (it
->bidi_it
.new_paragraph
)
6125 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
, 0);
6126 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6127 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6128 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6129 if (prev_scan_dir
!= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
)
6131 /* As the scan direction was changed, we must
6132 re-compute the stop position for composition. */
6133 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->end_charpos
;
6134 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6136 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6137 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6140 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
6144 case GET_FROM_C_STRING
:
6145 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
6146 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6147 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6150 case GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
:
6151 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
6152 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
6153 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
6155 ++it
->current
.dpvec_index
;
6157 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
6158 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
6159 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
6161 if (it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
== it
->dpend
)
6163 int recheck_faces
= it
->ellipsis_p
;
6166 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
6167 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
6168 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
6171 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
6172 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6176 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
6178 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
6179 if (it
->dpvec_char_len
< 0)
6180 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
6181 else if (it
->dpvec_char_len
> 0)
6183 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
6184 && it
->n_overlay_strings
> 0)
6185 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 1;
6186 it
->len
= it
->dpvec_char_len
;
6187 set_iterator_to_next (it
, reseat_p
);
6190 /* Maybe recheck faces after display vector */
6192 it
->stop_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6196 case GET_FROM_STRING
:
6197 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
6198 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
&& STRINGP (it
->string
));
6199 if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
6201 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6202 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6203 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6204 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6208 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
,
6209 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6210 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
),
6211 it
->end_charpos
, it
->string
);
6216 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6217 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6220 consider_string_end
:
6222 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
6224 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
6225 next, if there is one. */
6226 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
6229 next_overlay_string (it
);
6231 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
6236 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
6237 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
6238 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
6239 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
6240 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == SCHARS (it
->string
)
6244 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
6245 goto consider_string_end
;
6250 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
6251 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
6252 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
6253 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
6254 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
6255 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
6257 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
6258 goto consider_string_end
;
6262 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
6266 xassert (it
->method
!= GET_FROM_STRING
6267 || (STRINGP (it
->string
)
6268 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0));
6271 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
6272 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
6273 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
6276 IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters.
6277 IT->saved_face_id holds the face id before the display vector--it
6278 is restored into IT->face_id in set_iterator_to_next. */
6281 next_element_from_display_vector (struct it
*it
)
6286 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
6288 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
6290 /* KFS: This code used to check ip->dpvec[0] instead of the current element.
6291 That seemed totally bogus - so I changed it... */
6292 gc
= it
->dpvec
[it
->current
.dpvec_index
];
6294 if (GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
) && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
6296 it
->c
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
6297 it
->len
= CHAR_BYTES (it
->c
);
6299 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
6300 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
6301 zero means no face is specified. */
6302 if (it
->dpvec_face_id
>= 0)
6303 it
->face_id
= it
->dpvec_face_id
;
6306 int lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
6308 it
->face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
6313 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
6314 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6316 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
6317 still the values of the character that had this display table
6318 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
6319 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6324 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
6325 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
6326 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
6330 next_element_from_string (struct it
*it
)
6332 struct text_pos position
;
6334 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
6335 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
6336 position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
6338 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
6339 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
6340 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
)
6344 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
6346 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6349 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
6351 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
6352 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
6354 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
6359 else if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6360 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), SCHARS (it
->string
))
6361 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6365 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
6367 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
6368 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6369 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, &it
->len
);
6373 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6379 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
6380 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
6381 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
6382 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
6383 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6388 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
6390 /* Pad with spaces. */
6391 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6392 CHARPOS (position
) = BYTEPOS (position
) = -1;
6394 else if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6395 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), it
->string_nchars
)
6396 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6400 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
6402 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
6403 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6404 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, &it
->len
);
6408 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6413 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
6414 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6415 it
->object
= it
->string
;
6416 it
->position
= position
;
6421 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
6422 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
6423 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
6424 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
6425 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
6426 reached, including padding spaces. */
6429 next_element_from_c_string (struct it
*it
)
6434 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6435 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = 0;
6438 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
6439 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
6441 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6443 /* End of the game. */
6447 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
6449 /* Pad with spaces. */
6450 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6451 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = -1;
6453 else if (it
->multibyte_p
)
6454 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (it
->s
+ IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), &it
->len
);
6456 it
->c
= it
->s
[IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)], it
->len
= 1;
6462 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
6463 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
6464 entry. This function fills IT with the first glyph from the
6465 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
6468 next_element_from_ellipsis (struct it
*it
)
6470 if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
6471 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, it
->len
);
6474 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
6475 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
6476 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
6477 setting face_before_selective_p. */
6478 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
6479 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
6480 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6481 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
6482 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 1;
6485 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6489 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
6490 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
6495 next_element_from_image (struct it
*it
)
6497 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
6498 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 0;
6503 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
6504 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
6508 next_element_from_stretch (struct it
*it
)
6510 it
->what
= IT_STRETCH
;
6514 /* Scan forward from CHARPOS in the current buffer, until we find a
6515 stop position > current IT's position. Then handle the stop
6516 position before that. This is called when we bump into a stop
6517 position while reordering bidirectional text. CHARPOS should be
6518 the last previously processed stop_pos (or BEGV, if none were
6519 processed yet) whose position is less that IT's current
6523 handle_stop_backwards (struct it
*it
, EMACS_INT charpos
)
6525 EMACS_INT where_we_are
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6526 struct display_pos save_current
= it
->current
;
6527 struct text_pos save_position
= it
->position
;
6528 struct text_pos pos1
;
6529 EMACS_INT next_stop
;
6531 /* Scan in strict logical order. */
6535 it
->prev_stop
= charpos
;
6536 SET_TEXT_POS (pos1
, charpos
, CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
));
6537 reseat_1 (it
, pos1
, 0);
6538 compute_stop_pos (it
);
6539 /* We must advance forward, right? */
6540 if (it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->prev_stop
)
6542 charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6544 while (charpos
<= where_we_are
);
6546 next_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6547 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->prev_stop
;
6549 it
->current
= save_current
;
6550 it
->position
= save_position
;
6552 it
->stop_charpos
= next_stop
;
6555 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
6556 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
6557 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
6561 next_element_from_buffer (struct it
*it
)
6565 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
6567 /* With bidi reordering, the character to display might not be the
6568 character at IT_CHARPOS. BIDI_IT.FIRST_ELT non-zero means that
6569 we were reseat()ed to a new buffer position, which is potentially
6570 a different paragraph. */
6571 if (it
->bidi_p
&& it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
)
6573 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6574 it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6575 if (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
== ZV_BYTE
)
6577 /* Nothing to do, but reset the FIRST_ELT flag, like
6578 bidi_paragraph_init does, because we are not going to
6580 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 0;
6582 else if (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
== BEGV_BYTE
6583 /* FIXME: Should support all Unicode line separators. */
6584 || FETCH_CHAR (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
- 1) == '\n'
6585 || FETCH_CHAR (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
) == '\n')
6587 /* If we are at the beginning of a line, we can produce the
6588 next element right away. */
6589 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
, 1);
6590 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6594 EMACS_INT orig_bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6596 /* We need to prime the bidi iterator starting at the line's
6597 beginning, before we will be able to produce the next
6599 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), -1);
6600 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
6601 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6602 it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6603 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
, 1);
6606 /* Now return to buffer position where we were asked to
6607 get the next display element, and produce that. */
6608 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6610 while (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
!= orig_bytepos
6611 && it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
);
6614 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 0; /* paranoia: bidi.c does this */
6615 /* Adjust IT's position information to where we ended up. */
6616 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6617 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6618 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->position
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6620 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->end_charpos
;
6621 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6623 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6624 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6628 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->stop_charpos
)
6630 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6632 int overlay_strings_follow_p
;
6634 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
6635 haven't been returned yet. */
6636 if (it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
)
6637 overlay_strings_follow_p
= 0;
6640 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
6641 overlay_strings_follow_p
= get_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
6644 if (overlay_strings_follow_p
)
6645 success_p
= GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6649 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
6653 else if (!(!it
->bidi_p
6654 || BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
)
6655 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
))
6657 /* With bidi non-linear iteration, we could find ourselves
6658 far beyond the last computed stop_charpos, with several
6659 other stop positions in between that we missed. Scan
6660 them all now, in buffer's logical order, until we find
6661 and handle the last stop_charpos that precedes our
6662 current position. */
6663 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->stop_charpos
);
6664 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6670 /* Take note of the stop position we just moved across,
6671 for when we will move back across it. */
6672 it
->prev_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6673 /* If we are at base paragraph embedding level, take
6674 note of the last stop position seen at this
6676 if (BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
))
6677 it
->base_level_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6680 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6684 /* We can sometimes back up for reasons that have nothing
6685 to do with bidi reordering. E.g., compositions. The
6686 code below is only needed when we are above the base
6687 embedding level, so test for that explicitly. */
6688 && !BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
)
6689 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->prev_stop
)
6691 if (it
->base_level_stop
<= 0)
6692 it
->base_level_stop
= BEGV
;
6693 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->base_level_stop
)
6695 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->base_level_stop
);
6696 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6700 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
6701 character from current_buffer. */
6705 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
6706 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
6707 if (it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
6709 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
)
6710 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
);
6712 stop
= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0 ? -1 : it
->end_charpos
;
6713 if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
6715 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6720 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
6721 p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6722 if (it
->multibyte_p
&& !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p
))
6723 it
->c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, it
->len
);
6725 it
->c
= *p
, it
->len
= 1;
6727 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
6728 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6729 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6730 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
6732 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
6733 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
6738 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
6739 than that number of columns. */
6740 if (it
->selective
> 0
6741 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1 < ZV
6742 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1,
6743 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) + 1,
6744 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
6746 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
6747 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
6750 else if (it
->c
== '\r' && it
->selective
== -1)
6752 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
6753 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
6754 ellipsis displayed for it. */
6755 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
6756 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
6761 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
6762 xassert (!success_p
|| it
->what
!= IT_CHARACTER
|| it
->len
> 0);
6767 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
6770 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (struct it
*it
)
6772 Lisp_Object args
[3];
6774 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
6775 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
6776 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
6778 /* Set up hook arguments. */
6779 args
[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
6780 args
[1] = it
->window
;
6781 XSETINT (args
[2], it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
);
6782 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= 0;
6784 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
6785 them again, even if they get an error. */
6786 it
->w
->redisplay_end_trigger
= Qnil
;
6787 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args
);
6789 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
6790 handle_face_prop (it
);
6794 /* Deliver a composition display element. Unlike the other
6795 next_element_from_XXX, this function is not registered in the array
6796 get_next_element[]. It is called from next_element_from_buffer and
6797 next_element_from_string when necessary. */
6800 next_element_from_composition (struct it
*it
)
6802 it
->what
= IT_COMPOSITION
;
6803 it
->len
= it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6804 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
6808 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6809 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6812 it
->position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
6813 it
->object
= it
->string
;
6814 it
->c
= composition_update_it (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6815 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), it
->string
);
6821 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6822 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6825 if (it
->bidi_it
.new_paragraph
)
6826 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
, 0);
6827 /* Resync the bidi iterator with IT's new position.
6828 FIXME: this doesn't support bidirectional text. */
6829 while (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
6830 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6834 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
6835 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6836 it
->c
= composition_update_it (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6837 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), Qnil
);
6844 /***********************************************************************
6845 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
6846 ***********************************************************************/
6848 /* Check if iterator is at a position corresponding to a valid buffer
6849 position after some move_it_ call. */
6851 #define IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P(it) \
6852 ((it)->method == GET_FROM_STRING \
6853 ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 \
6857 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
6858 line on the display without producing glyphs.
6860 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
6861 MOVE_TO_X: Stop upon reaching x-position TO_X.
6862 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop upon reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
6863 Regardless of OP's value, stop upon reaching the end of the display line.
6865 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
6866 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
6869 The return value has several possible values that
6870 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
6872 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
6873 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
6876 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
6879 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
6883 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
6887 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
6890 static enum move_it_result
6891 move_it_in_display_line_to (struct it
*it
,
6892 EMACS_INT to_charpos
, int to_x
,
6893 enum move_operation_enum op
)
6895 enum move_it_result result
= MOVE_UNDEFINED
;
6896 struct glyph_row
*saved_glyph_row
;
6897 struct it wrap_it
, atpos_it
, atx_it
;
6899 enum it_method prev_method
= it
->method
;
6900 EMACS_INT prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6902 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
6903 saved_glyph_row
= it
->glyph_row
;
6904 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
6906 /* Use wrap_it to save a copy of IT wherever a word wrap could
6907 occur. Use atpos_it to save a copy of IT at the desired buffer
6908 position, if found, so that we can scan ahead and check if the
6909 word later overshoots the window edge. Use atx_it similarly, for
6915 #define BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P() \
6916 ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0 \
6917 && BUFFERP (it->object) \
6918 && (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == to_charpos \
6919 || (!it->bidi_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)) \
6920 && (it->method == GET_FROM_BUFFER \
6921 || (it->method == GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR \
6922 && it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index + 1 >= it->dpend)))
6924 /* If there's a line-/wrap-prefix, handle it. */
6925 if (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
6926 && it
->current_y
< it
->last_visible_y
)
6927 handle_line_prefix (it
);
6929 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < CHARPOS (this_line_min_pos
))
6930 SET_TEXT_POS (this_line_min_pos
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6934 int x
, i
, ascent
= 0, descent
= 0;
6936 /* Utility macro to reset an iterator with x, ascent, and descent. */
6937 #define IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT(IT) \
6938 ((IT)->current_x = x, (IT)->max_ascent = ascent, \
6939 (IT)->max_descent = descent)
6941 /* Stop if we move beyond TO_CHARPOS (after an image or stretch
6943 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
6944 && BUFFERP (it
->object
)
6945 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
6946 && ((!it
->bidi_p
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
6948 && (prev_method
== GET_FROM_IMAGE
6949 || prev_method
== GET_FROM_STRETCH
)
6950 /* Passed TO_CHARPOS from left to right. */
6951 && ((prev_pos
< to_charpos
6952 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
6953 /* Passed TO_CHARPOS from right to left. */
6954 || (prev_pos
> to_charpos
6955 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < to_charpos
)))))
6957 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
6959 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
6962 else if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
6963 /* If wrap_it is valid, the current position might be in a
6964 word that is wrapped. So, save the iterator in
6965 atpos_it and continue to see if wrapping happens. */
6969 prev_method
= it
->method
;
6970 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
6971 prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6972 /* Stop when ZV reached.
6973 We used to stop here when TO_CHARPOS reached as well, but that is
6974 too soon if this glyph does not fit on this line. So we handle it
6975 explicitly below. */
6976 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
6978 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
6982 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
6984 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
6986 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
6992 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
6994 if (IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
))
6998 /* We have reached a glyph that follows one or more
6999 whitespace characters. If the position is
7000 already found, we are done. */
7001 if (atpos_it
.sp
>= 0)
7004 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7010 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7013 /* Otherwise, we can wrap here. */
7020 /* Remember the line height for the current line, in case
7021 the next element doesn't fit on the line. */
7022 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7023 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
7025 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
7026 display element IT is loaded with. Record the x-position
7027 before this display element, in case it doesn't fit on the
7031 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
7033 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
7035 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7036 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < CHARPOS (this_line_min_pos
))
7037 SET_TEXT_POS (this_line_min_pos
,
7038 IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
7042 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
7043 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
7044 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
7045 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present.
7046 (On X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
7047 composite character.)
7049 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
7050 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
7051 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
7052 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
7053 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
7054 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
7055 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
7058 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
7062 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
7063 glyphs have the same width. */
7064 int single_glyph_width
= it
->pixel_width
/ it
->nglyphs
;
7066 int x_before_this_char
= x
;
7067 int hpos_before_this_char
= it
->hpos
;
7069 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
7071 new_x
= x
+ single_glyph_width
;
7073 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
7074 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && new_x
> to_x
)
7076 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7078 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7079 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
7080 if (atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
7083 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atpos_it
);
7088 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7091 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7097 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atx_it
);
7102 if (/* Lines are continued. */
7103 it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
7104 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
7105 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
7106 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
7108 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
7109 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
7111 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
7112 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
7114 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
7115 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
7118 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
7120 /* The character's last glyph just barely fits
7122 if (i
== it
->nglyphs
- 1)
7124 /* If this is the destination position,
7125 return a position *before* it in this row,
7126 now that we know it fits in this row. */
7127 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7129 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
7132 it
->hpos
= hpos_before_this_char
;
7133 it
->current_x
= x_before_this_char
;
7134 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7137 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
7141 atpos_it
.current_x
= x_before_this_char
;
7142 atpos_it
.hpos
= hpos_before_this_char
;
7146 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7147 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < CHARPOS (this_line_min_pos
))
7148 SET_TEXT_POS (this_line_min_pos
,
7149 IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
7150 /* On graphical terminals, newlines may
7151 "overflow" into the fringe if
7152 overflow-newline-into-fringe is non-nil.
7153 On text-only terminals, newlines may
7154 overflow into the last glyph on the
7156 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7157 || IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
7159 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
7161 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7164 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7166 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7167 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7169 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
7172 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7174 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7181 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (it
);
7183 if (wrap_it
.sp
>= 0)
7190 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
7192 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
7196 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7198 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7199 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
7200 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
7203 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atpos_it
);
7207 if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
7209 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
7210 would be displayed. */
7215 if (result
!= MOVE_UNDEFINED
)
7218 else if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7221 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (it
);
7222 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7225 else if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && it
->current_x
>= to_x
)
7227 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
7228 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
7229 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
7230 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
7231 xassert (it
->nglyphs
== 0);
7232 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7236 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
7237 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7239 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7243 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
7244 prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7245 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
7247 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7248 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < CHARPOS (this_line_min_pos
))
7249 SET_TEXT_POS (this_line_min_pos
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
7251 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
7252 past the right edge of the window now. */
7253 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
7254 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
7256 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7257 || IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
7259 if (!get_next_display_element (it
)
7260 || BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7262 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7265 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7267 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7271 result
= MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
;
7274 #undef IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT
7277 #undef BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P
7279 /* If we scanned beyond to_pos and didn't find a point to wrap at,
7280 restore the saved iterator. */
7281 if (atpos_it
.sp
>= 0)
7283 else if (atx_it
.sp
>= 0)
7288 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
7290 it
->glyph_row
= saved_glyph_row
;
7294 /* For external use. */
7296 move_it_in_display_line (struct it
*it
,
7297 EMACS_INT to_charpos
, int to_x
,
7298 enum move_operation_enum op
)
7300 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
7301 && (op
& MOVE_TO_X
))
7303 struct it save_it
= *it
;
7304 int skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7305 /* When word-wrap is on, TO_X may lie past the end
7306 of a wrapped line. Then it->current is the
7307 character on the next line, so backtrack to the
7308 space before the wrap point. */
7309 if (skip
== MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
)
7311 int prev_x
= max (it
->current_x
- 1, 0);
7313 move_it_in_display_line_to
7314 (it
, -1, prev_x
, MOVE_TO_X
);
7318 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7322 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
7323 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
7325 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
7326 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
7327 description of enum move_operation_enum.
7329 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
7330 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
7334 move_it_to (struct it
*it
, EMACS_INT to_charpos
, int to_x
, int to_y
, int to_vpos
, int op
)
7336 enum move_it_result skip
, skip2
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7337 int line_height
, line_start_x
= 0, reached
= 0;
7341 if (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
7343 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
7344 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
7345 if ((op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)) == 0)
7347 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7353 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
7357 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
7358 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
7359 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7365 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7367 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
|| it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7372 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
&& it
->vpos
!= to_vpos
)
7374 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
7375 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
7377 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7385 else if (op
& MOVE_TO_Y
)
7387 struct it it_backup
;
7389 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
7392 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
7393 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
7394 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
7395 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
7396 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
7399 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
7400 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
7401 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
7402 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
7404 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to
7405 (it
, to_charpos
, ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) ? to_x
: 0),
7406 (MOVE_TO_X
| (op
& MOVE_TO_POS
)));
7408 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
7409 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7411 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
7413 /* If TO_X was reached, we want to know whether TO_Y is
7414 in the line. We know this is the case if the already
7415 scanned glyphs make the line tall enough. Otherwise,
7416 we must check by scanning the rest of the line. */
7417 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7418 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7419 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7425 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7426 skip2
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1,
7428 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7429 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7430 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height
));
7432 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7433 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7435 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached
7436 above, we scanned too far. We have to restore
7437 IT's settings to the ones before skipping. */
7444 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7450 /* Check whether TO_Y is in this line. */
7451 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7452 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height
));
7454 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7455 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7457 /* When word-wrap is on, TO_X may lie past the end
7458 of a wrapped line. Then it->current is the
7459 character on the next line, so backtrack to the
7460 space before the wrap point. */
7461 if (skip
== MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
7462 && it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
7464 int prev_x
= max (it
->current_x
- 1, 0);
7466 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to
7467 (it
, -1, prev_x
, MOVE_TO_X
);
7476 else if (BUFFERP (it
->object
)
7477 && (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
7478 || it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRETCH
)
7479 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= to_charpos
)
7480 skip
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7482 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7486 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
:
7490 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
:
7491 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7492 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7495 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
:
7496 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7497 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
7498 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
7499 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
7506 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
:
7507 /* For continued lines ending in a tab, some of the glyphs
7508 associated with the tab are displayed on the current
7509 line. Since it->current_x does not include these glyphs,
7510 we use it->last_visible_x instead. */
7513 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->last_visible_x
;
7514 /* When moving by vpos, ensure that the iterator really
7515 advances to the next line (bug#847, bug#969). Fixme:
7516 do we need to do this in other circumstances? */
7517 if (it
->current_x
!= it
->last_visible_x
7518 && (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
7519 && !(op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)))
7521 line_start_x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->pixel_width
7522 - it
->last_visible_x
;
7523 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
7527 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
7534 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
7535 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
7536 it
->current_x
= line_start_x
;
7539 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7541 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7542 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7543 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
7548 /* On text terminals, we may stop at the end of a line in the middle
7549 of a multi-character glyph. If the glyph itself is continued,
7550 i.e. it is actually displayed on the next line, don't treat this
7551 stopping point as valid; move to the next line instead (unless
7552 that brings us offscreen). */
7553 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7555 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == to_charpos
7556 && it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
7558 && it
->line_wrap
== WINDOW_WRAP
7559 && it
->current_x
== it
->last_visible_x
- 1
7562 && it
->vpos
< XFASTINT (it
->w
->window_end_vpos
))
7564 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
7565 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
7566 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7568 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7569 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7572 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached
));
7576 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
7578 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
7579 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
7580 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
7581 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
7582 set to the top of the line moved to. */
7585 move_it_vertically_backward (struct it
*it
, int dy
)
7589 EMACS_INT start_pos
;
7594 start_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7596 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
7597 nlines
= max (1, dy
/ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
7599 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
7600 while (nlines
-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
7601 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
7603 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
7604 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
7605 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
7606 use reseat_1 here. */
7607 reseat_1 (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
7609 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
7610 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
7611 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7613 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
7614 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
7615 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
7618 it2
.max_ascent
= it2
.max_descent
= 0;
7621 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, it2
.vpos
+ 1,
7622 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
7624 while (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (&it2
));
7625 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
7628 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7629 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
7630 /* H is the actual vertical distance from the position in *IT
7631 and the starting position. */
7632 h
= it2
.current_y
- it
->current_y
;
7633 /* NLINES is the distance in number of lines. */
7634 nlines
= it2
.vpos
- it
->vpos
;
7636 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position
7637 so that they are relative to the starting point. */
7643 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
7644 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
7646 move_it_by_lines (it
, nlines
, 1);
7650 /* The y-position we try to reach, relative to *IT.
7651 Note that H has been subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
7652 int target_y
= it
->current_y
+ h
- dy
;
7653 int y0
= it3
.current_y
;
7654 int y1
= line_bottom_y (&it3
);
7655 int line_height
= y1
- y0
;
7657 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
7658 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
7659 if (target_y
< it
->current_y
7660 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
7661 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
7662 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
7663 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
7664 && (it
->current_y
- target_y
7665 > min (window_box_height (it
->w
), line_height
* 2 / 3))
7666 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
7668 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
7669 target_y
- it
->current_y
));
7670 dy
= it
->current_y
- target_y
;
7671 goto move_further_back
;
7673 else if (target_y
>= it
->current_y
+ line_height
7674 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
7676 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
7678 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
7679 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
7680 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
7681 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
7682 treating terminal frames specially here. */
7684 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
7685 move_it_vertically (it
, target_y
- (it
->current_y
+ line_height
));
7690 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
7692 while (target_y
>= line_bottom_y (it
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
);
7699 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
7700 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
7701 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
7704 move_it_vertically (struct it
*it
, int dy
)
7707 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, -dy
);
7710 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
), dy
));
7711 move_it_to (it
, ZV
, -1, it
->current_y
+ dy
, -1,
7712 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
7713 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7715 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
7716 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
7717 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == ZV
7719 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n')
7720 move_it_by_lines (it
, 0, 0);
7725 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
7728 move_it_past_eol (struct it
*it
)
7730 enum move_it_result rc
;
7732 rc
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, Z
, 0, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7733 if (rc
== MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
)
7734 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
7738 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
7739 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
7740 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
7741 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
7743 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
7744 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
7745 truncate-lines nil. */
7748 move_it_by_lines (struct it
*it
, int dvpos
, int need_y_p
)
7751 /* The commented-out optimization uses vmotion on terminals. This
7752 gives bad results, because elements like it->what, on which
7753 callers such as pos_visible_p rely, aren't updated. */
7754 /* struct position pos;
7755 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
7757 struct text_pos textpos;
7759 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
7760 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
7761 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
7762 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
7763 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
7769 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
7770 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
7771 xassert (it
->current_x
== 0 && it
->hpos
== 0);
7772 /* Let next call to line_bottom_y calculate real line height */
7777 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ dvpos
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
7778 if (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
7779 move_it_to (it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7784 EMACS_INT start_charpos
, i
;
7786 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
7787 position. This may actually move vertically backwards,
7788 in case of overlays, so adjust dvpos accordingly. */
7790 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
7793 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
7794 start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7795 for (i
= -dvpos
; i
> 0 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
; --i
)
7796 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
7797 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
7799 /* Move further back if we end up in a string or an image. */
7800 while (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
7802 /* First try to move to start of display line. */
7804 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
7806 if (IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
7808 /* If start of line is still in string or image,
7809 move further back. */
7810 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
7811 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
7815 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
7817 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
7818 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
7820 it2
.vpos
= it2
.current_y
= 0;
7821 move_it_to (&it2
, start_charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7822 it
->vpos
-= it2
.vpos
;
7823 it
->current_y
-= it2
.current_y
;
7824 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
7826 /* If we moved too far back, move IT some lines forward. */
7827 if (it2
.vpos
> -dvpos
)
7829 int delta
= it2
.vpos
+ dvpos
;
7831 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ delta
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
7832 /* Move back again if we got too far ahead. */
7833 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= start_charpos
)
7839 /* Return 1 if IT points into the middle of a display vector. */
7842 in_display_vector_p (struct it
*it
)
7844 return (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
7845 && it
->current
.dpvec_index
> 0
7846 && it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
!= it
->dpend
);
7850 /***********************************************************************
7852 ***********************************************************************/
7855 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
7859 add_to_log (const char *format
, Lisp_Object arg1
, Lisp_Object arg2
)
7861 Lisp_Object args
[3];
7862 Lisp_Object msg
, fmt
;
7865 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
7868 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
7869 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
7870 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
7871 if (handling_signal
)
7875 GCPRO4 (fmt
, msg
, arg1
, arg2
);
7877 args
[0] = fmt
= build_string (format
);
7880 msg
= Fformat (3, args
);
7882 len
= SBYTES (msg
) + 1;
7883 SAFE_ALLOCA (buffer
, char *, len
);
7884 memcpy (buffer
, SDATA (msg
), len
);
7886 message_dolog (buffer
, len
- 1, 1, 0);
7893 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
7896 message_log_maybe_newline (void)
7898 if (message_log_need_newline
)
7899 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
7903 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
7904 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
7905 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
7906 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
7907 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run.
7909 This may GC (insert may run before/after change hooks),
7910 so the buffer M must NOT point to a Lisp string. */
7913 message_dolog (const char *m
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, int nlflag
, int multibyte
)
7915 const unsigned char *msg
= (const unsigned char *) m
;
7917 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full
))
7920 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max
))
7922 struct buffer
*oldbuf
;
7923 Lisp_Object oldpoint
, oldbegv
, oldzv
;
7924 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7925 EMACS_INT point_at_end
= 0;
7926 EMACS_INT zv_at_end
= 0;
7927 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark
, tem
;
7928 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
7930 old_deactivate_mark
= Vdeactivate_mark
;
7931 oldbuf
= current_buffer
;
7932 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name
));
7933 BVAR (current_buffer
, undo_list
) = Qt
;
7935 oldpoint
= message_dolog_marker1
;
7936 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint
, make_number (PT
), Qnil
);
7937 oldbegv
= message_dolog_marker2
;
7938 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv
, make_number (BEGV
), Qnil
);
7939 oldzv
= message_dolog_marker3
;
7940 set_marker_restricted (oldzv
, make_number (ZV
), Qnil
);
7941 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark
);
7949 BEGV_BYTE
= BEG_BYTE
;
7952 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
7954 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
7955 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
7957 && NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
7963 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
7964 for the *Message* buffer. */
7965 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= char_bytes
)
7967 c
= string_char_and_length (msg
+ i
, &char_bytes
);
7968 work
[0] = (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
)
7970 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
7971 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
7974 else if (! multibyte
7975 && ! NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
7979 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
7980 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
7981 for the *Message* buffer. */
7982 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
7985 MAKE_CHAR_MULTIBYTE (c
);
7986 char_bytes
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
7987 insert_1_both ((char *) str
, 1, char_bytes
, 1, 0, 0);
7991 insert_1 (m
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
7995 EMACS_INT this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
;
7996 unsigned long int dups
;
7997 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
7999 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
8001 this_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
8003 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
8004 If so, combine duplicates. */
8007 scan_newline (PT
, PT_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
8009 prev_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
8011 dups
= message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
8012 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
);
8015 del_range_both (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
8016 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, 0);
8022 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
8023 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
8024 sprintf (dupstr
, " [%lu times]", dups
);
8025 duplen
= strlen (dupstr
);
8026 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
- 1, Z_BYTE
- 1);
8027 insert_1 (dupstr
, duplen
, 1, 0, 1);
8032 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
8033 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
8034 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
8036 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max
))
8038 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
,
8039 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max
) - 1, 0);
8040 del_range_both (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, 0);
8043 BEGV
= XMARKER (oldbegv
)->charpos
;
8044 BEGV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldbegv
);
8053 ZV
= XMARKER (oldzv
)->charpos
;
8054 ZV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldzv
);
8058 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
8060 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
8062 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint
)->charpos
,
8063 XMARKER (oldpoint
)->bytepos
);
8066 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldpoint
));
8067 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldbegv
));
8068 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldzv
));
8070 tem
= Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt
);
8071 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf
);
8073 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8074 message_log_need_newline
= !nlflag
;
8075 Vdeactivate_mark
= old_deactivate_mark
;
8080 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
8081 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
8082 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
8083 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
8084 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
8086 static unsigned long int
8087 message_log_check_duplicate (EMACS_INT prev_bol
, EMACS_INT prev_bol_byte
,
8088 EMACS_INT this_bol
, EMACS_INT this_bol_byte
)
8091 EMACS_INT len
= Z_BYTE
- 1 - this_bol_byte
;
8093 unsigned char *p1
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, prev_bol_byte
);
8094 unsigned char *p2
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, this_bol_byte
);
8096 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
8098 if (i
>= 3 && p1
[i
-3] == '.' && p1
[i
-2] == '.' && p1
[i
-1] == '.')
8106 if (*p1
++ == ' ' && *p1
++ == '[')
8109 unsigned long int n
= strtoul ((char *) p1
, &pend
, 10);
8110 if (strncmp (pend
, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
8117 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
8118 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
8119 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
8122 This may GC, so the buffer M must NOT point to a Lisp string. */
8125 message2 (const char *m
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, int multibyte
)
8127 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
8128 message_log_maybe_newline ();
8130 message_dolog (m
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
8131 message2_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8135 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
8138 message2_nolog (const char *m
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, int multibyte
)
8140 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8141 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
8143 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (sf
))
8145 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8146 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8147 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8149 fwrite (m
, nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
8150 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8151 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8154 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8155 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8156 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8157 else if (INTERACTIVE
8158 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
8159 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
8161 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8164 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8165 that the selected frame is using. */
8166 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8167 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8169 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8170 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
8171 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8172 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8176 set_message (m
, Qnil
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8177 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
8178 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8181 clear_message (1, 1);
8183 do_pending_window_change (0);
8184 echo_area_display (1);
8185 do_pending_window_change (0);
8186 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
8187 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
8192 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
8193 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
8194 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
8197 This function cancels echoing. */
8200 message3 (Lisp_Object m
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, int multibyte
)
8202 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
8205 clear_message (1,1);
8208 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
8209 message_log_maybe_newline ();
8215 SAFE_ALLOCA (buffer
, char *, nbytes
);
8216 memcpy (buffer
, SDATA (m
), nbytes
);
8217 message_dolog (buffer
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
8220 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8226 /* The non-logging version of message3.
8227 This does not cancel echoing, because it is used for echoing.
8228 Perhaps we need to make a separate function for echoing
8229 and make this cancel echoing. */
8232 message3_nolog (Lisp_Object m
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, int multibyte
)
8234 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8235 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
8237 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (sf
))
8239 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8240 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8241 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8243 fwrite (SDATA (m
), nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
8244 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8245 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8248 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8249 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8250 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8251 else if (INTERACTIVE
8252 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
8253 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
8255 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8259 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8260 that the selected frame is using. */
8261 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8262 frame
= XWINDOW (mini_window
)->frame
;
8265 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8266 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
8267 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8268 Fmake_frame_visible (frame
);
8270 if (STRINGP (m
) && SCHARS (m
) > 0)
8272 set_message (NULL
, m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8273 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
8274 Fraise_frame (frame
);
8275 /* Assume we are not echoing.
8276 (If we are, echo_now will override this.) */
8277 echo_message_buffer
= Qnil
;
8280 clear_message (1, 1);
8282 do_pending_window_change (0);
8283 echo_area_display (1);
8284 do_pending_window_change (0);
8285 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
8286 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
8291 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
8292 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
8294 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
8295 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
8296 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
8297 that was alloca'd. */
8300 message1 (const char *m
)
8302 message2 (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
8306 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
8309 message1_nolog (const char *m
)
8311 message2_nolog (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
8314 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
8315 which gets replaced with STRING. */
8318 message_with_string (const char *m
, Lisp_Object string
, int log
)
8320 CHECK_STRING (string
);
8326 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8327 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8328 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8329 fprintf (stderr
, m
, SDATA (string
));
8330 if (!cursor_in_echo_area
)
8331 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8335 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
8337 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
8338 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
8339 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
8340 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8341 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8343 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
8344 that the selected frame is using. */
8345 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8346 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8348 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8349 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8350 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8351 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
8353 Lisp_Object args
[2], msg
;
8354 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
8356 args
[0] = build_string (m
);
8357 args
[1] = msg
= string
;
8358 GCPRO2 (args
[0], msg
);
8361 msg
= Fformat (2, args
);
8364 message3 (msg
, SBYTES (msg
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
8366 message3_nolog (msg
, SBYTES (msg
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
8370 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
8371 buffer next time. */
8372 message_buf_print
= 0;
8378 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
8379 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
8382 vmessage (const char *m
, va_list ap
)
8388 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8389 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8390 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8391 vfprintf (stderr
, m
, ap
);
8392 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8393 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8397 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
8399 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
8400 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
8401 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
8402 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8403 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8405 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8406 that the selected frame is using. */
8407 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8408 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8410 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8411 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8412 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
8414 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
8420 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
8421 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, ap
);
8423 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
, 0);
8428 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
8429 buffer next time. */
8430 message_buf_print
= 0;
8436 message (const char *m
, ...)
8445 /* The non-logging version of message. */
8448 message_nolog (const char *m
, ...)
8450 Lisp_Object old_log_max
;
8453 old_log_max
= Vmessage_log_max
;
8454 Vmessage_log_max
= Qnil
;
8456 Vmessage_log_max
= old_log_max
;
8461 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
8462 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
8466 update_echo_area (void)
8468 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
8471 string
= Fcurrent_message ();
8472 message3 (string
, SBYTES (string
),
8473 !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)));
8478 /* Make sure echo area buffers in `echo_buffers' are live.
8479 If they aren't, make new ones. */
8482 ensure_echo_area_buffers (void)
8486 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8487 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer
[i
])
8488 || NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
]), name
)))
8491 Lisp_Object old_buffer
;
8494 old_buffer
= echo_buffer
[i
];
8495 sprintf (name
, " *Echo Area %d*", i
);
8496 echo_buffer
[i
] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name
));
8497 BVAR (XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
]), truncate_lines
) = Qnil
;
8498 /* to force word wrap in echo area -
8499 it was decided to postpone this*/
8500 /* XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->word_wrap = Qt; */
8502 for (j
= 0; j
< 2; ++j
)
8503 if (EQ (old_buffer
, echo_area_buffer
[j
]))
8504 echo_area_buffer
[j
] = echo_buffer
[i
];
8509 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
8510 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
8512 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
8513 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
8514 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
8516 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
8517 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
8519 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
8520 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
8521 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
8523 Value is what FN returns. */
8526 with_echo_area_buffer (struct window
*w
, int which
,
8527 int (*fn
) (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
),
8528 EMACS_INT a1
, Lisp_Object a2
, EMACS_INT a3
, EMACS_INT a4
)
8531 int this_one
, the_other
, clear_buffer_p
, rc
;
8532 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8534 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
8535 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
8540 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
8542 this_one
= 1, the_other
= 0;
8545 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
8548 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
8549 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
8550 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
])
8551 && EQ (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
], echo_area_buffer
[the_other
]))
8552 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
] = Qnil
;
8555 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
8557 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]))
8559 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]
8560 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[the_other
], echo_buffer
[this_one
])
8561 ? echo_buffer
[the_other
]
8562 : echo_buffer
[this_one
]);
8566 buffer
= echo_area_buffer
[this_one
];
8568 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
8569 for a different purpose. */
8570 if (echo_kboard
== NULL
&& EQ (buffer
, echo_message_buffer
))
8573 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
,
8574 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
));
8576 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
8577 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
8578 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
8579 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
8580 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
8581 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
8583 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
8587 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
8590 BVAR (current_buffer
, undo_list
) = Qt
;
8591 BVAR (current_buffer
, read_only
) = Qnil
;
8592 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
8593 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
8595 if (clear_buffer_p
&& Z
> BEG
)
8598 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
8599 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
8601 rc
= fn (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
);
8603 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
8604 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
8606 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8611 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
8612 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
8615 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (struct window
*w
)
8618 Lisp_Object vector
, tmp
;
8620 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
8621 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
8622 vector
= Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
8623 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
8626 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil
);
8628 XSETBUFFER (tmp
, current_buffer
); ASET (vector
, i
, tmp
); ++i
;
8629 ASET (vector
, i
, Vdeactivate_mark
); ++i
;
8630 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed
)); ++i
;
8634 XSETWINDOW (tmp
, w
); ASET (vector
, i
, tmp
); ++i
;
8635 ASET (vector
, i
, w
->buffer
); ++i
;
8636 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
)); ++i
;
8637 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->bytepos
)); ++i
;
8642 for (; i
< end
; ++i
)
8643 ASET (vector
, i
, Qnil
);
8646 xassert (i
== ASIZE (vector
));
8651 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
8652 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
8655 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (Lisp_Object vector
)
8657 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector
, 0)));
8658 Vdeactivate_mark
= AREF (vector
, 1);
8659 windows_or_buffers_changed
= XFASTINT (AREF (vector
, 2));
8661 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector
, 3)))
8664 Lisp_Object buffer
, charpos
, bytepos
;
8666 w
= XWINDOW (AREF (vector
, 3));
8667 buffer
= AREF (vector
, 4);
8668 charpos
= AREF (vector
, 5);
8669 bytepos
= AREF (vector
, 6);
8672 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
,
8673 XFASTINT (charpos
), XFASTINT (bytepos
));
8676 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= vector
;
8681 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
8682 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
8685 setup_echo_area_for_printing (int multibyte_p
)
8687 /* If we can't find an echo area any more, exit. */
8688 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (selected_frame
)))
8691 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
8693 if (!message_buf_print
)
8695 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
8696 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
8697 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
8698 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
8700 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
8702 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
8703 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
8704 BVAR (current_buffer
, truncate_lines
) = Qnil
;
8708 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8709 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
8710 /* Note that undo recording is always disabled. */
8712 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8714 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
8716 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
8718 != !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
8719 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8721 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
8722 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
8724 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8725 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8726 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8727 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8730 message_log_maybe_newline ();
8731 message_buf_print
= 1;
8735 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
8737 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
8738 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
8740 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
8743 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
8745 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
8746 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
8747 BVAR (current_buffer
, truncate_lines
) = Qnil
;
8753 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
8754 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
8755 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
8756 display the current message. */
8759 display_echo_area (struct window
*w
)
8761 int i
, no_message_p
, window_height_changed_p
, count
;
8763 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
8764 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
8765 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
8766 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
8768 count
= inhibit_garbage_collection ();
8770 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
8771 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
8772 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
8773 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
8774 i
= display_last_displayed_message_p
? 1 : 0;
8775 no_message_p
= NILP (echo_area_buffer
[i
]);
8777 window_height_changed_p
8778 = with_echo_area_buffer (w
, display_last_displayed_message_p
,
8779 display_echo_area_1
,
8780 (EMACS_INT
) w
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
8783 echo_area_buffer
[i
] = Qnil
;
8785 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8786 return window_height_changed_p
;
8790 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
8791 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
8792 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
8793 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
8794 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
8797 display_echo_area_1 (EMACS_INT a1
, Lisp_Object a2
, EMACS_INT a3
, EMACS_INT a4
)
8799 struct window
*w
= (struct window
*) a1
;
8801 struct text_pos start
;
8802 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
8804 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
8805 matrix for the display. If we can't get enough space for the
8806 whole text, display the last N lines. That works by setting w->start. */
8807 window_height_changed_p
= resize_mini_window (w
, 0);
8809 /* Use the starting position chosen by resize_mini_window. */
8810 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
8813 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8814 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
8815 try_window (window
, start
, 0);
8817 return window_height_changed_p
;
8821 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
8822 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
8823 is active, don't shrink it. */
8826 resize_echo_area_exactly (void)
8828 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0])
8829 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window
))
8831 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (echo_area_window
);
8833 Lisp_Object resize_exactly
;
8835 if (minibuf_level
== 0)
8836 resize_exactly
= Qt
;
8838 resize_exactly
= Qnil
;
8840 resized_p
= with_echo_area_buffer (w
, 0, resize_mini_window_1
,
8841 (EMACS_INT
) w
, resize_exactly
, 0, 0);
8844 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8845 ++update_mode_lines
;
8846 redisplay_internal (0);
8852 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
8853 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
8854 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
8855 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
8856 resize_mini_window returns. */
8859 resize_mini_window_1 (EMACS_INT a1
, Lisp_Object exactly
, EMACS_INT a3
, EMACS_INT a4
)
8861 return resize_mini_window ((struct window
*) a1
, !NILP (exactly
));
8865 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT_P
8866 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
8867 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty.
8869 Set W->start to the right place to begin display. If the whole
8870 contents fit, start at the beginning. Otherwise, start so as
8871 to make the end of the contents appear. This is particularly
8872 important for y-or-n-p, but seems desirable generally.
8874 Value is non-zero if the window height has been changed. */
8877 resize_mini_window (struct window
*w
, int exact_p
)
8879 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8880 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
8882 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
));
8884 /* By default, start display at the beginning. */
8885 set_marker_both (w
->start
, w
->buffer
,
8886 BUF_BEGV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)),
8887 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)));
8889 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
8890 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
8891 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
8892 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
8893 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
8894 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
8895 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
8898 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
8899 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows
)
8900 || (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
) == NULL
))
8903 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
8906 struct window
*root
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
8907 int total_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (root
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
8908 int height
, max_height
;
8909 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
8910 struct text_pos start
;
8911 struct buffer
*old_current_buffer
= NULL
;
8913 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
8915 old_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
8916 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8919 init_iterator (&it
, w
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8921 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
8922 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
8923 max_height
= XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
8924 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
8925 max_height
= XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
);
8927 max_height
= total_height
/ 4;
8929 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
8930 max_height
= max (1, max_height
);
8931 max_height
= min (total_height
, max_height
);
8933 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
8934 if (it
.line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
8939 move_it_to (&it
, ZV
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
8940 if (it
.max_ascent
== 0 && it
.max_descent
== 0)
8941 height
= it
.current_y
+ last_height
;
8943 height
= it
.current_y
+ it
.max_ascent
+ it
.max_descent
;
8944 height
-= min (it
.extra_line_spacing
, it
.max_extra_line_spacing
);
8945 height
= (height
+ unit
- 1) / unit
;
8948 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
8949 if (height
> max_height
)
8951 height
= max_height
;
8952 init_iterator (&it
, w
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8953 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, (height
- 1) * unit
);
8954 start
= it
.current
.pos
;
8957 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
8958 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, start
);
8960 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows
, Qgrow_only
))
8962 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
8963 case the window shrinks again. */
8964 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
8966 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
8967 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
8968 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
8969 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
8971 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)
8972 && (exact_p
|| BEGV
== ZV
))
8974 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
8975 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
8976 shrink_mini_window (w
);
8977 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
8982 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
8983 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
8985 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
8986 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
8987 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
8988 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
8990 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
8992 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
8993 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
8994 shrink_mini_window (w
);
8998 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
8999 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
9002 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
9006 if (old_current_buffer
)
9007 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer
);
9010 return window_height_changed_p
;
9014 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
9018 current_message (void)
9022 if (!BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9026 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1
,
9027 (EMACS_INT
) &msg
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
9029 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9037 current_message_1 (EMACS_INT a1
, Lisp_Object a2
, EMACS_INT a3
, EMACS_INT a4
)
9039 Lisp_Object
*msg
= (Lisp_Object
*) a1
;
9042 *msg
= make_buffer_string (BEG
, Z
, 1);
9049 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
9050 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
9051 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
9052 worth optimizing. */
9058 msg
= current_message ();
9059 Vmessage_stack
= Fcons (msg
, Vmessage_stack
);
9060 return STRINGP (msg
);
9064 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
9067 restore_message (void)
9071 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
9072 msg
= XCAR (Vmessage_stack
);
9074 message3_nolog (msg
, SBYTES (msg
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
9076 message3_nolog (msg
, 0, 0);
9080 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
9083 pop_message_unwind (Lisp_Object dummy
)
9089 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
9094 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
9095 Vmessage_stack
= XCDR (Vmessage_stack
);
9099 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
9100 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
9104 check_message_stack (void)
9106 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack
))
9111 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
9112 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
9115 truncate_echo_area (EMACS_INT nchars
)
9118 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9119 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
9120 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
9121 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
9122 else if (!noninteractive
9124 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9126 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9127 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
9128 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1
, nchars
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
9133 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
9134 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
9137 truncate_message_1 (EMACS_INT nchars
, Lisp_Object a2
, EMACS_INT a3
, EMACS_INT a4
)
9139 if (BEG
+ nchars
< Z
)
9140 del_range (BEG
+ nchars
, Z
);
9142 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9147 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
9149 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
9150 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
9151 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
9153 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
9154 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
9155 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case.
9157 Doesn't GC, as with_echo_area_buffer binds Qinhibit_modification_hooks
9158 to t before calling set_message_1 (which calls insert).
9162 set_message (const char *s
, Lisp_Object string
,
9163 EMACS_INT nbytes
, int multibyte_p
)
9165 message_enable_multibyte
9166 = ((s
&& multibyte_p
)
9167 || (STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
)));
9169 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1
,
9170 (EMACS_INT
) s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
);
9171 message_buf_print
= 0;
9172 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
9176 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
9177 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
9178 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
9182 set_message_1 (EMACS_INT a1
, Lisp_Object a2
, EMACS_INT nbytes
, EMACS_INT multibyte_p
)
9184 const char *s
= (const char *) a1
;
9185 const unsigned char *msg
= (const unsigned char *) s
;
9186 Lisp_Object string
= a2
;
9188 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
9189 if (message_enable_multibyte
9190 != !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
9191 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9193 BVAR (current_buffer
, truncate_lines
) = message_truncate_lines
? Qt
: Qnil
;
9194 if (!NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, bidi_display_reordering
)))
9195 BVAR (current_buffer
, bidi_paragraph_direction
) = Qleft_to_right
;
9197 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
9198 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
9200 if (STRINGP (string
))
9205 nbytes
= SBYTES (string
);
9206 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (string
, nbytes
);
9208 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
9209 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
9210 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
9211 insert_from_string (string
, 0, 0, nchars
, nbytes
, 1);
9216 nbytes
= strlen (s
);
9218 if (multibyte_p
&& NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
9220 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
9225 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
9226 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= n
)
9228 c
= string_char_and_length (msg
+ i
, &n
);
9229 work
[0] = (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
)
9231 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
9232 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
9235 else if (!multibyte_p
9236 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
)))
9238 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
9241 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
9243 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
9244 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
9247 MAKE_CHAR_MULTIBYTE (c
);
9248 n
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
9249 insert_1_both ((char *) str
, 1, n
, 1, 0, 0);
9253 insert_1 (s
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
9260 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
9261 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
9265 clear_message (int current_p
, int last_displayed_p
)
9269 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9270 message_cleared_p
= 1;
9273 if (last_displayed_p
)
9274 echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
9276 message_buf_print
= 0;
9279 /* Clear garbaged frames.
9281 This function is used where the old redisplay called
9282 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
9283 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
9284 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
9285 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
9286 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
9289 clear_garbaged_frames (void)
9293 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9294 int changed_count
= 0;
9296 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9298 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9300 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
9304 Fredraw_frame (frame
);
9305 f
->force_flush_display_p
= 1;
9307 clear_current_matrices (f
);
9316 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9321 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
9322 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
9323 mini-windows height has been changed. */
9326 echo_area_display (int update_frame_p
)
9328 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
9331 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
9332 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9334 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
9335 w
= XWINDOW (mini_window
);
9336 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9338 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
9339 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
9342 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9343 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be the initial terminal
9344 frame. If we let this through, a message would be displayed on
9346 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (XFRAME (selected_frame
)))
9348 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9350 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
9352 clear_garbaged_frames ();
9354 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) || minibuf_level
== 0)
9356 echo_area_window
= mini_window
;
9357 window_height_changed_p
= display_echo_area (w
);
9358 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
9360 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
9361 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
9362 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
9363 here could cause confusion. */
9364 if (update_frame_p
&& !redisplaying_p
)
9368 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
9369 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
9370 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
9371 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
9372 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
9373 if (!display_completed
)
9374 n
= redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), 0);
9376 if (window_height_changed_p
9377 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
9378 needs to run hooks. */
9379 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
))
9381 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
9382 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
9384 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9385 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause
, Qt
);
9386 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
9387 redisplay_internal (0);
9388 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9390 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) && n
== 0)
9392 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
9393 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
9394 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
9395 update_single_window (w
, 1);
9396 FRAME_RIF (f
)->flush_display (f
);
9399 update_frame (f
, 1, 1);
9401 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
9402 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
9403 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
9404 if (cursor_in_echo_area
)
9405 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9408 else if (!EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
9409 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
9411 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
9412 echo_area_buffer
[1] = echo_area_buffer
[0];
9413 /* Inform read_char that we're not echoing. */
9414 echo_message_buffer
= Qnil
;
9416 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
9417 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
9418 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
9419 if (EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
9420 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
9422 return window_height_changed_p
;
9427 /***********************************************************************
9428 Mode Lines and Frame Titles
9429 ***********************************************************************/
9431 /* A buffer for constructing non-propertized mode-line strings and
9432 frame titles in it; allocated from the heap in init_xdisp and
9433 resized as needed in store_mode_line_noprop_char. */
9435 static char *mode_line_noprop_buf
;
9437 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
9439 static char *mode_line_noprop_buf_end
;
9440 static char *mode_line_noprop_ptr
;
9442 #define MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN(start) \
9443 ((mode_line_noprop_ptr - mode_line_noprop_buf) - start)
9446 MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
= 0,
9452 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
9453 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
9454 static Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist
;
9456 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
9457 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list
;
9459 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
9460 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face
;
9461 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop
;
9464 /* Unwind data for mode line strings */
9466 static Lisp_Object Vmode_line_unwind_vector
;
9469 format_mode_line_unwind_data (struct buffer
*obuf
,
9473 Lisp_Object vector
, tmp
;
9475 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
9476 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
9477 vector
= Vmode_line_unwind_vector
;
9478 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= Qnil
;
9481 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (8), Qnil
);
9483 ASET (vector
, 0, make_number (mode_line_target
));
9484 ASET (vector
, 1, make_number (MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0)));
9485 ASET (vector
, 2, mode_line_string_list
);
9486 ASET (vector
, 3, save_proptrans
? mode_line_proptrans_alist
: Qt
);
9487 ASET (vector
, 4, mode_line_string_face
);
9488 ASET (vector
, 5, mode_line_string_face_prop
);
9491 XSETBUFFER (tmp
, obuf
);
9494 ASET (vector
, 6, tmp
);
9495 ASET (vector
, 7, owin
);
9501 unwind_format_mode_line (Lisp_Object vector
)
9503 mode_line_target
= XINT (AREF (vector
, 0));
9504 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ XINT (AREF (vector
, 1));
9505 mode_line_string_list
= AREF (vector
, 2);
9506 if (! EQ (AREF (vector
, 3), Qt
))
9507 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= AREF (vector
, 3);
9508 mode_line_string_face
= AREF (vector
, 4);
9509 mode_line_string_face_prop
= AREF (vector
, 5);
9511 if (!NILP (AREF (vector
, 7)))
9512 /* Select window before buffer, since it may change the buffer. */
9513 Fselect_window (AREF (vector
, 7), Qt
);
9515 if (!NILP (AREF (vector
, 6)))
9517 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector
, 6)));
9518 ASET (vector
, 6, Qnil
);
9521 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= vector
;
9526 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in mode_line_noprop_buf.
9527 Re-allocate mode_line_noprop_buf if necessary. */
9530 store_mode_line_noprop_char (char c
)
9532 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
9533 double the buffer's size. */
9534 if (mode_line_noprop_ptr
== mode_line_noprop_buf_end
)
9536 int len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
9537 int new_size
= 2 * len
* sizeof *mode_line_noprop_buf
;
9538 mode_line_noprop_buf
= (char *) xrealloc (mode_line_noprop_buf
, new_size
);
9539 mode_line_noprop_buf_end
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ new_size
;
9540 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ len
;
9543 *mode_line_noprop_ptr
++ = c
;
9547 /* Store part of a frame title in mode_line_noprop_buf, beginning at
9548 mode_line_noprop_ptr. STRING is the string to store. Do not copy
9549 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
9550 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
9551 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
9552 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
9556 store_mode_line_noprop (const char *string
, int field_width
, int precision
)
9558 const unsigned char *str
= (const unsigned char *) string
;
9560 EMACS_INT dummy
, nbytes
;
9562 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
9563 nbytes
= strlen (string
);
9564 n
+= c_string_width (str
, nbytes
, precision
, &dummy
, &nbytes
);
9566 store_mode_line_noprop_char (*str
++);
9568 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
9569 while (field_width
> 0
9572 store_mode_line_noprop_char (' ');
9579 /***********************************************************************
9581 ***********************************************************************/
9583 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9585 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
9586 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
9587 frame_title_format. */
9590 x_consider_frame_title (Lisp_Object frame
)
9592 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9594 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
9595 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
)
9596 || f
->explicit_name
)
9598 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
9605 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9607 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9609 Lisp_Object other_frame
= XCAR (tail
);
9610 struct frame
*tf
= XFRAME (other_frame
);
9613 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf
) == FRAME_KBOARD (f
)
9614 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf
)
9615 && !EQ (other_frame
, tip_frame
)
9616 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf
)))
9620 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
9621 multiple_frames
= CONSP (tail
);
9623 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
9624 mode_line_target so that display_mode_element will output into
9625 mode_line_noprop_buf; then display the title. */
9626 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
9627 format_mode_line_unwind_data
9628 (current_buffer
, selected_window
, 0));
9630 Fselect_window (f
->selected_window
, Qt
);
9631 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
));
9632 fmt
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) ? Vicon_title_format
: Vframe_title_format
;
9634 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_TITLE
;
9635 title_start
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
9636 init_iterator (&it
, XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
), -1, -1,
9637 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
9638 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, -1, -1, fmt
, Qnil
, 0);
9639 len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (title_start
);
9640 title
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ title_start
;
9641 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9643 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
9644 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
9645 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
9646 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
9647 higher level than this.) */
9648 if (! STRINGP (f
->name
)
9649 || SBYTES (f
->name
) != len
9650 || memcmp (title
, SDATA (f
->name
), len
) != 0)
9651 x_implicitly_set_name (f
, make_string (title
, len
), Qnil
);
9655 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9660 /***********************************************************************
9662 ***********************************************************************/
9665 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
9666 appropriate. This can call eval. */
9669 prepare_menu_bars (void)
9672 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
9674 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame
;
9676 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9677 tooltip_frame
= tip_frame
;
9679 tooltip_frame
= Qnil
;
9682 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
9683 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
9684 up-to-date frame titles. */
9685 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9686 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| update_mode_lines
)
9688 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9690 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9693 if (!EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
)
9694 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)))
9695 x_consider_frame_title (frame
);
9698 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9700 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
9701 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
9702 all_windows
= (update_mode_lines
9703 || buffer_shared
> 1
9704 || windows_or_buffers_changed
);
9707 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9708 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9709 /* 1 means that update_menu_bar has run its hooks
9710 so any further calls to update_menu_bar shouldn't do so again. */
9711 int menu_bar_hooks_run
= 0;
9713 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
9715 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9719 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
9720 if (EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
))
9723 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
9724 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
9725 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
))
9727 Lisp_Object functions
;
9729 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
9730 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
) = 0;
9731 functions
= Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
9732 GCPRO2 (tail
, functions
);
9734 while (CONSP (functions
))
9736 if (!EQ (XCAR (functions
), Qt
))
9737 call1 (XCAR (functions
), frame
);
9738 functions
= XCDR (functions
);
9744 menu_bar_hooks_run
= update_menu_bar (f
, 0, menu_bar_hooks_run
);
9745 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9746 update_tool_bar (f
, 0);
9749 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
9751 ns_set_doc_edited (f
, Fbuffer_modified_p
9752 (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
));
9757 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9761 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9762 update_menu_bar (sf
, 1, 0);
9763 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9764 update_tool_bar (sf
, 1);
9770 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
9771 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
9774 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here.
9776 If HOOKS_RUN is 1, that means a previous call to update_menu_bar
9777 already ran the menu bar hooks for this redisplay, so there
9778 is no need to run them again. The return value is the
9779 updated value of this flag, to pass to the next call. */
9782 update_menu_bar (struct frame
*f
, int save_match_data
, int hooks_run
)
9785 register struct window
*w
;
9787 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
9788 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
9790 if (inhibit_menubar_update
)
9793 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
9794 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
9796 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
9798 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
9799 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
9800 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
)
9802 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
9804 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0)
9806 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
9807 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
9808 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
9809 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
9810 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
9811 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
9812 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
9813 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
9814 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
9815 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
9816 || update_mode_lines
9817 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
9818 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
9819 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
9820 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
9821 && !NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), mark_active
)))
9822 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
9824 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
9825 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9827 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update
, Qt
);
9829 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
9830 if (save_match_data
)
9831 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
9832 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
9834 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
9835 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
9840 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
9841 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook
);
9843 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
9844 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
9845 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag
))
9846 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar
);
9848 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
9853 XSETFRAME (Vmenu_updating_frame
, f
);
9854 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
));
9856 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
9857 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
9858 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
9859 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
9861 #if defined (HAVE_NS)
9862 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only
9863 the selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
9864 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
9866 set_frame_menubar (f
, 0, 0);
9869 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
9870 line, and this makes it get updated. */
9871 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
9872 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || HAVE_NS || USE_GTK) */
9873 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
9874 line, and this makes it get updated. */
9875 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
9876 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || HAVE_NS || USE_GTK) */
9878 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9879 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
9888 /***********************************************************************
9890 ***********************************************************************/
9892 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9895 Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
9896 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
9897 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
9899 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
9903 Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
9904 positions are relative to updated_window. */
9907 set_output_cursor (struct cursor_pos
*cursor
)
9909 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
9910 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
9911 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
9912 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
9917 Set a nominal cursor position.
9919 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
9920 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
9922 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
9923 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
9924 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
9925 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
9928 x_cursor_to (int vpos
, int hpos
, int y
, int x
)
9932 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
9936 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
9938 /* Set the output cursor. */
9939 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
9940 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
9941 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
9942 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
9944 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
9945 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
9946 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
9949 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
9950 if (FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional
)
9951 FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional (SELECTED_FRAME ());
9956 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9959 /***********************************************************************
9961 ***********************************************************************/
9963 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9965 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
9967 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
9969 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
9972 int last_tool_bar_item
;
9976 update_tool_bar_unwind (Lisp_Object frame
)
9978 selected_frame
= frame
;
9982 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
9983 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
9984 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
9985 and restore it here. */
9988 update_tool_bar (struct frame
*f
, int save_match_data
)
9990 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
9991 int do_update
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
9993 int do_update
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
9994 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)) > 0;
10002 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
10003 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10005 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
10006 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
10007 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
10008 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
10009 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
10010 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
10011 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
10012 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
10013 || !NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
10014 || update_mode_lines
10015 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
10016 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
10017 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
10018 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
10019 && !NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), mark_active
)))
10020 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
10022 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
10023 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10024 Lisp_Object frame
, new_tool_bar
;
10025 int new_n_tool_bar
;
10026 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10028 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
10029 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
10031 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
10033 /* Save match data, if we must. */
10034 if (save_match_data
)
10035 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
10037 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
10038 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
10040 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
10041 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
10044 GCPRO1 (new_tool_bar
);
10046 /* We must temporarily set the selected frame to this frame
10047 before calling tool_bar_items, because the calculation of
10048 the tool-bar keymap uses the selected frame (see
10049 `tool-bar-make-keymap' in tool-bar.el). */
10050 record_unwind_protect (update_tool_bar_unwind
, selected_frame
);
10051 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10052 selected_frame
= frame
;
10054 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
10055 new_tool_bar
= tool_bar_items (Fcopy_sequence (f
->tool_bar_items
),
10058 /* Redisplay the tool-bar if we changed it. */
10059 if (new_n_tool_bar
!= f
->n_tool_bar_items
10060 || NILP (Fequal (new_tool_bar
, f
->tool_bar_items
)))
10062 /* Redisplay that happens asynchronously due to an expose event
10063 may access f->tool_bar_items. Make sure we update both
10064 variables within BLOCK_INPUT so no such event interrupts. */
10066 f
->tool_bar_items
= new_tool_bar
;
10067 f
->n_tool_bar_items
= new_n_tool_bar
;
10068 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10074 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10075 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
10081 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
10082 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
10083 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
10086 build_desired_tool_bar_string (struct frame
*f
)
10088 int i
, size
, size_needed
;
10089 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
10090 Lisp_Object image
, plist
, props
;
10092 image
= plist
= props
= Qnil
;
10093 GCPRO3 (image
, plist
, props
);
10095 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
10096 Otherwise, make a new string. */
10098 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
10099 size
= (STRINGP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
10100 ? SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
10103 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
10104 size_needed
= f
->n_tool_bar_items
;
10106 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
10107 if (size
< size_needed
|| NILP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
))
10108 f
->desired_tool_bar_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed
),
10109 make_number (' '));
10112 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, Qnil
, Qmenu_item
, Qnil
);
10113 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size
),
10114 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10117 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
10118 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
10119 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
10120 for (i
= 0; i
< f
->n_tool_bar_items
; ++i
)
10122 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
10124 int enabled_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
));
10125 int selected_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P
));
10126 int hmargin
, vmargin
, relief
, idx
, end
;
10128 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
10130 image
= PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES
);
10131 if (VECTORP (image
))
10135 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
10136 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED
);
10139 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
10140 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED
);
10142 xassert (ASIZE (image
) >= idx
);
10143 image
= AREF (image
, idx
);
10148 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
10149 if (!valid_image_p (image
))
10152 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
10153 plist
= Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image
));
10155 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
10156 relief
= (tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0
10157 ? tool_bar_button_relief
10158 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
);
10159 hmargin
= vmargin
= relief
;
10161 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
10162 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) > 0)
10164 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
10165 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
10167 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10169 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10170 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
10171 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
10173 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10174 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
10175 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
10178 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
)
10180 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
10184 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
, make_number (-relief
));
10191 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
10192 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
10194 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
,
10196 ? make_number (-relief
)
10197 : make_number (relief
)));
10202 /* Put a margin around the image. */
10203 if (hmargin
|| vmargin
)
10205 if (hmargin
== vmargin
)
10206 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
, make_number (hmargin
));
10208 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
,
10209 Fcons (make_number (hmargin
),
10210 make_number (vmargin
)));
10213 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
10214 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
10215 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
10216 if (!enabled_p
&& idx
< 0)
10217 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCconversion
, Qdisabled
);
10219 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
10220 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
10221 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
10223 image
= Fcons (Qimage
, plist
);
10224 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, image
,
10225 Qmenu_item
, make_number (i
* TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS
));
10227 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
10228 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
10229 previous string. */
10230 if (i
+ 1 == f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
10231 end
= SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10234 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i
), make_number (end
),
10235 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10243 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f.
10245 HEIGHT specifies the desired height of the tool-bar line.
10246 If the actual height of the glyph row is less than HEIGHT, the
10247 row's height is increased to HEIGHT, and the icons are centered
10248 vertically in the new height.
10250 If HEIGHT is -1, we are counting needed tool-bar lines, so don't
10251 count a final empty row in case the tool-bar width exactly matches
10256 display_tool_bar_line (struct it
*it
, int height
)
10258 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
10259 int max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
10260 struct glyph
*last
;
10262 prepare_desired_row (row
);
10263 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
10265 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
10266 so there's no need to check the face here. */
10267 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
10269 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
10271 int x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
10272 struct it it_before
;
10274 /* Get the next display element. */
10275 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
10277 /* Don't count empty row if we are counting needed tool-bar lines. */
10278 if (height
< 0 && !it
->hpos
)
10283 /* Produce glyphs. */
10284 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10287 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
10289 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
10291 x
= it_before
.current_x
;
10292 while (i
< nglyphs
)
10294 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
10296 if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
10298 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. Backtrack. */
10299 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
10301 /* If this is the only glyph on this line, it will never fit on the
10302 tool-bar, so skip it. But ensure there is at least one glyph,
10303 so we don't accidentally disable the tool-bar. */
10304 if (n_glyphs_before
== 0
10305 && (it
->vpos
> 0 || IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
-1))
10311 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10315 /* Stop at line ends. */
10316 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
10319 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
10324 row
->displays_text_p
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] != 0;
10326 /* Use default face for the border below the tool bar.
10328 FIXME: When auto-resize-tool-bars is grow-only, there is
10329 no additional border below the possibly empty tool-bar lines.
10330 So to make the extra empty lines look "normal", we have to
10331 use the tool-bar face for the border too. */
10332 if (!row
->displays_text_p
&& !EQ (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
, Qgrow_only
))
10333 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10335 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
10336 last
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
10337 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
10338 if (last
== row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
])
10339 last
->left_box_line_p
= 1;
10341 /* Make line the desired height and center it vertically. */
10342 if ((height
-= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
) > 0)
10344 /* Don't add more than one line height. */
10345 height
%= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
);
10346 it
->max_ascent
+= height
/ 2;
10347 it
->max_descent
+= (height
+ 1) / 2;
10350 compute_line_metrics (it
);
10352 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
10353 if (!row
->displays_text_p
)
10355 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= it
->last_visible_y
- row
->y
;
10356 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
10357 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
10358 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
10361 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
10362 row
->continued_p
= 0;
10363 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
10364 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
10366 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
10367 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
10373 /* Max tool-bar height. */
10375 #define MAX_FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT(f) \
10376 ((FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) * FRAME_LINES (f)))
10378 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
10379 items of frame F visible. The number of actual rows needed is
10380 returned in *N_ROWS if non-NULL. */
10383 tool_bar_lines_needed (struct frame
*f
, int *n_rows
)
10385 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
10387 /* tool_bar_lines_needed is called from redisplay_tool_bar after building
10388 the desired matrix, so use (unused) mode-line row as temporary row to
10389 avoid destroying the first tool-bar row. */
10390 struct glyph_row
*temp_row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
10392 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
10393 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
10394 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, temp_row
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
10395 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
10396 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10397 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
10399 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it
))
10401 clear_glyph_row (temp_row
);
10402 it
.glyph_row
= temp_row
;
10403 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, -1);
10405 clear_glyph_row (temp_row
);
10407 /* f->n_tool_bar_rows == 0 means "unknown"; -1 means no tool-bar. */
10409 *n_rows
= it
.vpos
> 0 ? it
.vpos
: -1;
10411 return (it
.current_y
+ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1) / FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10415 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed
, Stool_bar_lines_needed
,
10417 doc
: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
10418 (Lisp_Object frame
)
10425 frame
= selected_frame
;
10427 CHECK_FRAME (frame
);
10428 f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10430 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10431 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
10432 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > 0))
10434 update_tool_bar (f
, 1);
10435 if (f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
10437 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
10438 nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, NULL
);
10442 return make_number (nlines
);
10446 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
10447 height should be changed. */
10450 redisplay_tool_bar (struct frame
*f
)
10454 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10456 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
10457 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
10458 update_frame_tool_bar (f
);
10462 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
10463 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
10464 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
10465 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
10466 if (!WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10467 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
10468 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) == 0))
10471 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
10472 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
10473 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
10474 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10475 row
= it
.glyph_row
;
10477 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
10478 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
10479 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
10481 if (f
->n_tool_bar_rows
== 0)
10485 if ((nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, &f
->n_tool_bar_rows
),
10486 nlines
!= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)))
10489 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
10491 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10492 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
10493 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
10494 make_number (nlines
)),
10496 if (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
)
10498 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10499 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
10505 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
10507 if (f
->n_tool_bar_rows
> 0)
10509 int border
, rows
, height
, extra
;
10511 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_border
))
10512 border
= XINT (Vtool_bar_border
);
10513 else if (EQ (Vtool_bar_border
, Qinternal_border_width
))
10514 border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
10515 else if (EQ (Vtool_bar_border
, Qborder_width
))
10516 border
= f
->border_width
;
10522 rows
= f
->n_tool_bar_rows
;
10523 height
= max (1, (it
.last_visible_y
- border
) / rows
);
10524 extra
= it
.last_visible_y
- border
- height
* rows
;
10526 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10529 if (extra
> 0 && rows
-- > 0)
10531 h
= (extra
+ rows
- 1) / rows
;
10534 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, height
+ h
);
10539 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10540 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, 0);
10543 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
10544 window, so don't do it. */
10545 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
10546 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
10548 if (!NILP (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
))
10550 int max_tool_bar_height
= MAX_FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10551 int change_height_p
= 0;
10553 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
10554 height if there is room for more. */
10555 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it
) < it
.end_charpos
10556 && it
.current_y
< max_tool_bar_height
)
10557 change_height_p
= 1;
10559 row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
10561 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
10562 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
10563 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT, change the tool-bar's height. */
10564 if (!row
->displays_text_p
10565 && row
->height
>= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
10566 change_height_p
= 1;
10568 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
10569 change the tool-bar's height. */
10570 if (row
->displays_text_p
10571 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > it
.last_visible_y
10572 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < max_tool_bar_height
)
10573 change_height_p
= 1;
10575 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
10576 frame parameter. */
10577 if (change_height_p
)
10580 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
10582 int nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, &nrows
);
10584 change_height_p
= ((EQ (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
, Qgrow_only
)
10585 && !f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
)
10586 ? (nlines
> old_height
)
10587 : (nlines
!= old_height
));
10588 f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
= 0;
10590 if (change_height_p
)
10592 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10593 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
10594 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
10595 make_number (nlines
)),
10597 if (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
)
10599 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10600 f
->n_tool_bar_rows
= nrows
;
10601 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
10608 f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
= 0;
10613 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
10614 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
10615 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
10616 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
10619 tool_bar_item_info (struct frame
*f
, struct glyph
*glyph
, int *prop_idx
)
10625 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
10626 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
10628 charpos
= min (SCHARS (f
->current_tool_bar_string
), glyph
->charpos
);
10629 charpos
= max (0, charpos
);
10631 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
10632 property is the start index of this item's properties in
10633 F->tool_bar_items. */
10634 prop
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
10635 Qmenu_item
, f
->current_tool_bar_string
);
10636 if (INTEGERP (prop
))
10638 *prop_idx
= XINT (prop
);
10648 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
10649 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
10650 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
10651 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
10652 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
10654 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
10655 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
10659 get_tool_bar_item (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, struct glyph
**glyph
,
10660 int *hpos
, int *vpos
, int *prop_idx
)
10662 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
10663 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
10666 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
10667 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, 0, 0, &area
);
10668 if (*glyph
== NULL
)
10671 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
10672 f->tool_bar_items. */
10673 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
10676 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
10677 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
10678 && *vpos
>= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
10679 && *vpos
<= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
10680 && (*vpos
> hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
10681 || *hpos
>= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
10682 && (*vpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
10683 || *hpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
10684 || hlinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
10692 Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
10693 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. DOWN_P is 1 for a button press,
10694 0 for button release. MODIFIERS is event modifiers for button
10698 handle_tool_bar_click (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int down_p
,
10699 unsigned int modifiers
)
10701 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
10702 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
10703 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
10704 struct glyph
*glyph
;
10705 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
10707 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
10708 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
10709 if (get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
10712 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
10713 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
10714 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
10719 /* Show item in pressed state. */
10720 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
10721 hlinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
10722 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
10726 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
10727 struct input_event event
;
10728 EVENT_INIT (event
);
10730 /* Show item in released state. */
10731 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
10732 hlinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
10734 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
10736 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10737 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
10738 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
10740 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
10742 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
10743 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
10745 event
.modifiers
= modifiers
;
10746 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
10747 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10752 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
10753 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
10754 note_mouse_highlight. */
10757 note_tool_bar_highlight (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
10759 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
10760 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10761 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10762 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
10764 struct glyph
*glyph
;
10765 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10767 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
10769 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
10770 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
10772 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative X/Y
10773 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
10774 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
10776 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
10780 rc
= get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
10783 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
10784 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
10788 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
10789 goto set_help_echo
;
10791 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
10793 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
10794 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
10795 && f
== last_mouse_frame
10796 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
10798 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
10801 hlinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
10802 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
10804 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
10805 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
10806 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
10808 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
10809 image is a space. We include this in the highlighted area. */
10810 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
10811 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
10812 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
10814 /* Record this as the current active region. */
10815 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
10816 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
10817 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
10818 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
10819 hlinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
10821 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
10822 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
10823 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
10824 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
10825 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
10826 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
10828 /* Display it as active. */
10829 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, draw
);
10830 hlinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
10835 /* Set help_echo_string to a help string to display for this tool-bar item.
10836 XTread_socket does the rest. */
10837 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
10838 help_echo_pos
= -1;
10839 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
10840 if (NILP (help_echo_string
))
10841 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
10844 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
10848 /************************************************************************
10849 Horizontal scrolling
10850 ************************************************************************/
10852 static int hscroll_window_tree (Lisp_Object
);
10853 static int hscroll_windows (Lisp_Object
);
10855 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
10856 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
10857 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
10858 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
10862 hscroll_window_tree (Lisp_Object window
)
10864 int hscrolled_p
= 0;
10865 int hscroll_relative_p
= FLOATP (Vhscroll_step
);
10866 int hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
10867 double hscroll_step_rel
= 0;
10869 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
10871 hscroll_step_rel
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step
);
10872 if (hscroll_step_rel
< 0)
10874 hscroll_relative_p
= 0;
10875 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
10878 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step
))
10880 hscroll_step_abs
= XINT (Vhscroll_step
);
10881 if (hscroll_step_abs
< 0)
10882 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
10885 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
10887 while (WINDOWP (window
))
10889 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10891 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
10892 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->hchild
);
10893 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
10894 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->vchild
);
10895 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
10898 int text_area_width
;
10899 struct glyph_row
*current_cursor_row
10900 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
10901 struct glyph_row
*desired_cursor_row
10902 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
10903 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
10904 = (desired_cursor_row
->enabled_p
10905 ? desired_cursor_row
10906 : current_cursor_row
);
10908 text_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
10910 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
10911 h_margin
= hscroll_margin
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
10913 if (!NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qauto_hscroll_mode
, w
->buffer
))
10914 && ((XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
)
10915 && w
->cursor
.x
<= h_margin
)
10916 || (cursor_row
->enabled_p
10917 && cursor_row
->truncated_on_right_p
10918 && (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
))))
10922 struct buffer
*saved_current_buffer
;
10926 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
10927 saved_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
10928 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
10930 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
10934 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
10935 pt
= max (BEGV
, pt
);
10939 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
10940 a line with infinite width. */
10941 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, cursor_row
);
10942 it
.last_visible_x
= INFINITY
;
10943 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it
, pt
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
10944 current_buffer
= saved_current_buffer
;
10946 /* Position cursor in window. */
10947 if (!hscroll_relative_p
&& hscroll_step_abs
== 0)
10948 hscroll
= max (0, (it
.current_x
10949 - (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it
)
10950 ? (text_area_width
- 4 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
))
10951 : (text_area_width
/ 2))))
10952 / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
10953 else if (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
)
10955 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
10956 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* (1 - hscroll_step_rel
)
10959 wanted_x
= text_area_width
10960 - hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
10963 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
10967 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
10968 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* hscroll_step_rel
10971 wanted_x
= hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
10974 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
10976 hscroll
= max (hscroll
, XFASTINT (w
->min_hscroll
));
10978 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
10979 changed because it will prevent redisplay
10981 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != hscroll
)
10983 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 1;
10984 w
->hscroll
= make_number (hscroll
);
10993 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
10994 return hscrolled_p
;
10998 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
10999 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
11000 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
11001 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
11002 of WINDOW are cleared. */
11005 hscroll_windows (Lisp_Object window
)
11007 int hscrolled_p
= hscroll_window_tree (window
);
11009 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window
))));
11010 return hscrolled_p
;
11015 /************************************************************************
11017 ************************************************************************/
11019 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
11020 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
11025 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
11027 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
11028 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
;
11030 /* Delta vpos and y. */
11032 int debug_dvpos
, debug_dy
;
11034 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
11036 EMACS_INT debug_delta
, debug_delta_bytes
;
11038 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
11041 EMACS_INT debug_end_vpos
;
11043 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
11044 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
11045 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
11046 resulting string to stderr. */
11049 debug_method_add (w
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
)
11052 int a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
;
11055 char *method
= w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
11056 int len
= strlen (method
);
11057 int size
= sizeof w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
11058 int remaining
= size
- len
- 1;
11060 sprintf (buffer
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
);
11061 if (len
&& remaining
)
11064 --remaining
, ++len
;
11067 strncpy (method
+ len
, buffer
, remaining
);
11069 if (trace_redisplay_p
)
11070 fprintf (stderr
, "%p (%s): %s\n",
11072 ((BUFFERP (w
->buffer
)
11073 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
))
11074 ? SSDATA (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
)
11079 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11082 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
11083 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
11084 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
11085 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
11088 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (struct window
*w
,
11089 EMACS_INT start
, EMACS_INT end
)
11091 int unchanged_p
= 1;
11093 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
11094 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
11095 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11097 /* Gap in the line? */
11098 if (GPT
< start
|| Z
- GPT
< end
)
11101 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
11103 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
- 1
11104 || END_UNCHANGED
< end
))
11107 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
11108 beginning of the line. */
11110 && INTEGERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
))
11111 && XINT (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
)) > 0
11112 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
|| GPT
<= start
))
11115 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
11116 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
11117 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
11118 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
11119 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
11120 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
11121 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
11124 if (BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
== start
11125 && overlay_touches_p (start
))
11127 if (END_UNCHANGED
== end
11128 && overlay_touches_p (Z
- end
))
11132 /* Under bidi reordering, adding or deleting a character in the
11133 beginning of a paragraph, before the first strong directional
11134 character, can change the base direction of the paragraph (unless
11135 the buffer specifies a fixed paragraph direction), which will
11136 require to redisplay the whole paragraph. It might be worthwhile
11137 to find the paragraph limits and widen the range of redisplayed
11138 lines to that, but for now just give up this optimization. */
11139 if (!NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
))
11140 && NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_paragraph_direction
)))
11144 return unchanged_p
;
11148 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
11149 the main external entry point for redisplay.
11151 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
11152 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
11153 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
11158 redisplay_internal (0);
11163 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (Lisp_Object var
)
11167 if (val
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_string
), STRINGP (val
))
11170 return Voverlay_arrow_string
;
11173 /* Return 1 if there are any overlay-arrows in current_buffer. */
11175 overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p (void)
11179 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11181 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11183 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11186 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11188 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11190 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
)
11197 /* Return 1 if any overlay_arrows have moved or overlay-arrow-string
11201 overlay_arrows_changed_p (void)
11205 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11207 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11209 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11210 Lisp_Object val
, pstr
;
11212 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11214 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11215 if (!MARKERP (val
))
11217 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (val
),
11218 Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
))
11219 || ! (pstr
= overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
),
11220 EQ (pstr
, Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
))))
11226 /* Mark overlay arrows to be updated on next redisplay. */
11229 update_overlay_arrows (int up_to_date
)
11233 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11235 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11237 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11239 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11242 if (up_to_date
> 0)
11244 Lisp_Object val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11245 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
,
11246 COERCE_MARKER (val
));
11247 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
,
11248 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
));
11250 else if (up_to_date
< 0
11251 || !NILP (Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
)))
11253 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
, Qt
);
11254 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
, Qt
);
11260 /* Return overlay arrow string to display at row.
11261 Return integer (bitmap number) for arrow bitmap in left fringe.
11262 Return nil if no overlay arrow. */
11265 overlay_arrow_at_row (struct it
*it
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
11269 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11271 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11273 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11276 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11279 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11282 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
11283 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == marker_position (val
)))
11285 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
11286 /* FIXME: if ROW->reversed_p is set, this should test
11287 the right fringe, not the left one. */
11288 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
) > 0)
11290 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
11291 if (val
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
), SYMBOLP (val
))
11294 if ((fringe_bitmap
= lookup_fringe_bitmap (val
)) != 0)
11295 return make_number (fringe_bitmap
);
11298 return make_number (-1); /* Use default arrow bitmap */
11300 return overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
);
11307 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
11308 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
11309 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
11312 check_point_in_composition (struct buffer
*prev_buf
, EMACS_INT prev_pt
,
11313 struct buffer
*buf
, EMACS_INT pt
)
11315 EMACS_INT start
, end
;
11317 Lisp_Object buffer
;
11319 XSETBUFFER (buffer
, buf
);
11320 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
11322 if (prev_buf
== buf
)
11325 /* Point didn't move. */
11328 if (prev_pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && prev_pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
11329 && find_composition (prev_pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
11330 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
11331 && start
< prev_pt
&& end
> prev_pt
)
11332 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
11333 point moved out of the composition. */
11334 return (pt
<= start
|| pt
>= end
);
11337 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
11338 return (pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
11339 && find_composition (pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
11340 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
11341 && start
< pt
&& end
> pt
);
11345 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
11349 reconsider_clip_changes (struct window
*w
, struct buffer
*b
)
11351 if (b
->clip_changed
11352 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
11353 && w
->current_matrix
->buffer
== b
11354 && w
->current_matrix
->zv
== BUF_ZV (b
)
11355 && w
->current_matrix
->begv
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
11356 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
11358 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
11359 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
11360 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
11361 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
11363 if (!b
->clip_changed
11364 && BUFFERP (w
->buffer
) && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
11368 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
11371 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
11373 if ((w
->current_matrix
->buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
11374 || pt
!= XINT (w
->last_point
))
11375 && check_point_in_composition (w
->current_matrix
->buffer
,
11376 XINT (w
->last_point
),
11377 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), pt
))
11378 b
->clip_changed
= 1;
11383 /* Select FRAME to forward the values of frame-local variables into C
11384 variables so that the redisplay routines can access those values
11388 select_frame_for_redisplay (Lisp_Object frame
)
11390 Lisp_Object tail
, tem
;
11391 Lisp_Object old
= selected_frame
;
11392 struct Lisp_Symbol
*sym
;
11394 xassert (FRAMEP (frame
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (frame
)));
11396 selected_frame
= frame
;
11399 for (tail
= XFRAME (frame
)->param_alist
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
11400 if (CONSP (XCAR (tail
))
11401 && (tem
= XCAR (XCAR (tail
)),
11403 && (sym
= indirect_variable (XSYMBOL (tem
)),
11404 sym
->redirect
== SYMBOL_LOCALIZED
)
11405 && sym
->val
.blv
->frame_local
)
11406 /* Use find_symbol_value rather than Fsymbol_value
11407 to avoid an error if it is void. */
11408 find_symbol_value (tem
);
11409 } while (!EQ (frame
, old
) && (frame
= old
, 1));
11413 #define STOP_POLLING \
11414 do { if (! polling_stopped_here) stop_polling (); \
11415 polling_stopped_here = 1; } while (0)
11417 #define RESUME_POLLING \
11418 do { if (polling_stopped_here) start_polling (); \
11419 polling_stopped_here = 0; } while (0)
11422 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
11423 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
11424 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
11425 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
11426 causes some problems. */
11429 redisplay_internal (int preserve_echo_area
)
11431 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
11435 int must_finish
= 0;
11436 struct text_pos tlbufpos
, tlendpos
;
11437 int number_of_visible_frames
;
11440 int polling_stopped_here
= 0;
11441 Lisp_Object old_frame
= selected_frame
;
11443 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
11444 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
11445 int consider_all_windows_p
;
11447 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p
));
11449 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
11450 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
11451 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
11452 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
11453 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
11456 /* Don't examine these until after testing Vinhibit_redisplay.
11457 When Emacs is shutting down, perhaps because its connection to
11458 X has dropped, we should not look at them at all. */
11459 fr
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11460 sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
11462 if (!fr
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
11465 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
11466 if (popup_activated ())
11470 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
11471 if (redisplaying_p
)
11474 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
11475 when we leave this function. */
11476 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
11477 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay
,
11478 Fcons (make_number (redisplaying_p
), selected_frame
));
11480 specbind (Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
, Qnil
);
11483 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11485 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11487 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11488 f
->already_hscrolled_p
= 0;
11493 /* Remember the currently selected window. */
11496 if (!EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
11497 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
11498 /* When running redisplay, we play a bit fast-and-loose and allow e.g.
11499 selected_frame and selected_window to be temporarily out-of-sync so
11500 when we come back here via `goto retry', we need to resync because we
11501 may need to run Elisp code (via prepare_menu_bars). */
11502 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
11505 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, current_buffer
);
11506 last_escape_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
11507 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
11508 last_glyphless_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
11509 last_glyphless_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
11511 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
11512 necessary, do it. */
11513 if (fonts_changed_p
)
11515 adjust_glyphs (NULL
);
11516 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11517 fonts_changed_p
= 0;
11520 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
11521 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
11522 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
11523 if (face_change_count
)
11524 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11526 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (sf
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (sf
))
11527 && FRAME_TTY (sf
)->previous_frame
!= sf
)
11529 /* Since frames on a single ASCII terminal share the same
11530 display area, displaying a different frame means redisplay
11531 the whole thing. */
11532 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
11533 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf
);
11535 set_tty_color_mode (FRAME_TTY (sf
), sf
);
11537 FRAME_TTY (sf
)->previous_frame
= sf
;
11540 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
11541 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
11542 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
11543 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
11545 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11547 number_of_visible_frames
= 0;
11549 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11551 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11553 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
11554 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11555 ++number_of_visible_frames
;
11556 clear_desired_matrices (f
);
11560 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
11561 do_pending_window_change (1);
11563 /* do_pending_window_change could change the selected_window due to
11564 frame resizing which makes the selected window too small. */
11565 if (WINDOWP (selected_window
) && (w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)) != sw
)
11568 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, current_buffer
);
11571 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
11572 if (frame_garbaged
)
11573 clear_garbaged_frames ();
11575 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
11576 if (NILP (Vmemory_full
))
11577 prepare_menu_bars ();
11579 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
11580 update_mode_lines
++;
11582 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
11583 if ((SAVE_MODIFF
< MODIFF
) != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
11585 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
11586 if (buffer_shared
> 1)
11587 update_mode_lines
++;
11590 /* Avoid invocation of point motion hooks by `current_column' below. */
11591 count1
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
11592 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
11594 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
11595 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
11596 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
11597 where no change is needed. */
11598 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
11599 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
11600 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11601 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ()))
11602 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
11604 unbind_to (count1
, Qnil
);
11606 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) = -1;
11608 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
11609 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
11611 consider_all_windows_p
= (update_mode_lines
|| buffer_shared
> 1
11612 || cursor_type_changed
);
11614 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
11615 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
11616 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
11617 consider_all_windows_p
= windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
11619 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
11620 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
11621 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
11622 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
11623 the echo area should be cleared. */
11624 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11625 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11626 || (message_cleared_p
11627 && minibuf_level
== 0
11628 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
11629 echo-area doesn't show through. */
11630 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))))
11632 int window_height_changed_p
= echo_area_display (0);
11635 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
11636 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
11637 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
11639 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11640 message_cleared_p
= 0;
11642 if (fonts_changed_p
)
11644 else if (window_height_changed_p
)
11646 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
11647 ++update_mode_lines
;
11648 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11650 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
11651 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
11652 surprises wrt scrolling. */
11653 if (frame_garbaged
)
11654 clear_garbaged_frames ();
11657 else if (EQ (selected_window
, minibuf_window
)
11658 && (current_buffer
->clip_changed
11659 || XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
11660 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11661 && resize_mini_window (w
, 0))
11663 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
11664 showing if its contents might have changed. */
11666 /* FIXME: this causes all frames to be updated, which seems unnecessary
11667 since only the current frame needs to be considered. This function needs
11668 to be rewritten with two variables, consider_all_windows and
11669 consider_all_frames. */
11670 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
11671 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11672 ++update_mode_lines
;
11674 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
11675 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
11676 surprises wrt scrolling. */
11677 if (frame_garbaged
)
11678 clear_garbaged_frames ();
11682 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
11683 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
11684 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
11685 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
11686 && !NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), mark_active
)))
11687 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
))
11688 || (!NILP (w
->region_showing
)
11689 && !EQ (w
->region_showing
,
11690 Fmarker_position (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), mark
)))))
11691 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
11693 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
11694 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
11695 set in display_line and record information about the line
11696 containing the cursor. */
11697 tlbufpos
= this_line_start_pos
;
11698 tlendpos
= this_line_end_pos
;
11699 if (!consider_all_windows_p
11700 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > 0
11701 && NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
11702 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
11703 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
11704 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
11705 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
11706 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
11707 && this_line_buffer
== current_buffer
11708 && current_buffer
== XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
11709 && NILP (w
->force_start
)
11710 && NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
11711 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
11712 && PT
>= CHARPOS (tlbufpos
)
11713 && PT
<= Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
11714 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
11715 must be unchanged. */
11716 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
),
11717 CHARPOS (tlendpos
)))
11719 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > BEGV
11720 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
) - 1) != '\n'
11721 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) == ZV
11722 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
)) == '\n'))
11723 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty. */
11725 else if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
11726 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
11727 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
11729 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
11730 wide-column character (see the comment in indent.c around
11733 For instance, in the following case:
11735 -------- Insert --------
11736 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
11737 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
11741 As we have to redraw the line above, we cannot use this
11745 int line_height_before
= this_line_pixel_height
;
11747 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
11748 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation line. */
11749 start_display (&it
, w
, tlbufpos
);
11751 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
11752 if (it
.current_x
!= this_line_start_x
)
11755 TRACE ((stderr
, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
11756 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
11757 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
11758 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
11759 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
11760 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
);
11761 display_line (&it
);
11763 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
11764 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win. */
11765 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
11766 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
11767 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
11768 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
11769 /* Line ends as before. */
11770 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
) == CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
11771 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
11772 would have to be shifted up or down. */
11773 && this_line_pixel_height
== line_height_before
)
11775 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
11776 the charstarts of the lines below. */
11777 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
11779 struct glyph_row
*row
11780 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
+ 1);
11781 EMACS_INT delta
, delta_bytes
;
11783 /* We used to distinguish between two cases here,
11784 conditioned by Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV, for
11785 when the line ends in a newline or the end of the
11786 buffer's accessible portion. But both cases did
11787 the same, so they were collapsed. */
11789 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
11790 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
11791 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
11792 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
11793 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
11795 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
11796 this_line_vpos
+ 1,
11797 w
->current_matrix
->nrows
,
11798 delta
, delta_bytes
);
11801 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
11802 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
11804 if ((it
.glyph_row
- 1)->displays_text_p
)
11806 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < this_line_vpos
)
11807 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
);
11809 else if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) == this_line_vpos
11810 && this_line_vpos
> 0)
11811 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
- 1);
11812 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
11814 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
11815 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
11818 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
11819 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 1");
11821 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
11822 update_window_fringes (w
, 0);
11829 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
11830 PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
11831 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
11832 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
11833 && 0 <= w
->cursor
.vpos
11834 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > w
->cursor
.vpos
)
11838 do_pending_window_change (1);
11839 /* If selected_window changed, redisplay again. */
11840 if (WINDOWP (selected_window
)
11841 && (w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)) != sw
)
11844 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
11845 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
11846 if (w
->cursor_off_p
== w
->last_cursor_off_p
)
11847 goto end_of_redisplay
;
11851 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
11852 then we can't just move the cursor. */
11853 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
11854 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
)))
11855 && (EQ (selected_window
, BVAR (current_buffer
, last_selected_window
))
11856 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
11857 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
11858 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
11859 && !cursor_in_echo_area
)
11862 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11864 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
11865 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
11866 next visible position. */
11867 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
),
11868 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
11869 it
.current_x
= this_line_start_x
;
11870 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
11871 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
11873 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
11874 moves over before-strings. */
11875 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
11877 if (it
.vpos
== this_line_vpos
11878 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
),
11881 xassert (this_line_vpos
== it
.vpos
);
11882 xassert (this_line_y
== it
.current_y
);
11883 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11885 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
11886 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 3");
11895 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
11896 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
, 0);
11899 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
11900 consider_all_windows_p
|= buffer_shared
> 1;
11901 ++clear_face_cache_count
;
11902 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
11903 ++clear_image_cache_count
;
11906 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
11907 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
11908 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
11910 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
11912 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11914 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11915 XFRAME (frame
)->updated_p
= 0;
11917 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
11918 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
11921 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11923 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11925 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) || FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f
) || f
== sf
)
11927 if (! EQ (frame
, selected_frame
))
11928 /* Select the frame, for the sake of frame-local
11930 select_frame_for_redisplay (frame
);
11932 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
11933 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
11934 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
)
11935 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
11937 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
11938 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
11940 /* The X error handler may have deleted that frame. */
11941 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f
))
11944 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
11945 nuked should now go away. */
11946 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->judge_scroll_bars_hook
)
11947 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->judge_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
11949 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
11950 /* ??? rms: I suspect it is a mistake to jump all the way
11951 back to retry here. It should just retry this frame. */
11952 if (fonts_changed_p
)
11955 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
11957 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
11958 if (!f
->already_hscrolled_p
)
11960 f
->already_hscrolled_p
= 1;
11961 if (hscroll_windows (f
->root_window
))
11965 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
11966 update. stdio is not robust about handling
11967 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
11969 if (interrupt_input
)
11970 unrequest_sigio ();
11973 /* Update the display. */
11974 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), 1);
11975 pending
|= update_frame (f
, 0, 0);
11981 if (!EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
11982 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
11983 /* We played a bit fast-and-loose above and allowed selected_frame
11984 and selected_window to be temporarily out-of-sync but let's make
11985 sure this stays contained. */
11986 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
11987 eassert (EQ (XFRAME (selected_frame
)->selected_window
, selected_window
));
11991 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
11992 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
11993 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
11994 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11996 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11999 mark_window_display_accurate (f
->root_window
, 1);
12000 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
)
12001 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook (f
);
12006 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
12008 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
12009 struct frame
*mini_frame
;
12011 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
12012 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
12013 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
12014 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1
, selected_window
,
12016 redisplay_window_error
);
12018 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
12021 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
12022 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12025 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
12026 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
12027 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
12028 if (interrupt_input
)
12029 unrequest_sigio ();
12032 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
12034 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
12037 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
12038 pending
= update_frame (sf
, 0, 0);
12041 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
12042 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
12043 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
12044 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
12046 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
12047 mini_frame
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
12049 if (mini_frame
!= sf
&& FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame
))
12051 XWINDOW (mini_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
12052 pending
|= update_frame (mini_frame
, 0, 0);
12053 if (!pending
&& hscroll_windows (mini_window
))
12058 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
12059 thorough update the next time. */
12062 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
12063 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
12064 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
12065 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12067 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
12068 update_overlay_arrows (0);
12070 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
12071 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
12072 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)
12073 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
12074 update_mode_lines
= 1;
12078 if (!consider_all_windows_p
)
12080 /* This has already been done above if
12081 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
12082 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, 1);
12084 /* Say overlay arrows are up to date. */
12085 update_overlay_arrows (1);
12087 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (sf
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0)
12088 FRAME_TERMINAL (sf
)->frame_up_to_date_hook (sf
);
12091 update_mode_lines
= 0;
12092 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 0;
12093 cursor_type_changed
= 0;
12096 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
12097 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
12098 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
12099 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
12100 if (interrupt_input
)
12104 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
12105 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
12106 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
12107 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
12108 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
12109 frames here explicitly. */
12112 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12115 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12117 int this_is_visible
= 0;
12119 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
12120 this_is_visible
= 1;
12121 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame
));
12122 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
12123 this_is_visible
= 1;
12125 if (this_is_visible
)
12129 if (new_count
!= number_of_visible_frames
)
12130 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
12133 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
12134 do_pending_window_change (1);
12136 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
12137 visible frames, or selected_window changed, redisplay again. */
12138 if ((windows_or_buffers_changed
&& !pending
)
12139 || (WINDOWP (selected_window
) && (w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)) != sw
))
12142 /* Clear the face and image caches.
12144 We used to do this only if consider_all_windows_p. But the cache
12145 needs to be cleared if a timer creates images in the current
12146 buffer (e.g. the test case in Bug#6230). */
12148 if (clear_face_cache_count
> CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT
)
12150 clear_face_cache (0);
12151 clear_face_cache_count
= 0;
12154 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12155 if (clear_image_cache_count
> CLEAR_IMAGE_CACHE_COUNT
)
12157 clear_image_caches (Qnil
);
12158 clear_image_cache_count
= 0;
12160 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12163 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
12168 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
12169 another message has been requested in its place.
12171 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
12172 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
12173 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
12174 wait_reading_process_output for examples of these situations.
12176 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
12177 called. This is useful for debugging. */
12180 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (int from_where
)
12182 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where
));
12184 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]))
12186 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
12187 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
12188 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 1;
12189 redisplay_internal (1);
12190 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 0;
12193 redisplay_internal (1);
12195 if (FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ()) != NULL
12196 && FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional
)
12197 FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional (NULL
);
12201 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
12202 redisplay_internal. Reset redisplaying_p to the value it had
12203 before redisplay_internal was called, and clear
12204 prevent_freeing_realized_faces_p. It also selects the previously
12205 selected frame, unless it has been deleted (by an X connection
12206 failure during redisplay, for example). */
12209 unwind_redisplay (Lisp_Object val
)
12211 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p
, old_frame
;
12213 old_redisplaying_p
= XCAR (val
);
12214 redisplaying_p
= XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p
);
12215 old_frame
= XCDR (val
);
12216 if (! EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
12217 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
12218 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
12223 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
12224 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
12225 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
12226 redisplay_internal is called. */
12229 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (struct window
*w
, int accurate_p
)
12231 if (BUFFERP (w
->buffer
))
12233 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
12236 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
12237 w
->last_overlay_modified
12238 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
12240 = BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
) ? Qt
: Qnil
;
12244 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
12245 b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 0;
12247 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_MODIFF (b
);
12248 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
);
12249 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_GPT (b
) - BUF_BEG (b
);
12250 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_GPT (b
);
12252 w
->current_matrix
->buffer
= b
;
12253 w
->current_matrix
->begv
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
12254 w
->current_matrix
->zv
= BUF_ZV (b
);
12256 w
->last_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
12257 w
->last_cursor_off_p
= w
->cursor_off_p
;
12259 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
12260 w
->last_point
= make_number (BUF_PT (b
));
12262 w
->last_point
= make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
);
12268 w
->window_end_valid
= w
->buffer
;
12269 w
->update_mode_line
= Qnil
;
12274 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
12275 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
12276 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
12277 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
12280 mark_window_display_accurate (Lisp_Object window
, int accurate_p
)
12284 for (; !NILP (window
); window
= w
->next
)
12286 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12287 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, accurate_p
);
12289 if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
12290 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->vchild
, accurate_p
);
12291 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
12292 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->hchild
, accurate_p
);
12297 update_overlay_arrows (1);
12301 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
12302 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
12303 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
12304 update_overlay_arrows (-1);
12309 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
12310 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
12311 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
12312 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
12315 disp_char_vector (struct Lisp_Char_Table
*dp
, int c
)
12319 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
))
12322 if (SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val
))
12323 val
= XSUB_CHAR_TABLE (val
)->contents
[c
];
12329 XSETCHAR_TABLE (table
, dp
);
12330 val
= char_table_ref (table
, c
);
12339 /***********************************************************************
12341 ***********************************************************************/
12343 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
12346 redisplay_windows (Lisp_Object window
)
12348 while (!NILP (window
))
12350 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12352 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
12353 redisplay_windows (w
->hchild
);
12354 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
12355 redisplay_windows (w
->vchild
);
12356 else if (!NILP (w
->buffer
))
12358 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
12359 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
12360 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
12361 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0
, window
,
12363 redisplay_window_error
);
12371 redisplay_window_error (Lisp_Object ignore
)
12373 displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
= BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
);
12378 redisplay_window_0 (Lisp_Object window
)
12380 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
12381 redisplay_window (window
, 0);
12386 redisplay_window_1 (Lisp_Object window
)
12388 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
12389 redisplay_window (window
, 1);
12394 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
12395 DELTA and DELTA_BYTES are the numbers of characters and bytes by
12396 which positions recorded in ROW differ from current buffer
12399 Return 0 if cursor is not on this row, 1 otherwise. */
12402 set_cursor_from_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
12403 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
,
12404 EMACS_INT delta
, EMACS_INT delta_bytes
,
12407 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
12408 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
12409 struct glyph
*cursor
= NULL
;
12410 /* The last known character position in row. */
12411 EMACS_INT last_pos
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12413 EMACS_INT pt_old
= PT
- delta
;
12414 EMACS_INT pos_before
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12415 EMACS_INT pos_after
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12416 struct glyph
*glyph_before
= glyph
- 1, *glyph_after
= end
;
12417 /* A glyph beyond the edge of TEXT_AREA which we should never
12419 struct glyph
*glyphs_end
= end
;
12420 /* Non-zero means we've found a match for cursor position, but that
12421 glyph has the avoid_cursor_p flag set. */
12422 int match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12423 /* Non-zero means we've seen at least one glyph that came from a
12425 int string_seen
= 0;
12426 /* Largest and smalles buffer positions seen so far during scan of
12428 EMACS_INT bpos_max
= pos_before
;
12429 EMACS_INT bpos_min
= pos_after
;
12430 /* Last buffer position covered by an overlay string with an integer
12431 `cursor' property. */
12432 EMACS_INT bpos_covered
= 0;
12434 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start and the end of
12435 the row. These are special glyphs like truncation marks on
12436 terminal frames. */
12437 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
12439 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
12442 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
12443 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12445 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12449 && INTEGERP ((end
- 1)->object
)
12450 /* CHARPOS is zero for blanks and stretch glyphs
12451 inserted by extend_face_to_end_of_line. */
12452 && (end
- 1)->charpos
<= 0)
12454 glyph_before
= glyph
- 1;
12461 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to process it from back
12462 to front, so swap the edge pointers. */
12463 glyphs_end
= end
= glyph
- 1;
12464 glyph
+= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
12466 while (glyph
> end
+ 1
12467 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
12468 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12471 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12473 if (INTEGERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12475 /* By default, in reversed rows we put the cursor on the
12476 rightmost (first in the reading order) glyph. */
12477 for (g
= end
+ 1; g
< glyph
; g
++)
12478 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
12480 && INTEGERP ((end
+ 1)->object
)
12481 && (end
+ 1)->charpos
<= 0)
12483 glyph_before
= glyph
+ 1;
12487 else if (row
->reversed_p
)
12489 /* In R2L rows that don't display text, put the cursor on the
12490 rightmost glyph. Case in point: an empty last line that is
12491 part of an R2L paragraph. */
12493 /* Avoid placing the cursor on the last glyph of the row, where
12494 on terminal frames we hold the vertical border between
12495 adjacent windows. */
12496 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (WINDOW_XFRAME (w
))
12497 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
12498 && cursor
== row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
] - 1)
12500 x
= -1; /* will be computed below, at label compute_x */
12503 /* Step 1: Try to find the glyph whose character position
12504 corresponds to point. If that's not possible, find 2 glyphs
12505 whose character positions are the closest to point, one before
12506 point, the other after it. */
12507 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
12508 while (/* not marched to end of glyph row */
12510 /* glyph was not inserted by redisplay for internal purposes */
12511 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
12513 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
12515 EMACS_INT dpos
= glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
;
12517 if (glyph
->charpos
> bpos_max
)
12518 bpos_max
= glyph
->charpos
;
12519 if (glyph
->charpos
< bpos_min
)
12520 bpos_min
= glyph
->charpos
;
12521 if (!glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
)
12523 /* If we hit point, we've found the glyph on which to
12524 display the cursor. */
12527 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12530 /* See if we've found a better approximation to
12531 POS_BEFORE or to POS_AFTER. Note that we want the
12532 first (leftmost) glyph of all those that are the
12533 closest from below, and the last (rightmost) of all
12534 those from above. */
12535 if (0 > dpos
&& dpos
> pos_before
- pt_old
)
12537 pos_before
= glyph
->charpos
;
12538 glyph_before
= glyph
;
12540 else if (0 < dpos
&& dpos
<= pos_after
- pt_old
)
12542 pos_after
= glyph
->charpos
;
12543 glyph_after
= glyph
;
12546 else if (dpos
== 0)
12547 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 1;
12549 else if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
12551 Lisp_Object chprop
;
12552 EMACS_INT glyph_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12554 chprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (glyph_pos
), Qcursor
,
12556 if (INTEGERP (chprop
))
12558 bpos_covered
= bpos_max
+ XINT (chprop
);
12559 /* If the `cursor' property covers buffer positions up
12560 to and including point, we should display cursor on
12561 this glyph. Note that overlays and text properties
12562 with string values stop bidi reordering, so every
12563 buffer position to the left of the string is always
12564 smaller than any position to the right of the
12565 string. Therefore, if a `cursor' property on one
12566 of the string's characters has an integer value, we
12567 will break out of the loop below _before_ we get to
12568 the position match above. IOW, integer values of
12569 the `cursor' property override the "exact match for
12570 point" strategy of positioning the cursor. */
12571 /* Implementation note: bpos_max == pt_old when, e.g.,
12572 we are in an empty line, where bpos_max is set to
12573 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS, see above. */
12574 if (bpos_max
<= pt_old
&& bpos_covered
>= pt_old
)
12583 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12586 else if (glyph
> end
) /* row is reversed */
12587 while (!INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
12589 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
12591 EMACS_INT dpos
= glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
;
12593 if (glyph
->charpos
> bpos_max
)
12594 bpos_max
= glyph
->charpos
;
12595 if (glyph
->charpos
< bpos_min
)
12596 bpos_min
= glyph
->charpos
;
12597 if (!glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
)
12601 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12604 if (0 > dpos
&& dpos
> pos_before
- pt_old
)
12606 pos_before
= glyph
->charpos
;
12607 glyph_before
= glyph
;
12609 else if (0 < dpos
&& dpos
<= pos_after
- pt_old
)
12611 pos_after
= glyph
->charpos
;
12612 glyph_after
= glyph
;
12615 else if (dpos
== 0)
12616 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 1;
12618 else if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
12620 Lisp_Object chprop
;
12621 EMACS_INT glyph_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12623 chprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (glyph_pos
), Qcursor
,
12625 if (INTEGERP (chprop
))
12627 bpos_covered
= bpos_max
+ XINT (chprop
);
12628 /* If the `cursor' property covers buffer positions up
12629 to and including point, we should display cursor on
12631 if (bpos_max
<= pt_old
&& bpos_covered
>= pt_old
)
12640 if (glyph
== glyphs_end
) /* don't dereference outside TEXT_AREA */
12642 x
--; /* can't use any pixel_width */
12645 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12648 /* Step 2: If we didn't find an exact match for point, we need to
12649 look for a proper place to put the cursor among glyphs between
12650 GLYPH_BEFORE and GLYPH_AFTER. */
12651 if (!((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> glyphs_end
: glyph
< glyphs_end
)
12652 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
== pt_old
)
12653 && bpos_covered
< pt_old
)
12655 /* An empty line has a single glyph whose OBJECT is zero and
12656 whose CHARPOS is the position of a newline on that line.
12657 Note that on a TTY, there are more glyphs after that, which
12658 were produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line, but their
12659 CHARPOS is zero or negative. */
12661 (row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> glyphs_end
: glyph
< glyphs_end
)
12662 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
> 0;
12664 if (row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
&& pos_after
== last_pos
)
12666 EMACS_INT ellipsis_pos
;
12668 /* Scan back over the ellipsis glyphs. */
12669 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
12671 ellipsis_pos
= (glyph
- 1)->charpos
;
12672 while (glyph
> row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
12673 && (glyph
- 1)->charpos
== ellipsis_pos
)
12674 glyph
--, x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12675 /* That loop always goes one position too far, including
12676 the glyph before the ellipsis. So scan forward over
12678 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12681 else /* row is reversed */
12683 ellipsis_pos
= (glyph
+ 1)->charpos
;
12684 while (glyph
< row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1
12685 && (glyph
+ 1)->charpos
== ellipsis_pos
)
12686 glyph
++, x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12687 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12691 else if (match_with_avoid_cursor
12692 /* A truncated row may not include PT among its
12693 character positions. Setting the cursor inside the
12694 scroll margin will trigger recalculation of hscroll
12695 in hscroll_window_tree. */
12696 || (row
->truncated_on_left_p
&& pt_old
< bpos_min
)
12697 || (row
->truncated_on_right_p
&& pt_old
> bpos_max
)
12698 /* Zero-width characters produce no glyphs. */
12701 && (row
->reversed_p
12702 ? glyph_after
> glyphs_end
12703 : glyph_after
< glyphs_end
)))
12705 cursor
= glyph_after
;
12708 else if (string_seen
)
12710 int incr
= row
->reversed_p
? -1 : +1;
12712 /* Need to find the glyph that came out of a string which is
12713 present at point. That glyph is somewhere between
12714 GLYPH_BEFORE and GLYPH_AFTER, and it came from a string
12715 positioned between POS_BEFORE and POS_AFTER in the
12717 struct glyph
*stop
= glyph_after
;
12718 EMACS_INT pos
= pos_before
;
12721 for (glyph
= glyph_before
+ incr
;
12722 row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
; )
12725 /* Any glyphs that come from the buffer are here because
12726 of bidi reordering. Skip them, and only pay
12727 attention to glyphs that came from some string. */
12728 if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
12733 str
= glyph
->object
;
12734 tem
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, str
, pos
, pos_after
, 0);
12735 if (tem
== 0 /* from overlay */
12738 /* If the string from which this glyph came is
12739 found in the buffer at point, then we've
12740 found the glyph we've been looking for. If
12741 it comes from an overlay (tem == 0), and it
12742 has the `cursor' property on one of its
12743 glyphs, record that glyph as a candidate for
12744 displaying the cursor. (As in the
12745 unidirectional version, we will display the
12746 cursor on the last candidate we find.) */
12747 if (tem
== 0 || tem
== pt_old
)
12749 /* The glyphs from this string could have
12750 been reordered. Find the one with the
12751 smallest string position. Or there could
12752 be a character in the string with the
12753 `cursor' property, which means display
12754 cursor on that character's glyph. */
12755 EMACS_INT strpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12760 (row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
)
12761 && EQ (glyph
->object
, str
);
12765 EMACS_INT gpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12767 cprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (gpos
),
12775 if (tem
&& glyph
->charpos
< strpos
)
12777 strpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12786 pos
= tem
+ 1; /* don't find previous instances */
12788 /* This string is not what we want; skip all of the
12789 glyphs that came from it. */
12790 while ((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
)
12791 && EQ (glyph
->object
, str
))
12798 /* If we reached the end of the line, and END was from a string,
12799 the cursor is not on this line. */
12801 && (row
->reversed_p
? glyph
<= end
: glyph
>= end
)
12802 && STRINGP (end
->object
)
12803 && row
->continued_p
)
12809 if (cursor
!= NULL
)
12815 /* Need to compute x that corresponds to GLYPH. */
12816 for (g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
], x
= row
->x
; g
< glyph
; g
++)
12818 if (g
>= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
12820 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
12824 /* ROW could be part of a continued line, which, under bidi
12825 reordering, might have other rows whose start and end charpos
12826 occlude point. Only set w->cursor if we found a better
12827 approximation to the cursor position than we have from previously
12828 examined candidate rows belonging to the same continued line. */
12829 if (/* we already have a candidate row */
12830 w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
12831 /* that candidate is not the row we are processing */
12832 && MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
) != row
12833 /* the row we are processing is part of a continued line */
12834 && (row
->continued_p
|| MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
12835 /* Make sure cursor.vpos specifies a row whose start and end
12836 charpos occlude point. This is because some callers of this
12837 function leave cursor.vpos at the row where the cursor was
12838 displayed during the last redisplay cycle. */
12839 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)) <= pt_old
12840 && pt_old
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)))
12843 MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
) + w
->cursor
.hpos
;
12845 /* Don't consider glyphs that are outside TEXT_AREA. */
12846 if (!(row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> glyphs_end
: glyph
< glyphs_end
))
12848 /* Keep the candidate whose buffer position is the closest to
12850 if (/* previous candidate is a glyph in TEXT_AREA of that row */
12851 w
->cursor
.hpos
>= 0
12852 && w
->cursor
.hpos
< MATRIX_ROW_USED (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)
12853 && BUFFERP (g1
->object
)
12854 && (g1
->charpos
== pt_old
/* an exact match always wins */
12855 || (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
12856 && eabs (g1
->charpos
- pt_old
)
12857 < eabs (glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
))))
12859 /* If this candidate gives an exact match, use that. */
12860 if (!(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
== pt_old
)
12861 /* Otherwise, keep the candidate that comes from a row
12862 spanning less buffer positions. This may win when one or
12863 both candidate positions are on glyphs that came from
12864 display strings, for which we cannot compare buffer
12866 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
))
12867 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
))
12868 < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
12871 w
->cursor
.hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
12873 w
->cursor
.vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, matrix
) + dvpos
;
12874 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
+ dy
;
12876 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
12878 if (!row
->continued_p
12879 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
12882 this_line_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
12884 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
12885 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12886 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
12887 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
;
12889 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
12890 = Z
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
);
12891 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
12892 = Z_BYTE
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
);
12894 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
12895 this_line_pixel_height
= row
->height
;
12896 this_line_vpos
= w
->cursor
.vpos
;
12897 this_line_start_x
= row
->x
;
12900 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12907 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
12908 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
12910 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
12912 static INLINE
struct text_pos
12913 run_window_scroll_functions (Lisp_Object window
, struct text_pos startp
)
12915 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12916 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, startp
);
12918 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
12921 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
12923 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions
, window
,
12924 make_number (CHARPOS (startp
)));
12925 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
12926 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
12927 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
12928 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
12935 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
12936 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
12937 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
12938 or we cannot tell.)
12940 If FORCE_P is non-zero, return 0 even if partial visible cursor row
12941 is higher than window.
12943 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
12944 as if point had gone off the screen. */
12947 cursor_row_fully_visible_p (struct window
*w
, int force_p
, int current_matrix_p
)
12949 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
12950 struct glyph_row
*row
;
12953 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
12956 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
12957 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
12958 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
12961 matrix
= current_matrix_p
? w
->current_matrix
: w
->desired_matrix
;
12962 row
= MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
12964 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
12965 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
))
12968 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
12969 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
12970 window_height
= window_box_height (w
);
12971 if (row
->height
>= window_height
)
12973 if (!force_p
|| MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
12974 || w
->vscroll
|| w
->cursor
.vpos
== 0)
12981 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
12982 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
12983 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as emacs_scroll_step, and is used
12984 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
12985 the case that only the cursor has moved.
12987 LAST_LINE_MISFIT should be nonzero if we're scrolling because the
12988 last screen line's vertical height extends past the end of the screen.
12992 1 if scrolling succeeded
12994 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
12996 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
12997 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
13003 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
13006 /* If scroll-conservatively is more than this, never recenter.
13008 If you change this, don't forget to update the doc string of
13009 `scroll-conservatively' and the Emacs manual. */
13010 #define SCROLL_LIMIT 100
13013 try_scrolling (Lisp_Object window
, int just_this_one_p
,
13014 EMACS_INT arg_scroll_conservatively
, EMACS_INT scroll_step
,
13015 int temp_scroll_step
, int last_line_misfit
)
13017 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13018 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13019 struct text_pos pos
, startp
;
13021 int this_scroll_margin
, scroll_max
, rc
, height
;
13022 int dy
= 0, amount_to_scroll
= 0, scroll_down_p
= 0;
13023 int extra_scroll_margin_lines
= last_line_misfit
? 1 : 0;
13024 Lisp_Object aggressive
;
13025 /* We will never try scrolling more than this number of lines. */
13026 int scroll_limit
= SCROLL_LIMIT
;
13029 debug_method_add (w
, "try_scrolling");
13032 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
13034 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
13035 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
13036 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
13037 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4)
13038 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13040 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
13042 /* Force arg_scroll_conservatively to have a reasonable value, to
13043 avoid scrolling too far away with slow move_it_* functions. Note
13044 that the user can supply scroll-conservatively equal to
13045 `most-positive-fixnum', which can be larger than INT_MAX. */
13046 if (arg_scroll_conservatively
> scroll_limit
)
13048 arg_scroll_conservatively
= scroll_limit
+ 1;
13049 scroll_max
= scroll_limit
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13051 else if (scroll_step
|| arg_scroll_conservatively
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13052 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring
13053 point into view. */
13054 scroll_max
= (max (scroll_step
,
13055 max (arg_scroll_conservatively
, temp_scroll_step
))
13056 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
13057 else if (NUMBERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_down_aggressively
))
13058 || NUMBERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_up_aggressively
)))
13059 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling but no
13060 scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. */
13061 scroll_max
= 10 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13067 /* Decide whether to scroll down. */
13068 if (PT
> CHARPOS (startp
))
13070 int scroll_margin_y
;
13072 /* Compute the pixel ypos of the scroll margin, then move it to
13073 either that ypos or PT, whichever comes first. */
13074 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13075 scroll_margin_y
= it
.last_visible_y
- this_scroll_margin
13076 - FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * extra_scroll_margin_lines
;
13077 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, scroll_margin_y
- 1, -1,
13078 (MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
));
13080 if (PT
> CHARPOS (it
.current
.pos
))
13082 int y0
= line_bottom_y (&it
);
13083 /* Compute how many pixels below window bottom to stop searching
13084 for PT. This avoids costly search for PT that is far away if
13085 the user limited scrolling by a small number of lines, but
13086 always finds PT if scroll_conservatively is set to a large
13087 number, such as most-positive-fixnum. */
13088 int slack
= max (scroll_max
, 10 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
13089 int y_to_move
= it
.last_visible_y
+ slack
;
13091 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT or to
13092 the scroll limit, whichever comes first. This should
13093 include the height of the cursor line, to make that line
13095 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, y_to_move
,
13096 -1, MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
13097 dy
= line_bottom_y (&it
) - y0
;
13099 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
13100 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13108 /* Point is in or below the bottom scroll margin, so move the
13109 window start down. If scrolling conservatively, move it just
13110 enough down to make point visible. If scroll_step is set,
13111 move it down by scroll_step. */
13112 if (arg_scroll_conservatively
)
13114 = min (max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
13115 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * arg_scroll_conservatively
);
13116 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13117 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
13120 aggressive
= BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_up_aggressively
);
13121 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
13122 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
13124 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
13125 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
13126 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
13127 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
13128 /* Don't let point enter the scroll margin near top of
13130 if (amount_to_scroll
> height
- 2*this_scroll_margin
+ dy
)
13131 amount_to_scroll
= height
- 2*this_scroll_margin
+ dy
;
13135 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
13136 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13138 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13139 if (arg_scroll_conservatively
<= scroll_limit
)
13140 move_it_vertically (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
13143 /* Extra precision for users who set scroll-conservatively
13144 to a large number: make sure the amount we scroll
13145 the window start is never less than amount_to_scroll,
13146 which was computed as distance from window bottom to
13147 point. This matters when lines at window top and lines
13148 below window bottom have different height. */
13149 struct it it1
= it
;
13150 /* We use a temporary it1 because line_bottom_y can modify
13151 its argument, if it moves one line down; see there. */
13152 int start_y
= line_bottom_y (&it1
);
13155 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 1);
13157 } while (line_bottom_y (&it1
) - start_y
< amount_to_scroll
);
13160 /* If STARTP is unchanged, move it down another screen line. */
13161 if (CHARPOS (it
.current
.pos
) == CHARPOS (startp
))
13162 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 1);
13163 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
13167 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos
= startp
;
13169 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
13171 if (this_scroll_margin
)
13173 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13174 move_it_vertically (&it
, this_scroll_margin
);
13175 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13178 if (PT
< CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
13180 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
13181 above what is displayed in the window. */
13184 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
13185 margin position. Move as far as scroll_max allows, or
13186 one screenful, or 10 screen lines, whichever is largest.
13187 Give up if distance is greater than scroll_max. */
13188 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
13189 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
13191 y_to_move
= max (it
.last_visible_y
,
13192 max (scroll_max
, 10 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)));
13193 move_it_to (&it
, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
), 0,
13195 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
13196 dy
= it
.current_y
- y0
;
13197 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
13198 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13200 /* Compute new window start. */
13201 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13203 if (arg_scroll_conservatively
)
13204 amount_to_scroll
= max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) *
13205 max (scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
));
13206 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13207 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
13210 aggressive
= BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_down_aggressively
);
13211 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
13212 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
13214 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
13215 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
13216 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
13217 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
13218 amount_to_scroll
-=
13219 this_scroll_margin
- dy
- FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13220 /* Don't let point enter the scroll margin near
13221 bottom of the window. */
13222 if (amount_to_scroll
> height
- 2*this_scroll_margin
+ dy
)
13223 amount_to_scroll
= height
- 2*this_scroll_margin
+ dy
;
13227 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
13228 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13230 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
13231 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
13235 /* Run window scroll functions. */
13236 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
13238 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
13240 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
13241 rc
= SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
;
13242 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
13244 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13245 rc
= SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13249 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
13250 if (!just_this_one_p
13251 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
13252 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
13253 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
13255 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
13256 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
13257 if (! cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, extra_scroll_margin_lines
<= 1, 0)
13258 /* It's possible that the cursor is on the first line of the
13259 buffer, which is partially obscured due to a vscroll
13260 (Bug#7537). In that case, avoid looping forever . */
13261 && extra_scroll_margin_lines
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
- 1)
13263 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13264 ++extra_scroll_margin_lines
;
13267 rc
= SCROLLING_SUCCESS
;
13274 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
13275 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
13278 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
13279 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
13280 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
13283 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (struct window
*w
)
13285 struct text_pos pos
, start_pos
;
13286 int window_start_changed_p
= 0;
13288 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos
, w
->start
);
13290 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
13291 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
13292 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
13293 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > BEGV
13294 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos
) - 1) != '\n')
13297 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13299 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
13300 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) < BEGV
)
13301 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
13302 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > ZV
)
13303 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
13305 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
13306 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
13307 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0);
13308 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (start_pos
), BYTEPOS (start_pos
),
13309 row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
13310 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it
);
13312 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
13313 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
13314 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
)
13315 < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) * WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
))
13317 int min_distance
, distance
;
13319 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
13320 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
13321 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
13322 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
13323 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
13324 minimum distance from the old window start. */
13325 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13326 min_distance
= INFINITY
;
13327 while ((distance
= eabs (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
))),
13328 distance
< min_distance
)
13330 min_distance
= distance
;
13331 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13332 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
13335 /* Set the window start there. */
13336 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, pos
);
13337 window_start_changed_p
= 1;
13341 return window_start_changed_p
;
13345 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
13346 with window start STARTP. Value is
13348 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
13350 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
13352 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
13353 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
13354 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
13356 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
13357 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
13362 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
,
13363 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
,
13364 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
,
13365 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
13369 try_cursor_movement (Lisp_Object window
, struct text_pos startp
, int *scroll_step
)
13371 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13372 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13373 int rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
;
13376 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement
)
13380 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
13381 not moved off the frame. */
13382 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
13383 PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
13384 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
13385 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
13386 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
13387 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
13388 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
13390 && !update_mode_lines
13391 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
13392 && !cursor_type_changed
13393 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
13394 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
13396 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
13397 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
)))
13398 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
13399 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
13400 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
13401 && INTEGERP (w
->last_point
)
13402 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
13403 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
13404 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
13405 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
13406 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
13407 handles the same cases. */
13408 && !EQ (window
, minibuf_window
)
13409 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
13410 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
13411 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
13412 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
13413 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
13414 && INTEGERP (w
->window_end_vpos
)
13415 && XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < w
->current_matrix
->nrows
13416 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
13417 || !overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p ()))
13419 int this_scroll_margin
, top_scroll_margin
;
13420 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
13423 debug_method_add (w
, "cursor movement");
13426 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
13427 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
13428 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
13430 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
13431 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13434 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
13436 top_scroll_margin
= this_scroll_margin
;
13437 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
13438 top_scroll_margin
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
13440 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
13441 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
13442 if (w
->last_cursor
.vpos
< 0
13443 || w
->last_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
13444 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13447 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->last_cursor
.vpos
);
13448 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
13450 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
13451 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13454 if (rc
== CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
)
13456 int scroll_p
= 0, must_scroll
= 0;
13457 int last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - this_scroll_margin
;
13459 if (PT
> XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
13461 /* Point has moved forward. */
13462 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < PT
13463 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
)
13465 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13469 /* If the end position of a row equals the start
13470 position of the next row, and PT is at that position,
13471 we would rather display cursor in the next line. */
13472 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
13473 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13474 && row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
13475 + w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1
13476 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
+1) == PT
13477 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13480 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
13481 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
13482 the next line would be drawn, and that
13483 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
13484 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
13485 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13486 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
13487 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
13488 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) == last_y
13489 && PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13490 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13491 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
13494 else if (PT
< XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
13496 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
13497 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
13498 while (!row
->mode_line_p
13499 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) > PT
13500 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13501 && (MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)
13502 || (/* STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_STRING_P (row) */
13503 row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
13504 && (row
-1)->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
))))
13505 && (row
->y
> top_scroll_margin
13506 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
))
13508 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13512 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
13513 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
13514 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
13515 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
13516 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
13517 if (row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
13518 || row
->mode_line_p
)
13520 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
13521 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
13525 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
13526 skip forward over overlay strings. */
13527 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
13528 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13529 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13532 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
13533 if (row
->y
< top_scroll_margin
13534 && CHARPOS (startp
) != BEGV
)
13539 /* Cursor did not move. So don't scroll even if cursor line
13540 is partially visible, as it was so before. */
13541 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13544 if (PT
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
13545 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
13547 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
13548 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13551 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13552 && !NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
)))
13554 /* If rows are bidi-reordered and point moved, back up
13555 until we find a row that does not belong to a
13556 continuation line. This is because we must consider
13557 all rows of a continued line as candidates for the
13558 new cursor positioning, since row start and end
13559 positions change non-linearly with vertical position
13561 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in
13562 continuation lines' rows is implemented for
13563 bidi-reordered rows. */
13564 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
13566 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13568 /* If we hit the beginning of the displayed portion
13569 without finding the first row of a continued
13571 if (row
<= w
->current_matrix
->rows
)
13573 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13581 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13582 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
)
13583 && make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
13585 if (PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13586 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13587 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
13588 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13589 else if (row
->height
> window_box_height (w
))
13591 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
13592 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
13593 than the window, in which case we can't do much
13596 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13600 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13601 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 1))
13602 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13604 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13608 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13609 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13610 && !NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
)))
13612 /* With bidi-reordered rows, there could be more than
13613 one candidate row whose start and end positions
13614 occlude point. We need to let set_cursor_from_row
13615 find the best candidate. */
13616 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in
13617 continuation lines' rows is implemented for
13618 bidi-reordered rows. */
13623 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) <= PT
13624 && PT
<= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13625 && cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13626 rv
|= set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
,
13628 /* As soon as we've found the first suitable row
13629 whose ends_at_zv_p flag is set, we are done. */
13631 && MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->ends_at_zv_p
)
13633 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13638 while ((MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
13639 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) <= last_y
)
13640 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13641 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
));
13642 /* If we didn't find any candidate rows, or exited the
13643 loop before all the candidates were examined, signal
13644 to the caller that this method failed. */
13645 if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13646 && (!rv
|| MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)))
13647 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13649 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13655 if (set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0))
13657 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13662 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
13663 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13664 && cursor_row_p (w
, row
));
13673 set_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
13675 EMACS_INT start
, end
, whole
;
13677 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
13678 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
13679 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
13680 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
13683 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
13684 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
13685 || (w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
13686 && NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0])))
13688 struct buffer
*buf
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
13689 whole
= BUF_ZV (buf
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
13690 start
= marker_position (w
->start
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
13691 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
13692 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
13693 end
= BUF_Z (buf
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
13697 if (whole
< (end
- start
))
13698 whole
= end
- start
;
13701 start
= end
= whole
= 0;
13703 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
13704 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (XFRAME (w
->frame
))->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
)
13705 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (XFRAME (w
->frame
))->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
)
13706 (w
, end
- start
, whole
, start
);
13710 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
13711 selected_window is redisplayed.
13713 We can return without actually redisplaying the window if
13714 fonts_changed_p is nonzero. In that case, redisplay_internal will
13718 redisplay_window (Lisp_Object window
, int just_this_one_p
)
13720 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13721 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13722 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
13723 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
13724 struct text_pos lpoint
, opoint
, startp
;
13725 int update_mode_line
;
13728 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
13729 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p
= 0;
13730 int used_current_matrix_p
= 0;
13731 /* This is less strict than current_matrix_up_to_date_p.
13732 It indictes that the buffer contents and narrowing are unchanged. */
13733 int buffer_unchanged_p
= 0;
13734 int temp_scroll_step
= 0;
13735 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
13737 int centering_position
= -1;
13738 int last_line_misfit
= 0;
13739 EMACS_INT beg_unchanged
, end_unchanged
;
13741 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
13744 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
13745 xassert (!NILP (w
->buffer
));
13747 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
13751 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, buffer
);
13753 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
13754 update_mode_line
= (!NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
13755 || update_mode_lines
13756 || buffer
->clip_changed
13757 || buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
);
13759 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
13761 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
)
13762 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
13764 if (update_mode_line
)
13765 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
13766 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
13767 goto finish_menu_bars
;
13769 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
13770 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
13772 else if ((w
!= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
13773 || minibuf_level
== 0)
13774 /* When buffer is nonempty, redisplay window normally. */
13775 && BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) == BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
13776 /* Quail displays non-mini buffers in minibuffer window.
13777 In that case, redisplay the window normally. */
13778 && !NILP (Fmemq (w
->buffer
, Vminibuffer_list
)))
13780 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not active, so clear
13782 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
13783 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13786 for (y
= 0, row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
13788 y
+= row
->height
, ++row
)
13789 blank_row (w
, row
, y
);
13790 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
13793 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13796 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
13798 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
13800 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
13802 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
13803 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
13804 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
13805 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
13806 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
13807 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
13809 /* Run the window-bottom-change-functions
13810 if it is possible that the text on the screen has changed
13811 (either due to modification of the text, or any other reason). */
13812 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
13813 && !NILP (Vwindow_text_change_functions
))
13815 safe_run_hooks (Qwindow_text_change_functions
);
13819 beg_unchanged
= BEG_UNCHANGED
;
13820 end_unchanged
= END_UNCHANGED
;
13822 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
13824 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
13827 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
13828 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
13829 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
13830 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
13832 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
13833 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
13834 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
13836 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
13837 window start in case the window's width changed. */
13838 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
)
13839 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
);
13841 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
13844 /* Some sanity checks. */
13845 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w
);
13846 if (Z
== Z_BYTE
&& CHARPOS (opoint
) != BYTEPOS (opoint
))
13848 if (BYTEPOS (opoint
) < CHARPOS (opoint
))
13851 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
13852 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
13853 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
13854 where no change is needed. */
13855 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
13856 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
13857 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
13858 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ()))
13859 update_mode_line
= 1;
13861 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
13862 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
13863 if (!just_this_one_p
)
13865 struct buffer
*current_base
, *window_base
;
13866 current_base
= current_buffer
;
13867 window_base
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
13868 if (current_base
->base_buffer
)
13869 current_base
= current_base
->base_buffer
;
13870 if (window_base
->base_buffer
)
13871 window_base
= window_base
->base_buffer
;
13872 if (current_base
== window_base
)
13876 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
13877 window, set up appropriate value. */
13878 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
13880 EMACS_INT new_pt
= XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
;
13881 EMACS_INT new_pt_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->pointm
);
13885 new_pt_byte
= BEGV_BYTE
;
13886 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
13888 else if (new_pt
> (ZV
- 1))
13891 new_pt_byte
= ZV_BYTE
;
13892 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
13895 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
13896 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt
, new_pt_byte
);
13899 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
13900 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
13901 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
13902 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
13903 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
13904 if (current_buffer
->width_run_cache
)
13906 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*disptab
= buffer_display_table ();
13908 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab
,
13909 XVECTOR (BVAR (current_buffer
, width_table
))))
13911 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer
,
13912 current_buffer
->width_run_cache
,
13914 recompute_width_table (current_buffer
, disptab
);
13918 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
13919 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
!= current_buffer
)
13922 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
13924 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
13925 check whether it can be used. */
13926 if (!NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
13927 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
13928 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
13930 w
->optional_new_start
= Qnil
;
13931 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13932 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
13933 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
13934 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == PT
)
13935 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
13936 /* IT may overshoot PT if text at PT is invisible. */
13937 else if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > PT
&& CHARPOS (startp
) <= PT
)
13938 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
13943 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
13944 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
13945 if (!NILP (w
->force_start
)
13946 || w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
13948 /* We set this later on if we have to adjust point. */
13951 w
->force_start
= Qnil
;
13953 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
13955 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
13956 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
13957 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
13959 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
13960 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
13961 because we have scrolled. */
13962 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
13963 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
13964 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
13965 and having them get more errors. */
13966 if (!update_mode_line
13967 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
13969 update_mode_line
= 1;
13970 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
13971 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
13974 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
13975 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
13976 if (CHARPOS (startp
) < BEGV
)
13977 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
13978 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) > ZV
)
13979 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
13981 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
13982 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
13983 /* We used to issue a CHECK_MARGINS argument to try_window here,
13984 but this causes scrolling to fail when point begins inside
13985 the scroll margin (bug#148) -- cyd */
13986 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
13988 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
13989 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13990 goto need_larger_matrices
;
13993 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0 && !w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
13995 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
13996 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
13997 can use it here. */
13998 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
14001 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
14003 /* Point does appear, but on a line partly visible at end of window.
14004 Move it back to a fully-visible line. */
14005 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
);
14008 /* If we need to move point for either of the above reasons,
14009 now actually do it. */
14012 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14014 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
14015 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < new_vpos
)
14018 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
14019 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
14021 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
))
14022 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14023 else if (current_buffer
== old
)
14024 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14026 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
14028 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
14029 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
14030 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
14031 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
)))
14033 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14034 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
14035 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14040 debug_method_add (w
, "forced window start");
14045 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
14046 not moved off the frame, and we are not retrying after hscroll.
14047 (current_matrix_up_to_date_p is nonzero when retrying.) */
14048 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14049 && (rc
= try_cursor_movement (window
, startp
, &temp_scroll_step
),
14050 rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
))
14054 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
:
14055 used_current_matrix_p
= 1;
14058 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
:
14059 goto try_to_scroll
;
14065 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
14066 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
14067 else if (!NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
14068 && !(CHARPOS (startp
) <= BEGV
14069 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n'))
14072 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter 1");
14077 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
14078 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
14079 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
14080 else if ((tem
= try_window_id (w
)) != 0)
14083 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_id %d", tem
);
14086 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14087 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14091 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
14092 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
14094 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
14095 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
14096 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
14097 && (CHARPOS (startp
) < ZV
14098 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
14099 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
14100 || (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
14101 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)))
14104 /* If first window line is a continuation line, and window start
14105 is inside the modified region, but the first change is before
14106 current window start, we must select a new window start.
14108 However, if this is the result of a down-mouse event (e.g. by
14109 extending the mouse-drag-overlay), we don't want to select a
14110 new window start, since that would change the position under
14111 the mouse, resulting in an unwanted mouse-movement rather
14112 than a simple mouse-click. */
14113 if (NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
14114 && NILP (do_mouse_tracking
)
14115 && CHARPOS (startp
) > BEGV
14116 && CHARPOS (startp
) > BEG
+ beg_unchanged
14117 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= Z
- end_unchanged
14118 /* Even if w->start_at_line_beg is nil, a new window may
14119 start at a line_beg, since that's how set_buffer_window
14120 sets it. So, we need to check the return value of
14121 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line. (See also
14123 && XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
14124 && compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
))
14126 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
14127 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
14132 debug_method_add (w
, "same window start");
14135 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
14136 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
14137 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14138 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
14139 because a window scroll function can have changed the
14141 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
14142 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14143 || !(used_current_matrix_p
14144 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
14146 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "1"));
14147 if (try_window (window
, startp
, TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS
) < 0)
14148 /* -1 means we need to scroll.
14149 0 means we need new matrices, but fonts_changed_p
14150 is set in that case, so we will detect it below. */
14151 goto try_to_scroll
;
14154 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14155 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14157 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
14159 if (!just_this_one_p
14160 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
14161 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
14162 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
14163 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14165 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 1, 0))
14167 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14168 last_line_misfit
= 1;
14170 /* Drop through and scroll. */
14175 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14180 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
14181 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
14183 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
14184 if (!update_mode_line
)
14186 update_mode_line
= 1;
14187 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
14190 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
14191 if ((scroll_conservatively
14192 || emacs_scroll_step
14193 || temp_scroll_step
14194 || NUMBERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_up_aggressively
))
14195 || NUMBERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_down_aggressively
)))
14196 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
14197 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
14199 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
14200 successful, 0 if not successful. */
14201 int ss
= try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
,
14202 scroll_conservatively
,
14204 temp_scroll_step
, last_line_misfit
);
14207 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS
:
14210 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
:
14211 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14213 case SCROLLING_FAILED
:
14221 /* Finally, just choose a place to start which positions point
14222 according to user preferences. */
14227 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter");
14230 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
14232 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
14233 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
14234 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14236 /* Determine the window start relative to point. */
14237 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
14238 it
.current_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
14239 if (centering_position
< 0)
14243 ? min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4)
14245 EMACS_INT margin_pos
= CHARPOS (startp
);
14247 Lisp_Object aggressive
;
14249 /* If there is a scroll margin at the top of the window, find
14250 its character position. */
14255 start_display (&it1
, w
, startp
);
14256 move_it_vertically (&it1
, margin
);
14257 margin_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (it1
);
14259 scrolling_up
= PT
> margin_pos
;
14262 ? BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_up_aggressively
)
14263 : BVAR (current_buffer
, scroll_down_aggressively
);
14265 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14266 && (scroll_conservatively
> SCROLL_LIMIT
|| NUMBERP (aggressive
)))
14270 /* Setting scroll-conservatively overrides
14271 scroll-*-aggressively. */
14272 if (!scroll_conservatively
&& NUMBERP (aggressive
))
14274 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
);
14276 pt_offset
= float_amount
* WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
14277 if (pt_offset
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
14282 /* Compute how much to move the window start backward from
14283 point so that point will be displayed where the user
14287 centering_position
= it
.last_visible_y
;
14289 centering_position
-= pt_offset
;
14290 centering_position
-=
14291 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * (1 + margin
+ (last_line_misfit
!= 0));
14292 /* Don't let point enter the scroll margin near top of
14294 if (centering_position
< margin
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
14295 centering_position
= margin
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
14298 centering_position
= margin
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) + pt_offset
;
14301 /* Set the window start half the height of the window backward
14303 centering_position
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
14305 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, centering_position
);
14307 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= BEGV
);
14309 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
14310 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
14311 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
14312 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
14313 containing PT in this case. */
14314 if (it
.current_y
<= 0)
14316 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
14317 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, 0);
14321 it
.current_x
= it
.hpos
= 0;
14323 /* Set the window start position here explicitly, to avoid an
14324 infinite loop in case the functions in window-scroll-functions
14326 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, IT_CHARPOS (it
), IT_BYTEPOS (it
));
14328 /* Run scroll hooks. */
14329 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
14331 /* Redisplay the window. */
14332 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14333 || windows_or_buffers_changed
14334 || cursor_type_changed
14335 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
14336 because it can have changed the buffer. */
14337 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
14338 || !just_this_one_p
14339 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14340 || !(used_current_matrix_p
14341 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
14342 try_window (window
, startp
, 0);
14344 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
14345 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
14347 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14348 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14350 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
14351 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
14352 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
14353 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
14355 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14357 if (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
14358 && PT
>= Z
- XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
))
14360 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14361 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
14362 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
, 0);
14364 else if (PT
< IT_CHARPOS (it
))
14366 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14367 move_it_by_lines (&it
, -1, 0);
14368 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
, 0);
14372 /* Not much we can do about it. */
14376 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
14377 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
14378 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
14379 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
14380 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14382 struct glyph_row
*row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
14383 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
14385 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
14388 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
14390 /* If vscroll is enabled, disable it and try again. */
14394 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14398 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
14399 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
14400 visible, if it can be done. */
14401 if (centering_position
== 0)
14404 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14405 centering_position
= 0;
14411 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
14412 w
->start_at_line_beg
= ((CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
14413 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n')
14416 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
14417 if ((update_mode_line
14418 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
14419 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
14420 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
14421 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
14422 || (!just_this_one_p
14423 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14424 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
))
14425 /* Line number to display. */
14426 || INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
14427 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
14428 || (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
14429 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ())))
14430 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
14431 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
14432 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)))
14434 display_mode_lines (w
);
14436 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
14437 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
14438 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
14439 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
14441 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
14442 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
14443 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14446 /* If header line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
14447 immediate redisplay using the correct header line height. */
14448 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
14449 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
14451 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
14452 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
14453 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14456 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14457 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14460 if (!line_number_displayed
14461 && !BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
14463 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
14464 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14469 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
14470 if (update_mode_line
14471 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
), window
))
14473 int redisplay_menu_p
= 0;
14474 int redisplay_tool_bar_p
= 0;
14476 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
14478 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
14479 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
14480 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
);
14482 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
14486 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
14488 if (redisplay_menu_p
)
14489 display_menu_bar (w
);
14491 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14492 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
14494 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
14495 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
14497 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
14498 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
14499 || !NILP (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
));
14502 if (redisplay_tool_bar_p
&& redisplay_tool_bar (f
))
14504 ignore_mouse_drag_p
= 1;
14510 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14511 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14512 && update_window_fringes (w
, (just_this_one_p
14513 || (!used_current_matrix_p
&& !overlay_arrow_seen
)
14514 || w
->pseudo_window_p
)))
14518 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
14519 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
14523 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14525 /* We go to this label, with fonts_changed_p nonzero,
14526 if it is necessary to try again using larger glyph matrices.
14527 We have to redeem the scroll bar even in this case,
14528 because the loop in redisplay_internal expects that. */
14529 need_larger_matrices
:
14531 finish_scroll_bars
:
14533 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
14535 /* Set the thumb's position and size. */
14536 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
14538 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
14539 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
14540 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
)
14541 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
) (w
);
14544 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. The window
14545 update may have changed the buffer, so first make sure `opoint'
14546 is still valid (Bug#6177). */
14547 if (CHARPOS (opoint
) < BEGV
)
14548 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
14549 else if (CHARPOS (opoint
) > ZV
)
14550 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
14552 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint
), BYTEPOS (opoint
));
14554 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
14555 /* Avoid an abort in TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH if the buffer has become
14556 shorter. This can be caused by log truncation in *Messages*. */
14557 if (CHARPOS (lpoint
) <= ZV
)
14558 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
14560 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
14564 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
14565 buffer position POS.
14567 Value is 1 if successful. It is zero if fonts were loaded during
14568 redisplay which makes re-adjusting glyph matrices necessary, and -1
14569 if point would appear in the scroll margins.
14570 (We check the former only if TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE is
14571 unset in FLAGS, and the latter only if TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS is
14575 try_window (Lisp_Object window
, struct text_pos pos
, int flags
)
14577 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
14579 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
= NULL
;
14580 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
14582 /* Make POS the new window start. */
14583 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
));
14585 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
14586 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14587 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
14589 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
14590 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
14592 /* Display all lines of W. */
14593 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
14595 if (display_line (&it
))
14596 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
14597 if (fonts_changed_p
&& !(flags
& TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
))
14601 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
14602 if ((flags
& TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS
)
14603 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
14605 int this_scroll_margin
;
14607 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
14609 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
14610 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
14613 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
14615 if ((w
->cursor
.y
>= 0 /* not vscrolled */
14616 && w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
14617 && CHARPOS (pos
) > BEGV
14618 && IT_CHARPOS (it
) < ZV
)
14619 /* rms: considering make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p here
14620 seems to give wrong results. We don't want to recenter
14621 when the last line is partly visible, we want to allow
14622 that case to be handled in the usual way. */
14623 || w
->cursor
.y
> it
.last_visible_y
- this_scroll_margin
- 1)
14625 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14626 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14631 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
14632 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= 0
14633 && Z
!= IT_CHARPOS (it
))
14634 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
14636 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
14637 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
14638 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
14641 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row
));
14642 w
->window_end_bytepos
14643 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
14645 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
14647 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
14648 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
))
14649 ->displays_text_p
);
14653 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
14654 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
14655 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
14658 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
14659 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14665 /************************************************************************
14666 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
14667 ************************************************************************/
14669 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
14670 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
14671 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
14672 W->start is the new window start. */
14675 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (struct window
*w
)
14677 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
14678 struct glyph_row
*bottom_row
;
14681 struct text_pos start
, new_start
;
14682 int nrows_scrolled
, i
;
14683 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
;
14684 struct glyph_row
*last_reused_text_row
;
14685 struct glyph_row
*start_row
;
14686 int start_vpos
, min_y
, max_y
;
14689 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing
)
14693 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
14694 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14695 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
14697 || windows_or_buffers_changed
14698 || cursor_type_changed
)
14701 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
14702 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
14703 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
)))
14704 || !NILP (w
->region_showing
)
14705 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
14708 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
14709 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
14710 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->mode_line_p
)
14713 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
14714 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
14715 start_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
14716 if (w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
))
14719 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
14720 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
14721 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start
, w
->start
);
14722 start
= start_row
->minpos
;
14723 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
14725 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
14726 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14728 if (CHARPOS (new_start
) <= CHARPOS (start
))
14732 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
14733 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
14734 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
14735 not a frequent case. */
14736 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row
->start
, w
))
14739 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "twu1"));
14741 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
14742 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
14743 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
14744 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
14745 start_display (&it
, w
, new_start
);
14746 first_row_y
= it
.current_y
;
14747 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14748 last_text_row
= last_reused_text_row
= NULL
;
14750 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
14751 && !fonts_changed_p
)
14753 /* If we have reached into the characters in the START row,
14754 that means the line boundaries have changed. So we
14755 can't start copying with the row START. Maybe it will
14756 work to start copying with the following row. */
14757 while (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > CHARPOS (start
))
14759 /* Advance to the next row as the "start". */
14761 start
= start_row
->minpos
;
14762 /* If there are no more rows to try, or just one, give up. */
14763 if (start_row
== MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
) - 1
14764 || w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
)
14765 || CHARPOS (start
) == ZV
)
14767 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14771 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
14773 /* If we have reached alignment,
14774 we can copy the rest of the rows. */
14775 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == CHARPOS (start
))
14778 if (display_line (&it
))
14779 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
14782 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
14783 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
14784 have at least one reusable row. */
14785 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
14787 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14789 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
14790 nrows_scrolled
= it
.vpos
- (start_row
- MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
14792 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
14793 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14795 int dy
= it
.current_y
- start_row
->y
;
14797 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
14798 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, row
, NULL
, dy
);
14800 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0,
14801 dy
, nrows_scrolled
);
14804 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14809 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
14810 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
14811 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
14812 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
14813 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
14815 run
.current_y
= start_row
->y
;
14816 run
.desired_y
= it
.current_y
;
14817 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- it
.current_y
;
14819 if (run
.height
> 0 && run
.current_y
!= run
.desired_y
)
14822 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
14823 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
14824 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
14825 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
14829 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
14830 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
14831 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
14833 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
14836 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
14837 for (i
= 0; i
< nrows_scrolled
; ++i
)
14838 (start_row
+ i
)->enabled_p
= 0;
14840 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
14841 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14842 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
14843 for (row
= start_row
+ nrows_scrolled
;
14847 row
->y
= it
.current_y
;
14848 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
14850 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
14851 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
14852 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
14853 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
14854 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
14856 it
.current_y
+= row
->height
;
14858 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
14859 last_reused_text_row
= row
;
14860 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
.last_visible_y
)
14864 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
14865 below the window. */
14866 for (++row
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
14867 row
->enabled_p
= row
->mode_line_p
= 0;
14870 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
14871 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
14872 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
14873 containing text. */
14874 if (last_reused_text_row
)
14876 w
->window_end_bytepos
14877 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row
);
14879 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row
));
14881 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row
,
14882 w
->current_matrix
));
14884 else if (last_text_row
)
14886 w
->window_end_bytepos
14887 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
14889 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
14891 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
14895 /* This window must be completely empty. */
14896 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
14897 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
14898 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
14900 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14902 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
14903 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
14906 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
14910 else if (CHARPOS (new_start
) > CHARPOS (start
))
14912 struct glyph_row
*pt_row
, *row
;
14913 struct glyph_row
*first_reusable_row
;
14914 struct glyph_row
*first_row_to_display
;
14916 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
14918 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
14919 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
14920 first_reusable_row
= start_row
;
14921 while (first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
14922 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) < yb
14923 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
14924 < CHARPOS (new_start
)))
14925 ++first_reusable_row
;
14927 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
14928 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) >= yb
14929 || !first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
14930 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
14931 != CHARPOS (new_start
)))
14934 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
14935 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
14936 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
14937 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
14939 for (first_row_to_display
= first_reusable_row
;
14940 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display
) < yb
;
14941 ++first_row_to_display
)
14943 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
)
14944 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
))
14945 pt_row
= first_row_to_display
;
14948 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
14949 xassert (first_row_to_display
->y
< yb
);
14950 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, first_row_to_display
);
14952 nrows_scrolled
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row
, w
->current_matrix
)
14954 it
.vpos
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display
, w
->current_matrix
)
14956 it
.current_y
= (first_row_to_display
->y
- first_reusable_row
->y
14957 + WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
));
14959 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
14960 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
14961 that displays text. */
14962 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
14963 if (pt_row
== NULL
)
14964 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14965 last_text_row
= NULL
;
14966 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
&& !fonts_changed_p
)
14967 if (display_line (&it
))
14968 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
14970 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
14974 w
->cursor
.vpos
-= nrows_scrolled
;
14975 w
->cursor
.y
-= first_reusable_row
->y
- start_row
->y
;
14978 /* Give up if point isn't in a row displayed or reused. (This
14979 also handles the case where w->cursor.vpos < nrows_scrolled
14980 after the calls to display_line, which can happen with scroll
14981 margins. See bug#1295.) */
14982 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14984 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14988 /* Scroll the display. */
14989 run
.current_y
= first_reusable_row
->y
;
14990 run
.desired_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14991 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- run
.current_y
;
14992 dy
= run
.current_y
- run
.desired_y
;
14997 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
14998 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
14999 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
15000 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
15004 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
15005 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
15006 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
15007 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
15008 for (row
= first_reusable_row
; row
< first_row_to_display
; ++row
)
15011 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
15012 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
15013 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
15014 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
15015 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
15016 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
15019 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
15020 xassert (nrows_scrolled
> 0);
15021 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
15023 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
15026 /* Disable rows not reused. */
15027 for (row
-= nrows_scrolled
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
15028 row
->enabled_p
= 0;
15030 /* Point may have moved to a different line, so we cannot assume that
15031 the previous cursor position is valid; locate the correct row. */
15034 for (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
15035 row
< bottom_row
&& PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
);
15039 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
;
15041 if (row
< bottom_row
)
15043 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + w
->cursor
.hpos
;
15044 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15046 /* Can't use this optimization with bidi-reordered glyph
15047 rows, unless cursor is already at point. */
15048 if (!NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
)))
15050 if (!(w
->cursor
.hpos
>= 0
15051 && w
->cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
15052 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
15053 && glyph
->charpos
== PT
))
15058 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
15059 || glyph
->charpos
< PT
);
15063 w
->cursor
.x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
15068 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
15069 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
15070 only its vpos can have changed. */
15073 w
->window_end_bytepos
15074 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
15076 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
15078 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
15083 = make_number (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) - nrows_scrolled
);
15086 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
15087 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
15090 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
15100 /************************************************************************
15101 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
15102 ************************************************************************/
15104 static struct glyph_row
*find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (struct window
*);
15105 static struct glyph_row
*find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (struct window
*,
15106 EMACS_INT
*, EMACS_INT
*);
15107 static struct glyph_row
*
15108 find_last_row_displaying_text (struct glyph_matrix
*, struct it
*,
15109 struct glyph_row
*);
15112 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
15113 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
15114 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
15115 a pointer to the row found. */
15117 static struct glyph_row
*
15118 find_last_row_displaying_text (struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
, struct it
*it
,
15119 struct glyph_row
*start
)
15121 struct glyph_row
*row
, *row_found
;
15123 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
15124 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
15127 row
= start
? start
: MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix
);
15128 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15130 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
15132 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
->last_visible_y
)
15141 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
15142 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
15143 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
15145 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
15146 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
15147 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
15148 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
15149 when the current matrix was built. */
15151 static struct glyph_row
*
15152 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (struct window
*w
)
15154 EMACS_INT first_changed_pos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
15155 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15156 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
15157 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
15159 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
15160 for (row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15161 MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
15162 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) < first_changed_pos
;
15165 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
15166 except in some case. */
15167 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) <= first_changed_pos
15168 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
15170 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
15171 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
15172 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
15174 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == first_changed_pos
15175 && (row
->continued_p
15176 || row
->exact_window_width_line_p
)))
15179 /* Stop if last visible row. */
15180 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= yb
)
15188 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
15189 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
15190 time W's current matrix was built.
15192 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
15193 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
15195 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
15197 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
15200 static struct glyph_row
*
15201 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (struct window
*w
,
15202 EMACS_INT
*delta
, EMACS_INT
*delta_bytes
)
15204 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15205 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
15207 *delta
= *delta_bytes
= 0;
15209 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
15210 is not up to date. */
15211 eassert (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
));
15213 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
15214 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
15215 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
15216 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) >= END_UNCHANGED
)
15219 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
15220 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15222 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
15223 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15225 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
15226 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
15227 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
15228 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
15229 positions for characters not in changed text. */
15231 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
15232 EMACS_INT Z_BYTE_old
=
15233 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
15234 EMACS_INT last_unchanged_pos
, last_unchanged_pos_old
;
15235 struct glyph_row
*first_text_row
15236 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15238 *delta
= Z
- Z_old
;
15239 *delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
15241 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
15242 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
15243 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
15244 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
15245 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
15247 last_unchanged_pos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
+ BEG
;
15248 last_unchanged_pos_old
= last_unchanged_pos
- *delta
;
15250 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
15251 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
15252 for (; row
> first_text_row
; --row
)
15254 /* This used to abort, but it can happen.
15255 It is ok to just stop the search instead here. KFS. */
15256 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15259 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) >= last_unchanged_pos_old
)
15264 eassert (!row_found
|| MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found
));
15270 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
15271 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
15272 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
15273 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
15274 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
15277 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (struct window
*w
)
15279 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
15280 struct glyph_row
*window_row
, *window_row_end
, *frame_row
;
15282 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
15283 must have a frame matrix. */
15284 xassert (NILP (w
->hchild
) && NILP (w
->vchild
));
15285 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
));
15286 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
15288 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
15289 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
15290 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
15291 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
15292 window_row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
15293 window_row_end
= window_row
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
;
15294 frame_row
= f
->current_matrix
->rows
+ WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
);
15295 while (window_row
< window_row_end
)
15297 struct glyph
*start
= window_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
];
15298 struct glyph
*end
= window_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
];
15300 frame_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
] = start
;
15301 frame_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = start
;
15302 frame_row
->glyphs
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
] = end
;
15303 frame_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
] = end
;
15305 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
15306 been disabled in try_window_id. */
15307 if (!window_row
->enabled_p
)
15308 frame_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
15310 ++window_row
, ++frame_row
;
15315 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
15316 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
15317 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
15318 containing CHARPOS or null. */
15321 row_containing_pos (struct window
*w
, EMACS_INT charpos
,
15322 struct glyph_row
*start
, struct glyph_row
*end
, int dy
)
15324 struct glyph_row
*row
= start
;
15325 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
15326 EMACS_INT mindif
= BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) + 1;
15329 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
15330 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
15333 if ((end
&& row
>= end
) || !row
->enabled_p
)
15336 last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - dy
;
15340 /* Give up if we have gone too far. */
15341 if (end
&& row
>= end
)
15343 /* This formerly returned if they were equal.
15344 I think that both quantities are of a "last plus one" type;
15345 if so, when they are equal, the row is within the screen. -- rms. */
15346 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
)
15349 /* If it is in this row, return this row. */
15350 if (! (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < charpos
15351 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == charpos
15352 /* The end position of a row equals the start
15353 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
15354 would rather display it in the next line, except
15355 when this line ends in ZV. */
15356 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
15357 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
15358 && charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
15362 if (NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
))
15363 || (!best_row
&& !row
->continued_p
))
15365 /* In bidi-reordered rows, there could be several rows
15366 occluding point, all of them belonging to the same
15367 continued line. We need to find the row which fits
15368 CHARPOS the best. */
15369 for (g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
15370 g
< row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15373 if (!STRINGP (g
->object
))
15375 if (g
->charpos
> 0 && eabs (g
->charpos
- charpos
) < mindif
)
15377 mindif
= eabs (g
->charpos
- charpos
);
15379 /* Exact match always wins. */
15386 else if (best_row
&& !row
->continued_p
)
15393 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
15394 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
15395 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
15399 1 if display has been updated
15400 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
15401 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
15403 The following steps are performed:
15405 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
15406 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
15409 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
15410 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
15412 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
15413 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
15416 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
15418 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
15419 display and current matrix as needed.
15421 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
15422 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
15423 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
15424 in smaller font sizes.
15426 7. Update W's window end information. */
15429 try_window_id (struct window
*w
)
15431 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
15432 struct glyph_matrix
*current_matrix
= w
->current_matrix
;
15433 struct glyph_matrix
*desired_matrix
= w
->desired_matrix
;
15434 struct glyph_row
*last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
15435 struct glyph_row
*first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
15436 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15437 struct glyph_row
*bottom_row
;
15440 EMACS_INT delta
= 0, delta_bytes
= 0, stop_pos
;
15442 struct text_pos start_pos
;
15444 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= 0;
15445 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
, *last_text_row_at_end
;
15446 struct text_pos start
;
15447 EMACS_INT first_changed_charpos
, last_changed_charpos
;
15450 if (inhibit_try_window_id
)
15454 /* This is handy for debugging. */
15456 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
15458 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
15462 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
15465 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
15467 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
15468 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
15469 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
15472 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
15473 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| cursor_type_changed
)
15476 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed.
15477 Also verify that we were not told to prevent redisplay optimizations.
15478 It would be nice to further
15479 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
15480 if (current_buffer
->clip_changed
15481 || current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
)
15484 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
15485 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
15486 && (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f
)
15487 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)))
15490 /* Give up if point is known NOT to appear in W. */
15491 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start
))
15494 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
15495 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == 0)
15498 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
15499 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != 0)
15502 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
15503 if (NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
15506 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
15507 will do more than just set the cursor. */
15508 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
15509 && !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, mark_active
)))
15512 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
15513 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
15516 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
15517 if (!NILP (w
->region_showing
))
15520 /* Can't use this if overlay arrow position and/or string have
15522 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
15525 /* When word-wrap is on, adding a space to the first word of a
15526 wrapped line can change the wrap position, altering the line
15527 above it. It might be worthwhile to handle this more
15528 intelligently, but for now just redisplay from scratch. */
15529 if (!NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), word_wrap
)))
15532 /* Under bidi reordering, adding or deleting a character in the
15533 beginning of a paragraph, before the first strong directional
15534 character, can change the base direction of the paragraph (unless
15535 the buffer specifies a fixed paragraph direction), which will
15536 require to redisplay the whole paragraph. It might be worthwhile
15537 to find the paragraph limits and widen the range of redisplayed
15538 lines to that, but for now just give up this optimization and
15539 redisplay from scratch. */
15540 if (!NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
))
15541 && NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), bidi_paragraph_direction
)))
15544 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
15545 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
15546 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
15547 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
15548 if (MODIFF
> SAVE_MODIFF
15549 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
15550 || BEG_UNCHANGED
+ END_UNCHANGED
> Z_BYTE
)
15552 if (GPT
- BEG
< BEG_UNCHANGED
)
15553 BEG_UNCHANGED
= GPT
- BEG
;
15554 if (Z
- GPT
< END_UNCHANGED
)
15555 END_UNCHANGED
= Z
- GPT
;
15558 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
15559 first_changed_charpos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
15560 last_changed_charpos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
;
15562 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
15563 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
15564 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
15565 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
15566 be adjusted, of course. */
15567 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15568 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
15569 && ((last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
)
15570 && CHARPOS (start
) == BEGV
)
15571 || (last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
) - 1
15572 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start
) - 1) == '\n')))
15574 EMACS_INT Z_old
, Z_delta
, Z_BYTE_old
, Z_delta_bytes
;
15575 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
15577 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
15578 from the buffer. */
15579 Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
15580 Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
15581 Z_delta
= Z
- Z_old
;
15582 Z_delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
15584 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
15585 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
15586 front of the window start. */
15587 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + Z_delta
)
15590 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
15591 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
15592 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
15593 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15594 if (CHARPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0
) + Z_delta
15595 && BYTEPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0
) + Z_delta_bytes
15596 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
15597 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + Z_delta
15598 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
15600 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
15601 if (Z_delta
|| Z_delta_bytes
)
15603 struct glyph_row
*r1
15604 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
15605 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
15606 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0
, current_matrix
),
15607 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1
, current_matrix
),
15608 Z_delta
, Z_delta_bytes
);
15611 /* Set the cursor. */
15612 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
15614 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15621 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
15622 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
15623 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
15624 there that is visible in the window. */
15625 if (first_changed_charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
15626 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
15627 changes at ZV, actually. */
15628 && (current_matrix
->zv
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
15629 || first_changed_charpos
== last_changed_charpos
))
15631 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
15633 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
15634 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
15635 front of the window start. */
15636 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
15639 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
15640 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
15641 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
15642 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15643 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, r0
->minpos
)
15644 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
15645 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
15646 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
15648 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
15649 could have been added/removed after it. */
15651 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
15652 w
->window_end_bytepos
15653 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
15655 /* Set the cursor. */
15656 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
15658 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15665 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
15667 The condition used to read
15669 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
15671 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
15672 if (CHARPOS (start
) >= first_changed_charpos
15673 && CHARPOS (start
) <= last_changed_charpos
)
15676 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
15677 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
15678 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
15680 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15681 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, row
->minpos
))
15684 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
15685 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
15686 row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15687 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
15690 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
15691 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
15692 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
15693 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
15694 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
15695 first line of window. */
15696 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
= find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
);
15697 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
15699 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
15700 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
15701 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
15702 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
15703 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
15704 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
)
15705 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
)
15706 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
15708 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
))
15711 if (init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_unchanged_at_beg_row
) == 0)
15713 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
15715 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
15716 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
15717 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
15718 it
.vpos
= 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
,
15720 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
15721 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
15723 xassert (it
.hpos
== 0 && it
.current_x
== 0);
15727 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
15728 Start displaying in the first text line. */
15729 start_display (&it
, w
, start
);
15730 it
.vpos
= it
.first_vpos
;
15731 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
15734 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
15735 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
15736 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
15737 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
15738 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
15740 first_unchanged_at_end_row
15741 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, &delta
, &delta_bytes
);
15742 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta
= delta
);
15743 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes
= delta_bytes
);
15745 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
15746 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
15747 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
15748 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
15749 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
15751 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15753 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
15754 || first_unchanged_at_end_row
>= last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
15756 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
15757 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
15758 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
15759 not displaying text. */
15760 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15761 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15762 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15763 < it
.last_visible_y
))
15764 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
15766 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15767 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15768 >= it
.last_visible_y
))
15769 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
15772 stop_pos
= (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15774 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
15775 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, current_matrix
);
15776 xassert (stop_pos
>= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
);
15779 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
)
15785 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
15786 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
15787 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
15788 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
15789 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
));
15791 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
15792 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
15793 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
, current_matrix
)
15795 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
15797 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
15800 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
15801 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
15802 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
15803 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
15804 last_text_row
= NULL
;
15805 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
15806 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
15807 && !fonts_changed_p
15808 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
15809 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) < stop_pos
))
15811 if (display_line (&it
))
15812 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
15815 if (fonts_changed_p
)
15819 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
15820 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
15822 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
15823 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
15824 bottom of the window. */
15825 && it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
15828 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
,
15830 dy
= it
.current_y
- first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
15831 run
.current_y
= first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
15832 run
.desired_y
= run
.current_y
+ dy
;
15833 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- max (run
.current_y
, run
.desired_y
);
15837 delta
= delta_bytes
= dvpos
= dy
15838 = run
.current_y
= run
.desired_y
= run
.height
= 0;
15839 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
15841 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos
= dvpos
; debug_dy
= dy
);
15844 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
15845 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
15846 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
15847 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
15848 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
15849 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
15850 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
15851 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
15852 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
15854 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
15855 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start_pos
)
15856 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
15858 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
,
15859 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
15860 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
+ 1, 0);
15862 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15865 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
15866 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
15868 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
- delta
,
15869 first_unchanged_at_end_row
, NULL
, 0);
15871 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, delta
,
15872 delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
);
15875 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
15876 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
15878 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15883 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
15885 int this_scroll_margin
, cursor_height
;
15887 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
15888 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
15889 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
.f
);
15890 cursor_height
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->height
;
15892 if ((w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
15893 && CHARPOS (start
) > BEGV
)
15894 /* Old redisplay didn't take scroll margin into account at the bottom,
15895 but then global-hl-line-mode doesn't scroll. KFS 2004-06-14 */
15896 || (w
->cursor
.y
+ (make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
15897 ? cursor_height
+ this_scroll_margin
15898 : 1)) > it
.last_visible_y
)
15900 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
15901 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15906 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
15907 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
15909 if (dy
&& run
.height
)
15913 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
15915 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
15916 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
15917 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
15918 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
15922 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
15923 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
15925 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
15926 int from
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
) + from_vpos
;
15927 int end
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
)
15928 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0)
15929 + window_internal_height (w
));
15931 #if defined (HAVE_GPM) || defined (MSDOS)
15932 x_clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
15934 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
15937 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
15938 window down dvpos lines. */
15939 set_terminal_window (f
, end
);
15941 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
15942 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
15943 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (f
))
15944 ins_del_lines (f
, end
- dvpos
, -dvpos
);
15946 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
15947 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
15948 ins_del_lines (f
, from
, dvpos
);
15950 else if (dvpos
< 0)
15952 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
15953 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
15954 set_terminal_window (f
, end
);
15956 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
15957 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
15958 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
15960 ins_del_lines (f
, from
+ dvpos
, dvpos
);
15962 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
15964 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (f
))
15965 ins_del_lines (f
, end
+ dvpos
, -dvpos
);
15968 set_terminal_window (f
, 0);
15974 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
15975 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
15977 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
15978 bottom_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, current_matrix
);
15981 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
15982 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
15983 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, bottom_vpos
+ dvpos
,
15986 else if (dvpos
> 0)
15988 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
15989 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
15990 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
15991 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
, 0);
15994 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
15995 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
15996 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
15997 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
);
15999 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
16000 if (delta
|| delta_bytes
)
16001 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix
,
16002 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16003 bottom_vpos
, delta
, delta_bytes
);
16005 /* Adjust Y positions. */
16007 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, current_matrix
,
16008 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16011 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16013 first_unchanged_at_end_row
+= dvpos
;
16014 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
>= it
.last_visible_y
16015 || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
))
16016 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
16019 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
16021 last_text_row_at_end
= NULL
;
16024 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
16025 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
16026 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
16027 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
16028 the matrix by dvpos. */
16029 int last_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) + dvpos
;
16030 struct glyph_row
*last_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, last_vpos
);
16032 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
16033 xassert (last_row
->displays_text_p
);
16035 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
16036 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
16037 line following it. */
16038 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
) - dy
>= it
.last_visible_y
)
16040 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, last_row
);
16041 it
.vpos
= last_vpos
;
16042 it
.current_y
= last_row
->y
;
16046 init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_row
);
16047 it
.vpos
= 1 + last_vpos
;
16048 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
);
16052 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
16053 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
16054 it
.continuation_lines_width
= last_row
->continuation_lines_width
;
16055 it
.hpos
= it
.current_x
= 0;
16057 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
16058 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
16059 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
16060 && !fonts_changed_p
)
16062 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
16063 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
16064 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
16065 enabled_p flag to zero. */
16066 MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, it
.vpos
)->enabled_p
= 0;
16067 if (display_line (&it
))
16068 last_text_row_at_end
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
16072 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
16073 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
16074 && !last_text_row_at_end
)
16076 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
16077 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
16078 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
16080 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->displays_text_p
);
16081 row
= find_last_row_displaying_text (w
->current_matrix
, &it
,
16082 first_unchanged_at_end_row
);
16083 xassert (row
&& MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
));
16085 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
16086 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
16088 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
));
16089 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16090 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "A"));
16092 else if (last_text_row_at_end
)
16095 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end
));
16096 w
->window_end_bytepos
16097 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end
);
16099 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end
, desired_matrix
));
16100 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16101 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "B"));
16103 else if (last_text_row
)
16105 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
16106 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
16107 in the desired matrix. */
16109 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
16110 w
->window_end_bytepos
16111 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
16113 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, desired_matrix
));
16114 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16116 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
16117 && last_text_row
== NULL
16118 && last_text_row_at_end
== NULL
)
16120 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
16121 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
16122 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
16123 int vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
);
16124 struct glyph_row
*current_row
= current_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
16125 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
= desired_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
16128 row
== NULL
&& vpos
>= first_vpos
;
16129 --vpos
, --current_row
, --desired_row
)
16131 if (desired_row
->enabled_p
)
16133 if (desired_row
->displays_text_p
)
16136 else if (current_row
->displays_text_p
)
16140 xassert (row
!= NULL
);
16141 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (vpos
+ 1);
16142 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
16143 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
16144 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16145 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "C"));
16150 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
16151 debug_end_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
16153 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
16154 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
16155 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
16163 /***********************************************************************
16164 More debugging support
16165 ***********************************************************************/
16169 void dump_glyph_row (struct glyph_row
*, int, int);
16170 void dump_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix
*, int);
16171 void dump_glyph (struct glyph_row
*, struct glyph
*, int);
16174 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
16176 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
16177 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
16178 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
16181 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix
, glyphs
)
16182 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
16186 for (i
= 0; i
< matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
16187 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, i
), i
, glyphs
);
16191 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
16192 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
16195 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
)
16196 struct glyph_row
*row
;
16197 struct glyph
*glyph
;
16200 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
16203 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16204 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16207 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16209 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16212 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16214 (glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' '
16218 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16219 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16221 else if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
16224 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16225 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16228 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16230 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16233 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16237 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16238 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16240 else if (glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
16243 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16244 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16247 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16249 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16252 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16256 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16257 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16259 else if (glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
)
16262 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x",
16263 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16266 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16268 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16271 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16273 if (glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
16276 glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
, glyph
->slice
.cmp
.to
);
16277 fprintf (stderr
, " . %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16279 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16280 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16285 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
16286 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
16287 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
16288 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
16291 dump_glyph_row (row
, vpos
, glyphs
)
16292 struct glyph_row
*row
;
16297 fprintf (stderr
, "Row Start End Used oE><\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
16298 fprintf (stderr
, "======================================================================\n");
16300 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
16301 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
16303 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
16304 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
),
16305 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
16306 row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
,
16308 row
->truncated_on_left_p
,
16309 row
->truncated_on_right_p
,
16311 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
),
16312 row
->displays_text_p
,
16315 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
,
16316 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
,
16322 row
->visible_height
,
16325 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row
->start
.overlay_string_index
,
16326 row
->end
.overlay_string_index
,
16327 row
->continuation_lines_width
);
16328 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n",
16329 CHARPOS (row
->start
.string_pos
),
16330 CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
));
16331 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n", row
->start
.dpvec_index
,
16332 row
->end
.dpvec_index
);
16339 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
16341 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
16342 struct glyph
*glyph_end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[area
];
16344 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
16345 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& glyph
== glyph_end
&& glyph
->charpos
> 0)
16348 if (glyph
< glyph_end
)
16349 fprintf (stderr
, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
16351 for (; glyph
< glyph_end
; ++glyph
)
16352 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
);
16355 else if (glyphs
== 1)
16359 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
16361 char *s
= (char *) alloca (row
->used
[area
] + 1);
16364 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
16366 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + i
;
16367 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
16368 && glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80
16369 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' ')
16370 s
[i
] = glyph
->u
.ch
;
16376 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos
, row
->enabled_p
, s
);
16382 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix
,
16383 Sdump_glyph_matrix
, 0, 1, "p",
16384 doc
: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
16385 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
16386 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
16387 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
16388 (Lisp_Object glyphs
)
16390 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
16391 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
16393 fprintf (stderr
, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
16394 BUF_PT (buffer
), BUF_BEGV (buffer
), BUF_ZV (buffer
));
16395 fprintf (stderr
, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
16396 w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
, w
->cursor
.hpos
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
16397 fprintf (stderr
, "=============================================\n");
16398 dump_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
16399 NILP (glyphs
) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs
));
16404 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix
,
16405 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
, 0, 0, "", doc
: /* */)
16408 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
16409 dump_glyph_matrix (f
->current_matrix
, 1);
16414 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row
, Sdump_glyph_row
, 1, 2, "",
16415 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
16416 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
16417 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
16418 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
16419 (Lisp_Object row
, Lisp_Object glyphs
)
16421 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
16424 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
16425 matrix
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)->current_matrix
;
16427 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< matrix
->nrows
)
16428 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, vpos
),
16430 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
16435 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row
, Sdump_tool_bar_row
, 1, 2, "",
16436 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
16437 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
16438 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
16439 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
16440 (Lisp_Object row
, Lisp_Object glyphs
)
16442 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
16443 struct glyph_matrix
*m
= XWINDOW (sf
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
;
16446 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
16448 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< m
->nrows
)
16449 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m
, vpos
), vpos
,
16450 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
16455 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay
, Strace_redisplay
, 0, 1, "P",
16456 doc
: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
16457 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
16461 trace_redisplay_p
= !trace_redisplay_p
;
16464 arg
= Fprefix_numeric_value (arg
);
16465 trace_redisplay_p
= XINT (arg
) > 0;
16472 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr
, Strace_to_stderr
, 1, MANY
, "",
16473 doc
: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr.
16474 usage: (trace-to-stderr STRING &rest OBJECTS) */)
16475 (int nargs
, Lisp_Object
*args
)
16477 Lisp_Object s
= Fformat (nargs
, args
);
16478 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", SDATA (s
));
16482 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
16486 /***********************************************************************
16487 Building Desired Matrix Rows
16488 ***********************************************************************/
16490 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay arrow.
16491 Used for non-window-redisplay windows, and for windows w/o left fringe. */
16493 static struct glyph_row
*
16494 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (struct window
*w
, Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
)
16496 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
16497 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
16498 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
16499 const unsigned char *arrow_string
= SDATA (overlay_arrow_string
);
16500 int arrow_len
= SCHARS (overlay_arrow_string
);
16501 const unsigned char *arrow_end
= arrow_string
+ arrow_len
;
16502 const unsigned char *p
;
16505 int n_glyphs_before
;
16507 set_buffer_temp (buffer
);
16508 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
16509 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
16510 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, 0, 0);
16512 multibyte_p
= !NILP (BVAR (buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
));
16514 while (p
< arrow_end
)
16516 Lisp_Object face
, ilisp
;
16518 /* Get the next character. */
16520 it
.c
= it
.char_to_display
= string_char_and_length (p
, &it
.len
);
16523 it
.c
= it
.char_to_display
= *p
, it
.len
= 1;
16524 if (! ASCII_CHAR_P (it
.c
))
16525 it
.char_to_display
= BYTE8_TO_CHAR (it
.c
);
16529 /* Get its face. */
16530 ilisp
= make_number (p
- arrow_string
);
16531 face
= Fget_text_property (ilisp
, Qface
, overlay_arrow_string
);
16532 it
.face_id
= compute_char_face (f
, it
.char_to_display
, face
);
16534 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
16535 n_glyphs_before
= it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16536 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, -1, -1);
16537 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it
);
16539 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
16540 to remove some glyphs. */
16541 if (it
.current_x
> it
.last_visible_x
)
16543 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
16548 set_buffer_temp (old
);
16549 return it
.glyph_row
;
16553 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
16554 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
16555 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
16556 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
16557 produce_special_glyphs. */
16560 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (struct it
*it
)
16562 struct it truncate_it
;
16563 struct glyph
*from
, *end
, *to
, *toend
;
16565 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
));
16567 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
16569 truncate_it
.current_x
= 0;
16570 truncate_it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16571 truncate_it
.glyph_row
= &scratch_glyph_row
;
16572 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
16573 CHARPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = -1;
16574 truncate_it
.object
= make_number (0);
16575 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
16577 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
16578 if (!it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
16580 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16581 end
= from
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16582 to
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16583 toend
= to
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16588 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
16589 while (to
< toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to
))
16591 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16597 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = to
- it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16601 /* In R2L rows, overwrite the last (rightmost) glyphs, and do
16602 that back to front. */
16603 end
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16604 from
= end
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16605 toend
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16606 to
= toend
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16608 while (from
>= end
&& to
>= toend
)
16610 while (to
>= toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to
))
16613 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
16614 + truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16615 while (from
>= end
&& to
>= toend
)
16620 /* Need to free some room before prepending additional
16622 int move_by
= from
- end
+ 1;
16623 struct glyph
*g0
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16624 struct glyph
*g
= g0
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16626 for ( ; g
>= g0
; g
--)
16628 while (from
>= end
)
16630 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] += move_by
;
16636 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
16638 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
16639 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
16640 structure. This is not the case if
16642 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
16643 and max_height will be zero.
16645 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
16646 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
16647 pixmap extensions).
16649 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
16650 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
16651 must not be zero. */
16654 compute_line_metrics (struct it
*it
)
16656 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
16658 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
16660 int i
, min_y
, max_y
;
16662 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
16663 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
16665 if (row
->height
== 0)
16667 if (it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
== 0)
16668 it
->max_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
);
16669 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
16670 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
16671 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
16672 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
16673 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
16676 /* Compute the width of this line. */
16677 row
->pixel_width
= row
->x
;
16678 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; ++i
)
16679 row
->pixel_width
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
16681 xassert (row
->pixel_width
>= 0);
16682 xassert (row
->ascent
>= 0 && row
->height
> 0);
16684 row
->overlapping_p
= (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
)
16685 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
));
16687 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
16688 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
16689 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
16690 if (row
== MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
16691 && row
->phys_ascent
> row
->ascent
)
16693 row
->height
+= row
->phys_ascent
- row
->ascent
;
16694 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
16697 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
16698 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
16700 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->w
);
16701 max_y
= WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
);
16703 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
16704 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
16705 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
16706 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
16710 row
->pixel_width
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16711 if (row
->continued_p
)
16712 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
16713 else if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
16714 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
16715 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
16716 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= row
->visible_height
= 1;
16717 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
16720 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
16724 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
16725 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
16726 row
->hash
= ((((row
->hash
<< 4) + (row
->hash
>> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
16727 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].u
.val
16728 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].face_id
16729 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].padding_p
16730 + (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].type
<< 2));
16733 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
16734 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
16738 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
16739 window-based redisplay. The space has the same face as
16740 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
16742 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
16743 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
16744 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
16745 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
16747 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
16748 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
16751 append_space_for_newline (struct it
*it
, int default_face_p
)
16753 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
16755 int n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16757 if (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
16758 < it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
16760 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
16761 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
16762 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
16763 append_space_for_newline has been called. */
16764 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
16765 int saved_c
= it
->c
, saved_len
= it
->len
;
16766 int saved_char_to_display
= it
->char_to_display
;
16767 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
16768 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
16769 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
16770 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
16773 saved_object
= it
->object
;
16774 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
16776 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
16777 memset (&it
->position
, 0, sizeof it
->position
);
16778 it
->object
= make_number (0);
16779 it
->c
= it
->char_to_display
= ' ';
16782 if (default_face_p
)
16783 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16784 else if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
16785 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
16786 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
16787 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
16789 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
16791 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
16792 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 0;
16793 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
16794 it
->object
= saved_object
;
16795 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
16796 it
->what
= saved_what
;
16797 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
16798 it
->len
= saved_len
;
16800 it
->char_to_display
= saved_char_to_display
;
16809 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
16810 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line. If the
16811 glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we know the
16812 face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. If the glyph
16813 row is R2L, prepend a stretch glyph to cover the empty space to the
16814 left of the leftmost glyph. */
16817 extend_face_to_end_of_line (struct it
*it
)
16820 struct frame
*f
= it
->f
;
16822 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. Non window-system frames
16823 get a grace of one more ``pixel'' because their characters are
16824 1-``pixel'' wide, so they hit the equality too early. This grace
16825 is needed only for R2L rows that are not continued, to produce
16826 one extra blank where we could display the cursor. */
16827 if (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
16828 + (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
16829 && it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
16830 && !it
->glyph_row
->continued_p
))
16833 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
16834 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
16835 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
16836 if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
16837 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->saved_face_id
);
16839 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->face_id
);
16841 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
16842 && it
->glyph_row
->displays_text_p
16843 && face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
16844 && face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
16846 && !it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
16849 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
16850 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
16851 it
->glyph_row
->fill_line_p
= 1;
16853 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
16854 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
16855 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
16856 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte
16858 if (!ASCII_CHAR_P (it
->c
))
16860 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
16863 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
16865 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
16866 so that we know which face to draw. */
16867 if (it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
16869 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0] = space_glyph
;
16870 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0].face_id
= it
->face_id
;
16871 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 1;
16873 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
16874 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
16876 /* Prepend a stretch glyph to the row, such that the
16877 rightmost glyph will be drawn flushed all the way to the
16878 right margin of the window. The stretch glyph that will
16879 occupy the empty space, if any, to the left of the
16881 struct font
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (f
);
16882 struct glyph
*row_start
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16883 struct glyph
*row_end
= row_start
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16885 int row_width
, stretch_ascent
, stretch_width
;
16886 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
16887 int saved_face_id
, saved_avoid_cursor
;
16889 for (row_width
= 0, g
= row_start
; g
< row_end
; g
++)
16890 row_width
+= g
->pixel_width
;
16891 stretch_width
= window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
) - row_width
;
16892 if (stretch_width
> 0)
16895 (((it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
)
16896 * FONT_BASE (font
)) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
));
16897 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
16898 memset (&it
->position
, 0, sizeof it
->position
);
16899 saved_avoid_cursor
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
16900 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= 1;
16901 saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
16902 /* The last row's stretch glyph should get the default
16903 face, to avoid painting the rest of the window with
16904 the region face, if the region ends at ZV. */
16905 if (it
->glyph_row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
16906 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16908 it
->face_id
= face
->id
;
16909 append_stretch_glyph (it
, make_number (0), stretch_width
,
16910 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, stretch_ascent
);
16911 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
16912 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= saved_avoid_cursor
;
16913 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
16916 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
16920 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
16921 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
16922 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
16923 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
16924 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
16925 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
16927 saved_object
= it
->object
;
16928 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
16930 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
16931 memset (&it
->position
, 0, sizeof it
->position
);
16932 it
->object
= make_number (0);
16933 it
->c
= it
->char_to_display
= ' ';
16935 /* The last row's blank glyphs should get the default face, to
16936 avoid painting the rest of the window with the region face,
16937 if the region ends at ZV. */
16938 if (it
->glyph_row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
16939 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16941 it
->face_id
= face
->id
;
16943 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
16945 while (it
->current_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
)
16946 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
16948 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
16949 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
16950 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
16951 it
->object
= saved_object
;
16952 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
16953 it
->what
= saved_what
;
16954 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
16959 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
16960 trailing whitespace. */
16963 trailing_whitespace_p (EMACS_INT charpos
)
16965 EMACS_INT bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
16968 while (bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
16969 && (c
= FETCH_CHAR (bytepos
),
16970 c
== ' ' || c
== '\t'))
16973 if (bytepos
>= ZV_BYTE
|| c
== '\n' || c
== '\r')
16975 if (bytepos
!= PT_BYTE
)
16982 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
16985 highlight_trailing_whitespace (struct frame
*f
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
16987 int used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16991 struct glyph
*start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16992 struct glyph
*glyph
= start
+ used
- 1;
16994 if (row
->reversed_p
)
16996 /* Right-to-left rows need to be processed in the opposite
16997 direction, so swap the edge pointers. */
16999 start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + used
- 1;
17002 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
17003 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
17004 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
17005 and continuation glyphs. */
17006 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
17008 while (glyph
>= start
17009 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17010 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
17015 while (glyph
<= start
17016 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17017 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
17021 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
17022 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
17023 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
17024 if ((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
<= start
: glyph
>= start
)
17025 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17026 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17027 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17028 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' '))
17029 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph
->charpos
))
17031 int face_id
= lookup_named_face (f
, Qtrailing_whitespace
, 0);
17035 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
17037 while (glyph
>= start
17038 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17039 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17040 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17041 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' ')))
17042 (glyph
--)->face_id
= face_id
;
17046 while (glyph
<= start
17047 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17048 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17049 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17050 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' ')))
17051 (glyph
++)->face_id
= face_id
;
17058 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
17059 used to hold the cursor. */
17062 cursor_row_p (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
17066 if (PT
== CHARPOS (row
->end
.pos
))
17068 /* Suppose the row ends on a string.
17069 Unless the row is continued, that means it ends on a newline
17070 in the string. If it's anything other than a display string
17071 (e.g. a before-string from an overlay), we don't want the
17072 cursor there. (This heuristic seems to give the optimal
17073 behavior for the various types of multi-line strings.) */
17074 if (CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
) >= 0)
17076 if (row
->continued_p
)
17080 /* Check for `display' property. */
17081 struct glyph
*beg
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17082 struct glyph
*end
= beg
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
17083 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17086 for (glyph
= end
; glyph
>= beg
; --glyph
)
17087 if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
17090 = Fget_char_property (make_number (PT
),
17094 && display_prop_string_p (prop
, glyph
->object
));
17099 else if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
17101 /* If the row ends in middle of a real character,
17102 and the line is continued, we want the cursor here.
17103 That's because CHARPOS (ROW->end.pos) would equal
17104 PT if PT is before the character. */
17105 if (!row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
)
17106 result
= row
->continued_p
;
17108 /* If the row ends in an ellipsis, then
17109 CHARPOS (ROW->end.pos) will equal point after the
17110 invisible text. We want that position to be displayed
17111 after the ellipsis. */
17114 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
17115 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
17116 else if (row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17127 /* Push the display property PROP so that it will be rendered at the
17128 current position in IT. Return 1 if PROP was successfully pushed,
17132 push_display_prop (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
)
17136 if (STRINGP (prop
))
17138 if (SCHARS (prop
) == 0)
17145 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
17146 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
17147 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
17148 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
17149 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
17150 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
17152 else if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
))
17154 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRETCH
;
17157 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17158 else if (IMAGEP (prop
))
17160 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
17161 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, prop
);
17162 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
17164 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
17167 pop_it (it
); /* bogus display property, give up */
17174 /* Return the character-property PROP at the current position in IT. */
17177 get_it_property (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
)
17179 Lisp_Object position
;
17181 if (STRINGP (it
->object
))
17182 position
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
17183 else if (BUFFERP (it
->object
))
17184 position
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
17188 return Fget_char_property (position
, prop
, it
->object
);
17191 /* See if there's a line- or wrap-prefix, and if so, push it on IT. */
17194 handle_line_prefix (struct it
*it
)
17196 Lisp_Object prefix
;
17197 if (it
->continuation_lines_width
> 0)
17199 prefix
= get_it_property (it
, Qwrap_prefix
);
17201 prefix
= Vwrap_prefix
;
17205 prefix
= get_it_property (it
, Qline_prefix
);
17207 prefix
= Vline_prefix
;
17209 if (! NILP (prefix
) && push_display_prop (it
, prefix
))
17211 /* If the prefix is wider than the window, and we try to wrap
17212 it, it would acquire its own wrap prefix, and so on till the
17213 iterator stack overflows. So, don't wrap the prefix. */
17214 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
17215 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= 1;
17221 /* Remove N glyphs at the start of a reversed IT->glyph_row. Called
17222 only for R2L lines from display_line, when it decides that too many
17223 glyphs were produced by PRODUCE_GLYPHS, and the line needs to be
17226 unproduce_glyphs (struct it
*it
, int n
)
17228 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
17230 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
17231 xassert (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
17232 xassert (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
);
17233 xassert (n
<= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
17235 if (n
> it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
17236 n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17237 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
;
17238 end
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17239 for ( ; glyph
< end
; glyph
++)
17240 glyph
[-n
] = *glyph
;
17243 /* Find the positions in a bidi-reordered ROW to serve as ROW->minpos
17244 and ROW->maxpos. */
17246 find_row_edges (struct it
*it
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
17247 EMACS_INT min_pos
, EMACS_INT min_bpos
,
17248 EMACS_INT max_pos
, EMACS_INT max_bpos
)
17250 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in continuation
17251 lines' rows is implemented for bidi-reordered rows. */
17253 /* ROW->minpos is the value of min_pos, the minimal buffer position
17256 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->minpos
, min_pos
, min_bpos
);
17258 /* We didn't find _any_ valid buffer positions in any of the
17259 glyphs, so we must trust the iterator's computed positions. */
17260 row
->minpos
= row
->start
.pos
;
17263 max_pos
= CHARPOS (it
->current
.pos
);
17264 max_bpos
= BYTEPOS (it
->current
.pos
);
17267 /* Here are the various use-cases for ending the row, and the
17268 corresponding values for ROW->maxpos:
17270 Line ends in a newline from buffer eol_pos + 1
17271 Line is continued from buffer max_pos + 1
17272 Line is truncated on right it->current.pos
17273 Line ends in a newline from string max_pos
17274 Line is continued from string max_pos
17275 Line is continued from display vector max_pos
17276 Line is entirely from a string min_pos == max_pos
17277 Line is entirely from a display vector min_pos == max_pos
17278 Line that ends at ZV ZV
17280 If you discover other use-cases, please add them here as
17282 if (row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17283 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17284 else if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
17286 if (row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
)
17287 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17288 else if (CHARPOS (it
->eol_pos
) > 0)
17289 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
,
17290 CHARPOS (it
->eol_pos
) + 1, BYTEPOS (it
->eol_pos
) + 1);
17291 else if (row
->continued_p
)
17293 /* If max_pos is different from IT's current position, it
17294 means IT->method does not belong to the display element
17295 at max_pos. However, it also means that the display
17296 element at max_pos was displayed in its entirety on this
17297 line, which is equivalent to saying that the next line
17298 starts at the next buffer position. */
17299 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == max_pos
&& it
->method
!= GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
17300 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17303 INC_BOTH (max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17304 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17307 else if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
17308 /* display_line already called reseat_at_next_visible_line_start,
17309 which puts the iterator at the beginning of the next line, in
17310 the logical order. */
17311 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17312 else if (max_pos
== min_pos
&& it
->method
!= GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
17313 /* A line that is entirely from a string/image/stretch... */
17314 row
->maxpos
= row
->minpos
;
17319 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17322 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
17323 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
17324 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
17325 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
17329 display_line (struct it
*it
)
17331 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
17332 Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
;
17334 int may_wrap
= 0, wrap_x
IF_LINT (= 0);
17335 int wrap_row_used
= -1;
17336 int wrap_row_ascent
IF_LINT (= 0), wrap_row_height
IF_LINT (= 0);
17337 int wrap_row_phys_ascent
IF_LINT (= 0), wrap_row_phys_height
IF_LINT (= 0);
17338 int wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
IF_LINT (= 0);
17339 EMACS_INT wrap_row_min_pos
IF_LINT (= 0), wrap_row_min_bpos
IF_LINT (= 0);
17340 EMACS_INT wrap_row_max_pos
IF_LINT (= 0), wrap_row_max_bpos
IF_LINT (= 0);
17342 EMACS_INT min_pos
= ZV
+ 1, max_pos
= 0;
17343 EMACS_INT min_bpos
IF_LINT (= 0), max_bpos
IF_LINT (= 0);
17345 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
17346 xassert (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->current_x
== 0);
17348 if (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
17349 >= it
->w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
17351 it
->w
->nrows_scale_factor
++;
17352 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
17356 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
17357 it
->w
->region_showing
= it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0 ? Qt
: Qnil
;
17359 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
17360 prepare_desired_row (row
);
17362 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
17363 row
->start
= it
->start
;
17364 row
->continuation_lines_width
= it
->continuation_lines_width
;
17365 row
->displays_text_p
= 1;
17366 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
;
17367 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 0;
17369 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
17370 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
17371 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
17372 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
17373 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
17374 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
17376 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
17377 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
17378 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
17379 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17381 this_line_min_pos
= row
->start
.pos
;
17382 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, ZV
, it
->first_visible_x
,
17383 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
17384 /* Record the smallest positions seen while we moved over
17385 display elements that are not visible. This is needed by
17386 redisplay_internal for optimizing the case where the cursor
17387 stays inside the same line. The rest of this function only
17388 considers positions that are actually displayed, so
17389 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS will not otherwise record positions that
17390 are hscrolled to the left of the left edge of the window. */
17391 min_pos
= CHARPOS (this_line_min_pos
);
17392 min_bpos
= BYTEPOS (this_line_min_pos
);
17396 /* We only do this when not calling `move_it_in_display_line_to'
17397 above, because move_it_in_display_line_to calls
17398 handle_line_prefix itself. */
17399 handle_line_prefix (it
);
17402 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
17403 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
17404 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
17405 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
17406 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
17407 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
17408 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
17410 /* Utility macro to record max and min buffer positions seen until now. */
17411 #define RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS(IT) \
17414 if (IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)) < min_pos) \
17416 min_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)); \
17417 min_bpos = IT_BYTEPOS (*(IT)); \
17419 if (IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)) > max_pos) \
17421 max_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)); \
17422 max_bpos = IT_BYTEPOS (*(IT)); \
17427 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
17428 character to display. */
17431 int n_glyphs_before
, hpos_before
, x_before
;
17433 int ascent
= 0, descent
= 0, phys_ascent
= 0, phys_descent
= 0;
17435 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
17437 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17439 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
17440 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
17441 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
17443 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17444 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17445 else if ((append_space_for_newline (it
, 1) && row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 1)
17446 || row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
17448 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= -1;
17449 row
->displays_text_p
= 0;
17451 if (!NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (it
->w
->buffer
), indicate_empty_lines
))
17452 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it
->w
)
17453 || (minibuf_level
&& EQ (it
->window
, minibuf_window
))))
17454 row
->indicate_empty_line_p
= 1;
17457 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17458 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
17459 /* A row that displays right-to-left text must always have
17460 its last face extended all the way to the end of line,
17461 even if this row ends in ZV, because we still write to
17462 the screen left to right. */
17463 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17464 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17468 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
17469 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
17470 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17473 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
17474 fit on the line. */
17475 if (it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
)
17477 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
17478 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
17479 phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
17480 phys_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
;
17482 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
17484 if (IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
))
17490 wrap_row_used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17491 wrap_row_ascent
= row
->ascent
;
17492 wrap_row_height
= row
->height
;
17493 wrap_row_phys_ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
17494 wrap_row_phys_height
= row
->phys_height
;
17495 wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
= row
->extra_line_spacing
;
17496 wrap_row_min_pos
= min_pos
;
17497 wrap_row_min_bpos
= min_bpos
;
17498 wrap_row_max_pos
= max_pos
;
17499 wrap_row_max_bpos
= max_bpos
;
17505 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17507 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
17509 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
17511 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17512 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17513 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17514 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17515 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17516 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17517 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17518 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17522 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
17523 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
17524 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
17525 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
17526 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
17527 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
17528 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
17529 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
17530 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
17531 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
17532 hpos_before
= it
->hpos
;
17535 if (/* Not a newline. */
17537 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
17538 && it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
)
17540 it
->hpos
+= nglyphs
;
17541 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17542 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17543 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17544 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17545 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17546 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17547 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17548 if (it
->current_x
- it
->pixel_width
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17549 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
17550 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer positions seen so
17551 far in glyphs that will be displayed by this row. */
17553 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
17558 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17560 for (i
= 0; i
< nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
17562 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17563 new_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
17565 if (/* Lines are continued. */
17566 it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
17567 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
17568 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
17569 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
17570 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
17571 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
17573 /* End of a continued line. */
17576 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
17577 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
17579 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
17580 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
17581 the line because we can't draw the cursor
17582 after the glyph. */
17583 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17584 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
17585 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= new_x
;
17587 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer
17588 positions seen so far in glyphs that will be
17589 displayed by this row. */
17591 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
17592 if (i
== nglyphs
- 1)
17594 /* If line-wrap is on, check if a previous
17595 wrap point was found. */
17596 if (wrap_row_used
> 0
17597 /* Even if there is a previous wrap
17598 point, continue the line here as
17599 usual, if (i) the previous character
17600 was a space or tab AND (ii) the
17601 current character is not. */
17603 || IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
)))
17606 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17607 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17609 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17611 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17612 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17613 row
->continued_p
= 0;
17614 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
17616 else if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
17618 row
->continued_p
= 0;
17619 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17624 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
)
17625 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17627 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
17628 This means the whole character doesn't fit
17630 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17631 unproduce_glyphs (it
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17632 - n_glyphs_before
);
17633 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
17635 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
17636 glyphs like in 20.x. */
17637 while (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17638 < row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
17639 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
17641 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17642 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17643 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x_before
;
17645 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
17646 element not fitting on the line. */
17647 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
17648 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
17649 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
17650 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
17652 else if (wrap_row_used
> 0)
17655 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17656 unproduce_glyphs (it
,
17657 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - wrap_row_used
);
17659 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= wrap_x
;
17660 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = wrap_row_used
;
17661 row
->ascent
= wrap_row_ascent
;
17662 row
->height
= wrap_row_height
;
17663 row
->phys_ascent
= wrap_row_phys_ascent
;
17664 row
->phys_height
= wrap_row_phys_height
;
17665 row
->extra_line_spacing
= wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
;
17666 min_pos
= wrap_row_min_pos
;
17667 min_bpos
= wrap_row_min_bpos
;
17668 max_pos
= wrap_row_max_pos
;
17669 max_bpos
= wrap_row_max_bpos
;
17670 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17671 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 0;
17672 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 0;
17673 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
17675 /* Make sure that a non-default face is extended
17676 up to the right margin of the window. */
17677 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17679 else if (it
->c
== '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17681 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
17682 window. This produces a single glyph on
17683 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
17684 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
17685 consume the TAB. */
17686 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->last_visible_x
;
17687 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17688 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17689 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->last_visible_x
- x
;
17690 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17694 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
17695 the right edge of the window. Restore
17696 positions to values before the element. */
17697 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17698 unproduce_glyphs (it
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17699 - (n_glyphs_before
+ i
));
17700 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17702 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
17703 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17704 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
17705 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17707 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17708 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
17709 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17711 if (nglyphs
> 1 && i
> 0)
17713 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17714 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17717 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
17718 element not fitting on the line. */
17719 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
17720 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
17721 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
17722 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
17727 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
17729 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
17732 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer positions
17733 seen so far in glyphs that will be displayed by
17736 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
17738 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17739 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
17740 negative X position. */
17741 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
17745 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
17746 window. This should not happen because of the
17747 move_it_in_display_line at the start of this
17748 function, unless the text display area of the
17749 window is empty. */
17750 xassert (it
->first_visible_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
);
17754 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17755 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17756 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17757 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17758 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17759 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17760 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17762 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
17763 if (row
->continued_p
|| row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17768 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
17769 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
17770 margin of the window. */
17771 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
17773 int used_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17775 row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
= STRINGP (it
->object
);
17777 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
17778 display the cursor there. */
17779 if (!IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17780 append_space_for_newline (it
, 0);
17782 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
17783 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17785 /* Make sure we have the position. */
17786 if (used_before
== 0)
17787 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
17789 /* Record the position of the newline, for use in
17791 it
->eol_pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17793 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
17794 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17795 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17799 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
17800 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
17801 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17803 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
17804 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
17805 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
17806 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
17807 ? (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
17808 : (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)))
17810 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
17811 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17815 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
17817 for (i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; i
> 0; --i
)
17818 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
17823 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
17824 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
17826 /* Remove any padding glyphs at the front of ROW, to
17827 make room for the truncation glyphs we will be
17828 adding below. The loop below always inserts at
17829 least one truncation glyph, so also remove the
17830 last glyph added to ROW. */
17831 unproduce_glyphs (it
, i
+ 1);
17832 /* Adjust i for the loop below. */
17833 i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - (i
+ 1);
17836 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
< n
; ++i
)
17838 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = i
;
17839 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
17842 else if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17844 /* Don't truncate if we can overflow newline into fringe. */
17845 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17847 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17848 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
17849 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17852 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
17854 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17855 goto at_end_of_line
;
17859 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
17860 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17861 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
17862 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n';
17863 it
->hpos
= hpos_before
;
17864 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17869 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
17870 at the left window margin. */
17871 if (it
->first_visible_x
17872 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) != CHARPOS (row
->start
.pos
))
17874 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17875 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
17876 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
17879 /* Remember the position at which this line ends.
17881 BIDI Note: any code that needs MATRIX_ROW_START/END_CHARPOS
17882 cannot be before the call to find_row_edges below, since that is
17883 where these positions are determined. */
17884 row
->end
= it
->current
;
17887 row
->minpos
= row
->start
.pos
;
17888 row
->maxpos
= row
->end
.pos
;
17892 /* ROW->minpos and ROW->maxpos must be the smallest and
17893 `1 + the largest' buffer positions in ROW. But if ROW was
17894 bidi-reordered, these two positions can be anywhere in the
17895 row, so we must determine them now. */
17896 find_row_edges (it
, row
, min_pos
, min_bpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17899 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
17900 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
17901 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
17902 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
17903 if ((row
->displays_text_p
|| !overlay_arrow_seen
)
17904 && (overlay_arrow_string
= overlay_arrow_at_row (it
, row
),
17905 !NILP (overlay_arrow_string
)))
17907 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
17908 if (STRINGP (overlay_arrow_string
))
17910 struct glyph_row
*arrow_row
17911 = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it
->w
, overlay_arrow_string
);
17912 struct glyph
*glyph
= arrow_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17913 struct glyph
*arrow_end
= glyph
+ arrow_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17914 struct glyph
*p
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17915 struct glyph
*p2
, *end
;
17917 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
17918 while (glyph
< arrow_end
)
17921 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
17923 end
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17924 while (p2
< end
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2
))
17930 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = p2
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17935 xassert (INTEGERP (overlay_arrow_string
));
17936 row
->overlay_arrow_bitmap
= XINT (overlay_arrow_string
);
17938 overlay_arrow_seen
= 1;
17941 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
17942 compute_line_metrics (it
);
17944 /* Record whether this row ends inside an ellipsis. */
17945 row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
17946 = (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
17947 && it
->ellipsis_p
);
17949 /* Save fringe bitmaps in this row. */
17950 row
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
;
17951 row
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
;
17952 row
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
;
17953 row
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
;
17955 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
17956 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
17957 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
17958 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
17960 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
17961 cvpos
= it
->w
->cursor
.vpos
;
17963 /* In bidi-reordered rows, keep checking for proper cursor
17964 position even if one has been found already, because buffer
17965 positions in such rows change non-linearly with ROW->VPOS,
17966 when a line is continued. One exception: when we are at ZV,
17967 display cursor on the first suitable glyph row, since all
17968 the empty rows after that also have their position set to ZV. */
17969 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in continuation
17970 lines' rows is implemented for bidi-reordered rows. */
17972 && !MATRIX_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
, cvpos
)->ends_at_zv_p
))
17973 && PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
17974 && PT
<= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
17975 && cursor_row_p (it
->w
, row
))
17976 set_cursor_from_row (it
->w
, row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
17978 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
17979 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
17980 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it
->f
, it
->glyph_row
);
17982 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
17983 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
17984 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
17986 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
17987 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
17988 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->eol_pos
, 0, 0);
17991 /* The next row should by default use the same value of the
17992 reversed_p flag as this one. set_iterator_to_next decides when
17993 it's a new paragraph, and PRODUCE_GLYPHS recomputes the value of
17994 the flag accordingly. */
17995 if (it
->glyph_row
< MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
, it
->w
))
17996 it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
= row
->reversed_p
;
17997 it
->start
= row
->end
;
17998 return row
->displays_text_p
;
18000 #undef RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS
18003 DEFUN ("current-bidi-paragraph-direction", Fcurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
,
18004 Scurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
, 0, 1, 0,
18005 doc
: /* Return paragraph direction at point in BUFFER.
18006 Value is either `left-to-right' or `right-to-left'.
18007 If BUFFER is omitted or nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
18009 Paragraph direction determines how the text in the paragraph is displayed.
18010 In left-to-right paragraphs, text begins at the left margin of the window
18011 and the reading direction is generally left to right. In right-to-left
18012 paragraphs, text begins at the right margin and is read from right to left.
18014 See also `bidi-paragraph-direction'. */)
18015 (Lisp_Object buffer
)
18017 struct buffer
*buf
= current_buffer
;
18018 struct buffer
*old
= buf
;
18020 if (! NILP (buffer
))
18022 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer
);
18023 buf
= XBUFFER (buffer
);
18026 if (NILP (BVAR (buf
, bidi_display_reordering
)))
18027 return Qleft_to_right
;
18028 else if (!NILP (BVAR (buf
, bidi_paragraph_direction
)))
18029 return BVAR (buf
, bidi_paragraph_direction
);
18032 /* Determine the direction from buffer text. We could try to
18033 use current_matrix if it is up to date, but this seems fast
18034 enough as it is. */
18035 struct bidi_it itb
;
18036 EMACS_INT pos
= BUF_PT (buf
);
18037 EMACS_INT bytepos
= BUF_PT_BYTE (buf
);
18040 set_buffer_temp (buf
);
18041 /* bidi_paragraph_init finds the base direction of the paragraph
18042 by searching forward from paragraph start. We need the base
18043 direction of the current or _previous_ paragraph, so we need
18044 to make sure we are within that paragraph. To that end, find
18045 the previous non-empty line. */
18046 if (pos
>= ZV
&& pos
> BEGV
)
18049 bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (pos
);
18051 while ((c
= FETCH_BYTE (bytepos
)) == '\n'
18052 || c
== ' ' || c
== '\t' || c
== '\f')
18054 if (bytepos
<= BEGV_BYTE
)
18059 while (!CHAR_HEAD_P (FETCH_BYTE (bytepos
)))
18062 itb
.bytepos
= bytepos
;
18064 itb
.separator_limit
= -1;
18065 itb
.paragraph_dir
= NEUTRAL_DIR
;
18067 bidi_paragraph_init (NEUTRAL_DIR
, &itb
, 1);
18068 set_buffer_temp (old
);
18069 switch (itb
.paragraph_dir
)
18072 return Qleft_to_right
;
18075 return Qright_to_left
;
18085 /***********************************************************************
18087 ***********************************************************************/
18089 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
18091 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
18092 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
18094 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
18095 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
18096 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
18097 for the menu bar. */
18100 display_menu_bar (struct window
*w
)
18102 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
18107 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
18109 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
18112 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
18118 if (FRAME_NS_P (f
))
18120 #endif /* HAVE_NS */
18122 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
18123 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
18124 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
, MENU_FACE_ID
);
18125 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18126 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
18127 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
18128 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
18130 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
18131 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
18132 struct window
*menu_w
;
18133 xassert (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
));
18134 menu_w
= XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
);
18135 init_iterator (&it
, menu_w
, -1, -1, menu_w
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
18137 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18138 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
18142 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
18144 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
18146 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18147 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
18149 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
18151 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
18152 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
18153 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
18155 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
18156 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
); ++i
)
18158 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
.glyph_row
+ i
;
18159 clear_glyph_row (row
);
18160 row
->enabled_p
= 1;
18161 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
18164 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
18165 items
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it
.f
);
18166 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECTOR (items
)->size
; i
+= 4)
18168 Lisp_Object string
;
18170 /* Stop at nil string. */
18171 string
= AREF (items
, i
+ 1);
18175 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
18176 ASET (items
, i
+ 3, make_number (it
.hpos
));
18178 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
18179 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
18180 display_string (NULL
, string
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
,
18181 SCHARS (string
) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
18184 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
18185 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
18186 display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, -1, 0, 0, -1);
18188 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
18189 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
18194 /***********************************************************************
18196 ***********************************************************************/
18198 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
18199 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
18200 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
18201 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
18204 redisplay_mode_lines (Lisp_Object window
, int force
)
18208 while (!NILP (window
))
18210 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
18212 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
18213 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->hchild
, force
);
18214 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
18215 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->vchild
, force
);
18217 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
18218 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->enabled_p
)
18220 struct text_pos lpoint
;
18221 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
18223 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
18224 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
18225 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
18227 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
18228 other window, set up appropriate value. */
18229 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
18231 struct text_pos pt
;
18233 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt
, w
->pointm
);
18234 if (CHARPOS (pt
) < BEGV
)
18235 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
18236 else if (CHARPOS (pt
) > (ZV
- 1))
18237 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
18239 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt
), BYTEPOS (pt
));
18242 /* Display mode lines. */
18243 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
18244 if (display_mode_lines (w
))
18247 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
18250 /* Restore old settings. */
18251 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
18252 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
18262 /* Display the mode and/or header line of window W. Value is the
18263 sum number of mode lines and header lines displayed. */
18266 display_mode_lines (struct window
*w
)
18268 Lisp_Object old_selected_window
, old_selected_frame
;
18271 old_selected_frame
= selected_frame
;
18272 selected_frame
= w
->frame
;
18273 old_selected_window
= selected_window
;
18274 XSETWINDOW (selected_window
, w
);
18276 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
18277 line_number_displayed
= 0;
18278 w
->column_number_displayed
= Qnil
;
18280 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
18282 struct window
*sel_w
= XWINDOW (old_selected_window
);
18284 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
18285 display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w
, sel_w
, w
),
18286 BVAR (current_buffer
, mode_line_format
));
18290 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
18292 display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
18293 BVAR (current_buffer
, header_line_format
));
18297 selected_frame
= old_selected_frame
;
18298 selected_window
= old_selected_window
;
18303 /* Display mode or header line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which
18304 line to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
18305 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID. FORMAT is the mode/header line format to
18306 display. Value is the pixel height of the mode/header line
18310 display_mode_line (struct window
*w
, enum face_id face_id
, Lisp_Object format
)
18314 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
18316 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
18317 /* Don't extend on a previously drawn mode-line.
18318 This may happen if called from pos_visible_p. */
18319 it
.glyph_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
18320 prepare_desired_row (it
.glyph_row
);
18322 it
.glyph_row
->mode_line_p
= 1;
18324 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
18325 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
18326 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
18328 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
18329 format_mode_line_unwind_data (NULL
, Qnil
, 0));
18331 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
;
18333 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
18334 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
18336 push_kboard (FRAME_KBOARD (it
.f
));
18337 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
18338 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
18341 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
18343 /* Fill up with spaces. */
18344 display_string (" ", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
18346 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
18347 it
.glyph_row
->full_width_p
= 1;
18348 it
.glyph_row
->continued_p
= 0;
18349 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
18350 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
18352 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
18353 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
.f
, face_id
);
18354 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it
);
18355 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
18357 struct glyph
*last
= (it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
18358 + it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1);
18359 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
18362 return it
.glyph_row
->height
;
18365 /* Move element ELT in LIST to the front of LIST.
18366 Return the updated list. */
18369 move_elt_to_front (Lisp_Object elt
, Lisp_Object list
)
18371 register Lisp_Object tail
, prev
;
18372 register Lisp_Object tem
;
18376 while (CONSP (tail
))
18382 /* Splice out the link TAIL. */
18384 list
= XCDR (tail
);
18386 Fsetcdr (prev
, XCDR (tail
));
18388 /* Now make it the first. */
18389 Fsetcdr (tail
, list
);
18394 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
18398 /* Not found--return unchanged LIST. */
18402 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
18403 translates into text depends on its data type.
18405 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
18407 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
18408 infinite recursion here.
18410 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
18411 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
18412 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
18413 display_string for details.
18415 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
18417 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
18419 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
18420 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
18422 The global variable `mode_line_target' determines whether the
18423 output is passed to `store_mode_line_noprop',
18424 `store_mode_line_string', or `display_string'. */
18427 display_mode_element (struct it
*it
, int depth
, int field_width
, int precision
,
18428 Lisp_Object elt
, Lisp_Object props
, int risky
)
18430 int n
= 0, field
, prec
;
18435 elt
= build_string ("*too-deep*");
18439 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt
)))
18443 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
18445 EMACS_INT offset
= 0;
18447 if (SCHARS (elt
) > 0
18448 && (!NILP (props
) || risky
))
18450 Lisp_Object oprops
, aelt
;
18451 oprops
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt
);
18453 /* If the starting string's properties are not what
18454 we want, translate the string. Also, if the string
18455 is risky, do that anyway. */
18457 if (NILP (Fequal (props
, oprops
)) || risky
)
18459 /* If the starting string has properties,
18460 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
18461 if (! NILP (oprops
) && !risky
)
18465 oprops
= Fcopy_sequence (oprops
);
18467 while (CONSP (tem
))
18469 oprops
= Fplist_put (oprops
, XCAR (tem
),
18470 XCAR (XCDR (tem
)));
18471 tem
= XCDR (XCDR (tem
));
18476 aelt
= Fassoc (elt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18477 if (! NILP (aelt
) && !NILP (Fequal (props
, XCDR (aelt
))))
18479 /* AELT is what we want. Move it to the front
18480 without consing. */
18482 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18483 = move_elt_to_front (aelt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18489 /* If AELT has the wrong props, it is useless.
18490 so get rid of it. */
18492 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18493 = Fdelq (aelt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18495 elt
= Fcopy_sequence (elt
);
18496 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt
),
18498 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
18499 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18500 = Fcons (Fcons (elt
, props
),
18501 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18502 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
18503 to at most 50 elements. */
18504 tem
= Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
18505 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18507 XSETCDR (tem
, Qnil
);
18516 prec
= precision
- n
;
18517 switch (mode_line_target
)
18519 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18520 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18521 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (SSDATA (elt
), -1, prec
);
18523 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18524 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, elt
, 1, 0, prec
, Qnil
);
18526 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18527 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
,
18528 0, prec
, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
18535 /* Handle the non-literal case. */
18537 while ((precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
)
18538 && SREF (elt
, offset
) != 0
18539 && (mode_line_target
!= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
18540 || it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
))
18542 EMACS_INT last_offset
= offset
;
18544 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
18545 while ((c
= SREF (elt
, offset
++)) != '\0' && c
!= '%')
18548 if (offset
- 1 != last_offset
)
18550 EMACS_INT nchars
, nbytes
;
18552 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
18553 is length of string. Don't output more than
18554 PRECISION allows us. */
18557 prec
= c_string_width (SDATA (elt
) + last_offset
,
18558 offset
- last_offset
, precision
- n
,
18561 switch (mode_line_target
)
18563 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18564 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18565 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (SSDATA (elt
) + last_offset
, 0, prec
);
18567 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18569 EMACS_INT bytepos
= last_offset
;
18570 EMACS_INT charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
18571 EMACS_INT endpos
= (precision
<= 0
18572 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
, offset
)
18573 : charpos
+ nchars
);
18575 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
,
18576 Fsubstring (elt
, make_number (charpos
),
18577 make_number (endpos
)),
18581 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18583 EMACS_INT bytepos
= last_offset
;
18584 EMACS_INT charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
18586 if (precision
<= 0)
18587 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, offset
) - charpos
;
18588 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, charpos
,
18590 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
18595 else /* c == '%' */
18597 EMACS_INT percent_position
= offset
;
18599 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
18602 while ((c
= SREF (elt
, offset
++)) >= '0' && c
<= '9')
18603 field
= field
* 10 + c
- '0';
18605 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
18606 if (field_width
- n
> 0 && field
> field_width
- n
)
18607 field
= field_width
- n
;
18609 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
18610 prec
= precision
- n
;
18613 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field
, prec
,
18614 Vglobal_mode_string
, props
,
18619 EMACS_INT bytepos
, charpos
;
18621 Lisp_Object string
;
18623 bytepos
= percent_position
;
18624 charpos
= (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
)
18625 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
)
18627 spec
= decode_mode_spec (it
->w
, c
, field
, prec
, &string
);
18628 multibyte
= STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
);
18630 switch (mode_line_target
)
18632 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18633 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18634 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (spec
, field
, prec
);
18636 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18638 int len
= strlen (spec
);
18639 Lisp_Object tem
= make_string (spec
, len
);
18640 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos
), elt
);
18641 /* Should only keep face property in props */
18642 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, tem
, 0, field
, prec
, props
);
18645 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18647 int nglyphs_before
, nwritten
;
18649 nglyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
18650 nwritten
= display_string (spec
, string
, elt
,
18655 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
18656 string where the `%x' came from, position
18660 struct glyph
*glyph
18661 = (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
18665 for (i
= 0; i
< nwritten
; ++i
)
18667 glyph
[i
].object
= elt
;
18668 glyph
[i
].charpos
= charpos
;
18685 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
18686 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
18687 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
18690 register Lisp_Object tem
;
18692 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
18693 then its contents are risky to use. */
18694 if (NILP (Fget (elt
, Qrisky_local_variable
)))
18697 tem
= Fboundp (elt
);
18700 tem
= Fsymbol_value (elt
);
18701 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
18702 don't check for % within it. */
18706 if (!EQ (tem
, elt
))
18708 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
18718 register Lisp_Object car
, tem
;
18720 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
18721 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
18722 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
18723 and effectively concatenate them.
18724 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
18725 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
18726 to at least that many characters.
18727 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
18728 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
18730 if (EQ (car
, QCeval
))
18732 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
18733 and use the result as mode line elements. */
18738 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
18741 spec
= safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt
)));
18742 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
18743 precision
- n
, spec
, props
,
18747 else if (EQ (car
, QCpropertize
))
18749 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
18750 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
18755 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
18756 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
18757 precision
- n
, XCAR (XCDR (elt
)),
18758 XCDR (XCDR (elt
)), risky
);
18760 else if (SYMBOLP (car
))
18762 tem
= Fboundp (car
);
18766 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
18767 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
18770 tem
= Fsymbol_value (car
);
18777 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
18778 Get the cddr of the original list
18779 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
18783 else if (!CONSP (elt
))
18788 else if (INTEGERP (car
))
18790 register int lim
= XINT (car
);
18794 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
18795 if (precision
<= 0)
18798 precision
= min (precision
, -lim
);
18802 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
18803 current maximum. */
18805 lim
= min (precision
, lim
);
18807 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
18808 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
18809 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
18810 field_width
= max (lim
, field_width
);
18814 else if (STRINGP (car
) || CONSP (car
))
18816 Lisp_Object halftail
= elt
;
18820 && (precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
))
18822 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
,
18823 /* Do padding only after the last
18824 element in the list. */
18825 (! CONSP (XCDR (elt
))
18828 precision
- n
, XCAR (elt
),
18832 if ((len
& 1) == 0)
18833 halftail
= XCDR (halftail
);
18834 /* Check for cycle. */
18835 if (EQ (halftail
, elt
))
18844 elt
= build_string ("*invalid*");
18848 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
18849 if (field_width
> 0 && n
< field_width
)
18851 switch (mode_line_target
)
18853 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18854 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18855 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop ("", field_width
- n
, 0);
18857 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18858 n
+= store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil
, 0, field_width
- n
, 0, Qnil
);
18860 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18861 n
+= display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
, field_width
- n
,
18870 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
18872 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
18873 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
18875 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
18876 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
18877 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
18879 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
18880 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
18882 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
18883 properties to the string.
18885 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
18886 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
18890 store_mode_line_string (const char *string
, Lisp_Object lisp_string
, int copy_string
,
18891 int field_width
, int precision
, Lisp_Object props
)
18896 if (string
!= NULL
)
18898 len
= strlen (string
);
18899 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
18901 lisp_string
= make_string (string
, len
);
18903 props
= mode_line_string_face_prop
;
18904 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
18906 Lisp_Object face
= Fplist_get (props
, Qface
);
18907 props
= Fcopy_sequence (props
);
18909 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
18911 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
18912 props
= Fplist_put (props
, Qface
, face
);
18914 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
18915 props
, lisp_string
);
18919 len
= XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string
));
18920 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
18923 lisp_string
= Fsubstring (lisp_string
, make_number (0), make_number (len
));
18926 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
18930 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string
);
18931 face
= Fplist_get (props
, Qface
);
18933 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
18935 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
18936 props
= Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
));
18938 lisp_string
= Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string
);
18941 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
18942 props
, lisp_string
);
18947 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
18951 if (field_width
> len
)
18953 field_width
-= len
;
18954 lisp_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (field_width
), make_number (' '));
18956 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width
),
18957 props
, lisp_string
);
18958 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
18966 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line
, Sformat_mode_line
,
18968 doc
: /* Format a string out of a mode line format specification.
18969 First arg FORMAT specifies the mode line format (see `mode-line-format'
18970 for details) to use.
18972 By default, the format is evaluated for the currently selected window.
18974 Optional second arg FACE specifies the face property to put on all
18975 characters for which no face is specified. The value nil means the
18976 default face. The value t means whatever face the window's mode line
18977 currently uses (either `mode-line' or `mode-line-inactive',
18978 depending on whether the window is the selected window or not).
18979 An integer value means the value string has no text
18982 Optional third and fourth args WINDOW and BUFFER specify the window
18983 and buffer to use as the context for the formatting (defaults
18984 are the selected window and the WINDOW's buffer). */)
18985 (Lisp_Object format
, Lisp_Object face
,
18986 Lisp_Object window
, Lisp_Object buffer
)
18991 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
18993 int no_props
= INTEGERP (face
);
18994 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
18996 int string_start
= 0;
18999 window
= selected_window
;
19000 CHECK_WINDOW (window
);
19001 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
19004 buffer
= w
->buffer
;
19005 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer
);
19007 /* Make formatting the modeline a non-op when noninteractive, otherwise
19008 there will be problems later caused by a partially initialized frame. */
19009 if (NILP (format
) || noninteractive
)
19010 return empty_unibyte_string
;
19015 face_id
= (NILP (face
) || EQ (face
, Qdefault
)) ? DEFAULT_FACE_ID
19016 : EQ (face
, Qt
) ? (EQ (window
, selected_window
)
19017 ? MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
: MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID
)
19018 : EQ (face
, Qmode_line
) ? MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
19019 : EQ (face
, Qmode_line_inactive
) ? MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID
19020 : EQ (face
, Qheader_line
) ? HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
19021 : EQ (face
, Qtool_bar
) ? TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
19024 if (XBUFFER (buffer
) != current_buffer
)
19025 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
19027 /* Save things including mode_line_proptrans_alist,
19028 and set that to nil so that we don't alter the outer value. */
19029 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
19030 format_mode_line_unwind_data
19031 (old_buffer
, selected_window
, 1));
19032 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= Qnil
;
19034 Fselect_window (window
, Qt
);
19036 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
19038 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
19042 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP
;
19043 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
19044 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
19045 string_start
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
19049 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_STRING
;
19050 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
19051 mode_line_string_face
= face
;
19052 mode_line_string_face_prop
19053 = (NILP (face
) ? Qnil
: Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
)));
19056 push_kboard (FRAME_KBOARD (it
.f
));
19057 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
19062 len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (string_start
);
19063 str
= make_string (mode_line_noprop_buf
+ string_start
, len
);
19067 mode_line_string_list
= Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list
);
19068 str
= Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), mode_line_string_list
,
19069 empty_unibyte_string
);
19072 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
19076 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
19077 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
19080 pint2str (register char *buf
, register int width
, register EMACS_INT d
)
19082 register char *p
= buf
;
19090 *p
++ = d
% 10 + '0';
19095 for (width
-= (int) (p
- buf
); width
> 0; --width
)
19106 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal and "human
19107 readable" representation of the nonnegative integer D to BUF using
19108 a minimal field width WIDTH. D should be smaller than 999.5e24. */
19110 static const char power_letter
[] =
19124 pint2hrstr (char *buf
, int width
, int d
)
19126 /* We aim to represent the nonnegative integer D as
19127 QUOTIENT.TENTHS * 10 ^ (3 * EXPONENT). */
19130 /* -1 means: do not use TENTHS. */
19134 /* Length of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
19140 if (1000 <= quotient
)
19142 /* Scale to the appropriate EXPONENT. */
19145 remainder
= quotient
% 1000;
19149 while (1000 <= quotient
);
19151 /* Round to nearest and decide whether to use TENTHS or not. */
19154 tenths
= remainder
/ 100;
19155 if (50 <= remainder
% 100)
19162 if (quotient
== 10)
19170 if (500 <= remainder
)
19172 if (quotient
< 999)
19183 /* Calculate the LENGTH of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
19184 if (tenths
== -1 && quotient
<= 99)
19191 p
= psuffix
= buf
+ max (width
, length
);
19193 /* Print EXPONENT. */
19194 *psuffix
++ = power_letter
[exponent
];
19197 /* Print TENTHS. */
19200 *--p
= '0' + tenths
;
19204 /* Print QUOTIENT. */
19207 int digit
= quotient
% 10;
19208 *--p
= '0' + digit
;
19210 while ((quotient
/= 10) != 0);
19212 /* Print leading spaces. */
19217 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
19218 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
19219 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
19221 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type
[] = "(*invalid*)";
19224 decode_mode_spec_coding (Lisp_Object coding_system
, register char *buf
, int eol_flag
)
19227 int multibyte
= !NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, enable_multibyte_characters
));
19228 const unsigned char *eol_str
;
19230 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
19231 Lisp_Object eoltype
;
19233 val
= CODING_SYSTEM_SPEC (coding_system
);
19236 if (!VECTORP (val
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19241 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19242 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
19247 Lisp_Object eolvalue
;
19249 attrs
= AREF (val
, 0);
19250 eolvalue
= AREF (val
, 2);
19253 *buf
++ = XFASTINT (CODING_ATTR_MNEMONIC (attrs
));
19257 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
19259 if (NILP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19260 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19261 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19262 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19263 else /* eolvalue is Qunix, Qdos, or Qmac. */
19264 eoltype
= (EQ (eolvalue
, Qunix
)
19265 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
19266 : (EQ (eolvalue
, Qdos
) == 1
19267 ? eol_mnemonic_dos
: eol_mnemonic_mac
));
19273 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
19274 if (STRINGP (eoltype
))
19276 eol_str
= SDATA (eoltype
);
19277 eol_str_len
= SBYTES (eoltype
);
19279 else if (CHARACTERP (eoltype
))
19281 unsigned char *tmp
= (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
);
19282 eol_str_len
= CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype
), tmp
);
19287 eol_str
= invalid_eol_type
;
19288 eol_str_len
= sizeof (invalid_eol_type
) - 1;
19290 memcpy (buf
, eol_str
, eol_str_len
);
19291 buf
+= eol_str_len
;
19297 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
19298 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
19299 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
19300 string returned with spaces to that value. Return a Lisp string in
19301 *STRING if the resulting string is taken from that Lisp string.
19303 Note we operate on the current buffer for most purposes,
19304 the exception being w->base_line_pos. */
19306 static char lots_of_dashes
[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
19308 static const char *
19309 decode_mode_spec (struct window
*w
, register int c
, int field_width
,
19310 int precision
, Lisp_Object
*string
)
19313 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
19314 char *decode_mode_spec_buf
= f
->decode_mode_spec_buffer
;
19315 struct buffer
*b
= current_buffer
;
19323 if (!NILP (BVAR (b
, read_only
)))
19325 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19330 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
19331 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19333 if (!NILP (BVAR (b
, read_only
)))
19338 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
19339 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19351 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
19353 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19354 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
19357 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19365 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
19367 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19368 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
19371 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19378 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
19379 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_NOPROP
||
19380 mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_STRING
)
19382 if (field_width
<= 0
19383 || field_width
> sizeof (lots_of_dashes
))
19385 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
) - 1; ++i
)
19386 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '-';
19387 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '\0';
19388 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19391 return lots_of_dashes
;
19395 obj
= BVAR (b
, name
);
19399 /* %c and %l are ignored in `frame-title-format'.
19400 (In redisplay_internal, the frame title is drawn _before_ the
19401 windows are updated, so the stuff which depends on actual
19402 window contents (such as %l) may fail to render properly, or
19403 even crash emacs.) */
19404 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_TITLE
)
19408 EMACS_INT col
= current_column ();
19409 w
->column_number_displayed
= make_number (col
);
19410 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, col
);
19411 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19415 #ifndef SYSTEM_MALLOC
19417 if (NILP (Vmemory_full
))
19420 return "!MEM FULL! ";
19427 /* %F displays the frame name. */
19428 if (!NILP (f
->title
))
19429 return SSDATA (f
->title
);
19430 if (f
->explicit_name
|| ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
19431 return SSDATA (f
->name
);
19435 obj
= BVAR (b
, filename
);
19440 EMACS_INT size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
19441 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
19442 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19447 EMACS_INT size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
19448 pint2hrstr (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
19449 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19454 EMACS_INT startpos
, startpos_byte
, line
, linepos
, linepos_byte
;
19455 int topline
, nlines
, height
;
19458 /* %c and %l are ignored in `frame-title-format'. */
19459 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_TITLE
)
19462 startpos
= XMARKER (w
->start
)->charpos
;
19463 startpos_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->start
);
19464 height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
19466 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
19467 don't forget that too fast. */
19468 if (EQ (w
->base_line_pos
, w
->buffer
))
19470 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
19471 else if (BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
19472 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
19474 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
19475 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit
)
19476 && BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit
))
19478 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
19479 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
19483 if (INTEGERP (w
->base_line_number
)
19484 && INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
19485 && XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
) <= startpos
)
19487 line
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
);
19488 linepos
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
);
19489 linepos_byte
= buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b
, linepos
);
19494 linepos
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
19495 linepos_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
19498 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
19499 nlines
= display_count_lines (linepos
, linepos_byte
,
19503 topline
= nlines
+ line
;
19505 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
19506 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
19507 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
19508 go back past it. */
19509 if (startpos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
19511 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
);
19512 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BUF_BEGV (b
));
19514 else if (nlines
< height
+ 25 || nlines
> height
* 3 + 50
19515 || linepos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
19517 EMACS_INT limit
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
19518 EMACS_INT limit_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
19519 EMACS_INT position
;
19520 int distance
= (height
* 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width
;
19522 if (startpos
- distance
> limit
)
19524 limit
= startpos
- distance
;
19525 limit_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
19528 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
19530 - (height
* 2 + 30),
19532 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
19533 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
19534 give up on line numbers for this window. */
19535 if (position
== limit_byte
&& limit
== startpos
- distance
)
19537 w
->base_line_pos
= w
->buffer
;
19538 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
19542 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
- nlines
);
19543 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position
));
19546 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
19547 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
19548 PT_BYTE
, PT
, &junk
);
19550 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
19551 line_number_displayed
= 1;
19553 /* Make the string to show. */
19554 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, topline
+ nlines
);
19555 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19558 char* p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19559 int pad
= field_width
- 2;
19565 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19571 obj
= BVAR (b
, mode_name
);
19575 if (BUF_BEGV (b
) > BUF_BEG (b
) || BUF_ZV (b
) < BUF_Z (b
))
19581 EMACS_INT pos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
19582 EMACS_INT total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
19584 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_ZV (b
))
19586 if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19591 else if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19595 if (total
> 1000000)
19596 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
19597 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
19599 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
19600 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
19601 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
19604 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2ld%%", (long)total
);
19605 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19609 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
19612 EMACS_INT toppos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
19613 EMACS_INT botpos
= BUF_Z (b
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
19614 EMACS_INT total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
19616 if (botpos
>= BUF_ZV (b
))
19618 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19625 if (total
> 1000000)
19626 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
19627 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
19629 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
19630 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
19631 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
19634 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19635 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "Top%2ld%%", (long)total
);
19637 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2ld%%", (long)total
);
19638 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19643 /* status of process */
19644 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
19646 return "no process";
19648 obj
= Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj
));
19654 int count
= inhibit_garbage_collection ();
19655 Lisp_Object val
= call1 (intern ("file-remote-p"),
19656 BVAR (current_buffer
, directory
));
19657 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
19665 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
19669 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
19671 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
19673 int eol_flag
= (c
== 'Z');
19674 char *p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19676 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
19678 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
19679 to do EOL conversion. */
19680 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (CODING_ID_NAME
19681 (FRAME_KEYBOARD_CODING (f
)->id
),
19683 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (CODING_ID_NAME
19684 (FRAME_TERMINAL_CODING (f
)->id
),
19687 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (BVAR (b
, buffer_file_coding_system
),
19690 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
19691 #ifdef subprocesses
19692 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
19693 if (PROCESSP (obj
))
19695 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->decode_coding_system
,
19697 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->encode_coding_system
,
19700 #endif /* subprocesses */
19703 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19710 return SSDATA (obj
);
19717 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
19718 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
19719 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
19721 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
19724 display_count_lines (EMACS_INT start
, EMACS_INT start_byte
,
19725 EMACS_INT limit_byte
, int count
,
19726 EMACS_INT
*byte_pos_ptr
)
19728 register unsigned char *cursor
;
19729 unsigned char *base
;
19731 register int ceiling
;
19732 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr
;
19733 int orig_count
= count
;
19735 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
19736 check only for newlines. */
19737 int selective_display
= (!NILP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
))
19738 && !INTEGERP (BVAR (current_buffer
, selective_display
)));
19742 while (start_byte
< limit_byte
)
19744 ceiling
= BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte
);
19745 ceiling
= min (limit_byte
- 1, ceiling
);
19746 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) + 1;
19747 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
));
19750 if (selective_display
)
19751 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015 && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
19754 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
19757 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
19761 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
19762 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
19766 if (++cursor
== ceiling_addr
)
19772 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
;
19777 while (start_byte
> limit_byte
)
19779 ceiling
= BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte
- 1);
19780 ceiling
= max (limit_byte
, ceiling
);
19781 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) - 1;
19782 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
- 1) + 1);
19785 if (selective_display
)
19786 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
19787 && *cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015)
19790 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
&& *cursor
!= '\n')
19793 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
19797 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
19798 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
19799 /* When scanning backwards, we should
19800 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
19801 return - orig_count
- 1;
19807 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
19808 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
19809 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
19813 *byte_pos_ptr
= limit_byte
;
19816 return - orig_count
+ count
;
19817 return orig_count
- count
;
19823 /***********************************************************************
19825 ***********************************************************************/
19827 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
19829 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
19830 string LISP_STRING is displayed. There's a case that STRING is
19831 non-null and LISP_STRING is not nil. It means STRING is a string
19832 data of LISP_STRING. In that case, we display LISP_STRING while
19833 ignoring its text properties.
19835 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
19836 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
19837 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
19839 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
19840 standard display table, temporarily.
19842 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
19843 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
19844 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
19845 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
19847 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
19848 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
19850 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
19852 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
19853 ----------------------------------------
19859 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
19860 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
19861 enable_multibyte_characters.
19863 Value is the number of columns displayed. */
19866 display_string (const char *string
, Lisp_Object lisp_string
, Lisp_Object face_string
,
19867 EMACS_INT face_string_pos
, EMACS_INT start
, struct it
*it
,
19868 int field_width
, int precision
, int max_x
, int multibyte
)
19870 int hpos_at_start
= it
->hpos
;
19871 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
19872 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
19874 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
19875 with index START. */
19876 reseat_to_string (it
, NILP (lisp_string
) ? string
: NULL
, lisp_string
, start
,
19877 precision
, field_width
, multibyte
);
19878 if (string
&& STRINGP (lisp_string
))
19879 /* LISP_STRING is the one returned by decode_mode_spec. We should
19880 ignore its text properties. */
19881 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
19883 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
19884 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
19885 if (STRINGP (face_string
))
19891 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
19892 0, it
->region_beg_charpos
,
19893 it
->region_end_charpos
,
19894 &endptr
, it
->base_face_id
, 0);
19895 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
19896 it
->face_box_p
= face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
19899 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
19900 beyond the right edge of the window. */
19902 max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
19904 max_x
= min (max_x
, it
->last_visible_x
);
19906 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
19908 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
19909 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, 100000, it
->first_visible_x
,
19910 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
19912 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
19913 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
19914 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
19915 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
19916 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
19918 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
19919 past last_visible_x. */
19920 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
19922 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
19924 /* Get the next display element. */
19925 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
19928 /* Produce glyphs. */
19929 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
19930 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
19931 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
19933 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
19936 while (i
< nglyphs
)
19938 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
19940 if (it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
19941 && x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
19943 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
19944 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
))
19946 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
19947 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
19948 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
19952 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
19957 else if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
>= it
->first_visible_x
)
19959 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
19961 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
19962 it
->glyph_row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
19966 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
19967 Should not happen. */
19971 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
19972 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
19973 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
19974 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
19975 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
19976 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
19977 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
19978 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
19982 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
19986 /* Stop at line ends. */
19987 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
19989 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
19993 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
19995 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
19996 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
19997 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
19999 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
20000 truncated at a padding space. */
20001 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->string_nchars
)
20003 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
20007 if (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)
20009 for (ii
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; ii
> 0; --ii
)
20010 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][ii
]))
20012 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; ii
< n
; ++ii
)
20014 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = ii
;
20015 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
20018 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
20020 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
20026 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
20027 if (it
->first_visible_x
20028 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
20030 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
20031 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
20032 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
20035 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
20037 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
20038 return it
->hpos
- hpos_at_start
;
20043 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
20044 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
20045 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
20046 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
20047 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
20048 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
20049 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
20052 invisible_p (register Lisp_Object propval
, Lisp_Object list
)
20054 register Lisp_Object tail
, proptail
;
20056 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
20058 register Lisp_Object tem
;
20060 if (EQ (propval
, tem
))
20062 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propval
, XCAR (tem
)))
20063 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
20066 if (CONSP (propval
))
20068 for (proptail
= propval
; CONSP (proptail
); proptail
= XCDR (proptail
))
20070 Lisp_Object propelt
;
20071 propelt
= XCAR (proptail
);
20072 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
20074 register Lisp_Object tem
;
20076 if (EQ (propelt
, tem
))
20078 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propelt
, XCAR (tem
)))
20079 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
20087 DEFUN ("invisible-p", Finvisible_p
, Sinvisible_p
, 1, 1, 0,
20088 doc
: /* Non-nil if the property makes the text invisible.
20089 POS-OR-PROP can be a marker or number, in which case it is taken to be
20090 a position in the current buffer and the value of the `invisible' property
20091 is checked; or it can be some other value, which is then presumed to be the
20092 value of the `invisible' property of the text of interest.
20093 The non-nil value returned can be t for truly invisible text or something
20094 else if the text is replaced by an ellipsis. */)
20095 (Lisp_Object pos_or_prop
)
20098 = (NATNUMP (pos_or_prop
) || MARKERP (pos_or_prop
)
20099 ? Fget_char_property (pos_or_prop
, Qinvisible
, Qnil
)
20101 int invis
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
20102 return (invis
== 0 ? Qnil
20104 : make_number (invis
));
20107 /* Calculate a width or height in pixels from a specification using
20108 the following elements:
20111 NUM - a (fractional) multiple of the default font width/height
20112 (NUM) - specifies exactly NUM pixels
20113 UNIT - a fixed number of pixels, see below.
20114 ELEMENT - size of a display element in pixels, see below.
20115 (NUM . SPEC) - equals NUM * SPEC
20116 (+ SPEC SPEC ...) - add pixel values
20117 (- SPEC SPEC ...) - subtract pixel values
20118 (- SPEC) - negate pixel value
20121 INT or FLOAT - a number constant
20122 SYMBOL - use symbol's (buffer local) variable binding.
20125 in - pixels per inch *)
20126 mm - pixels per 1/1000 meter *)
20127 cm - pixels per 1/100 meter *)
20128 width - width of current font in pixels.
20129 height - height of current font in pixels.
20131 *) using the ratio(s) defined in display-pixels-per-inch.
20135 left-fringe - left fringe width in pixels
20136 right-fringe - right fringe width in pixels
20138 left-margin - left margin width in pixels
20139 right-margin - right margin width in pixels
20141 scroll-bar - scroll-bar area width in pixels
20145 Pixels corresponding to 5 inches:
20148 Total width of non-text areas on left side of window (if scroll-bar is on left):
20149 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin scroll-bar))
20151 Align to first text column (in header line):
20152 '(space :align-to 0)
20154 Align to middle of text area minus half the width of variable `my-image'
20155 containing a loaded image:
20156 '(space :align-to (0.5 . (- text my-image)))
20158 Width of left margin minus width of 1 character in the default font:
20159 '(space :width (- left-margin 1))
20161 Width of left margin minus width of 2 characters in the current font:
20162 '(space :width (- left-margin (2 . width)))
20164 Center 1 character over left-margin (in header line):
20165 '(space :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin) -0.5))
20167 Different ways to express width of left fringe plus left margin minus one pixel:
20168 '(space :width (- (+ left-fringe left-margin) (1)))
20169 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (- (1))))
20170 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (-1)))
20174 #define NUMVAL(X) \
20175 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
20180 calc_pixel_width_or_height (double *res
, struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
,
20181 struct font
*font
, int width_p
, int *align_to
)
20185 #define OK_PIXELS(val) ((*res = (double)(val)), 1)
20186 #define OK_ALIGN_TO(val) ((*align_to = (int)(val)), 1)
20189 return OK_PIXELS (0);
20191 xassert (FRAME_LIVE_P (it
->f
));
20193 if (SYMBOLP (prop
))
20195 if (SCHARS (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
)) == 2)
20197 char *unit
= SSDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
));
20199 if (unit
[0] == 'i' && unit
[1] == 'n')
20201 else if (unit
[0] == 'm' && unit
[1] == 'm')
20203 else if (unit
[0] == 'c' && unit
[1] == 'm')
20210 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20211 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
20213 ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (it
->f
)->resx
20214 : FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (it
->f
)->resy
),
20216 return OK_PIXELS (ppi
/ pixels
);
20219 if ((ppi
= NUMVAL (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
), ppi
> 0)
20220 || (CONSP (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
)
20222 ? NUMVAL (XCAR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))
20223 : NUMVAL (XCDR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))),
20225 return OK_PIXELS (ppi
/ pixels
);
20231 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20232 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
))
20233 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_HEIGHT (font
) : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
20234 if (EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
20235 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_WIDTH (font
) : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
));
20237 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
) || EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
20238 return OK_PIXELS (1);
20241 if (EQ (prop
, Qtext
))
20242 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
20243 ? window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
20244 : WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
));
20246 if (align_to
&& *align_to
< 0)
20249 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft
))
20250 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20251 if (EQ (prop
, Qright
))
20252 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20253 if (EQ (prop
, Qcenter
))
20254 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
20255 + window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
) / 2);
20256 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
20257 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20258 ? WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
)
20259 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20260 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
20261 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20262 ? window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
20263 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20264 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
20265 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20266 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
20267 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20268 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
20269 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (it
->w
)
20271 : (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
20272 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20273 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
)
20278 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
20279 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20280 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
20281 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20282 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
20283 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20284 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
20285 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20286 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
20287 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20290 prop
= Fbuffer_local_value (prop
, it
->w
->buffer
);
20293 if (INTEGERP (prop
) || FLOATP (prop
))
20295 int base_unit
= (width_p
20296 ? FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
)
20297 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
20298 return OK_PIXELS (XFLOATINT (prop
) * base_unit
);
20303 Lisp_Object car
= XCAR (prop
);
20304 Lisp_Object cdr
= XCDR (prop
);
20308 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20309 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
20310 && valid_image_p (prop
))
20312 int id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, prop
);
20313 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, id
);
20315 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
? img
->width
: img
->height
);
20318 if (EQ (car
, Qplus
) || EQ (car
, Qminus
))
20324 while (CONSP (cdr
))
20326 if (!calc_pixel_width_or_height (&px
, it
, XCAR (cdr
),
20327 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
20330 pixels
= (EQ (car
, Qplus
) ? px
: -px
), first
= 0;
20335 if (EQ (car
, Qminus
))
20337 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
20340 car
= Fbuffer_local_value (car
, it
->w
->buffer
);
20343 if (INTEGERP (car
) || FLOATP (car
))
20346 pixels
= XFLOATINT (car
);
20348 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
20349 if (calc_pixel_width_or_height (&fact
, it
, cdr
,
20350 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
20351 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
* fact
);
20362 /***********************************************************************
20364 ***********************************************************************/
20366 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20371 dump_glyph_string (s
)
20372 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20374 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
20375 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
20376 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
20377 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
20378 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
20379 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
20380 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
20381 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
20382 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
20383 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
20384 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
20385 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
20388 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
20390 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
20391 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
20392 init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
20393 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
20394 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
20395 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
20396 face-override for drawing S. */
20399 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc) HDC hdc,
20400 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc) HDC hdc;
20401 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f) hdc = get_frame_dc ((f))
20402 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f) release_frame_dc ((f), (hdc))
20405 #ifndef OPTIONAL_HDC
20406 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc)
20407 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc)
20408 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f)
20409 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f)
20413 init_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
,
20415 XChar2b
*char2b
, struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
20416 enum glyph_row_area area
, int start
, enum draw_glyphs_face hl
)
20418 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
20420 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
20424 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
20425 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
20426 s
->char2b
= char2b
;
20430 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
20431 s
->height
= row
->height
;
20432 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
20433 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
20437 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
20438 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
20441 append_glyph_string_lists (struct glyph_string
**head
, struct glyph_string
**tail
,
20442 struct glyph_string
*h
, struct glyph_string
*t
)
20456 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
20457 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
20461 prepend_glyph_string_lists (struct glyph_string
**head
, struct glyph_string
**tail
,
20462 struct glyph_string
*h
, struct glyph_string
*t
)
20476 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
20477 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
20480 append_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
**head
, struct glyph_string
**tail
,
20481 struct glyph_string
*s
)
20483 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
20484 append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
20488 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
20489 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
20490 means we want to display multibyte text. DISPLAY_P non-zero means
20491 make sure that X resources for the face returned are allocated.
20492 Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display if
20493 DISPLAY_P is non-zero. */
20495 static INLINE
struct face
*
20496 get_char_face_and_encoding (struct frame
*f
, int c
, int face_id
,
20497 XChar2b
*char2b
, int multibyte_p
, int display_p
)
20499 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
20503 unsigned code
= face
->font
->driver
->encode_char (face
->font
, c
);
20505 if (code
!= FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20506 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, (code
>> 8), (code
& 0xFF));
20508 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, 0);
20511 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
20512 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
20516 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
20517 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
20524 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
20525 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
20526 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
20528 static INLINE
struct face
*
20529 get_glyph_face_and_encoding (struct frame
*f
, struct glyph
*glyph
,
20530 XChar2b
*char2b
, int *two_byte_p
)
20534 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
20535 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
20544 if (CHAR_BYTE8_P (glyph
->u
.ch
))
20545 code
= CHAR_TO_BYTE8 (glyph
->u
.ch
);
20547 code
= face
->font
->driver
->encode_char (face
->font
, glyph
->u
.ch
);
20549 if (code
!= FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20550 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, (code
>> 8), (code
& 0xFF));
20552 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, 0);
20555 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
20556 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
20557 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
20562 /* Get glyph code of character C in FONT in the two-byte form CHAR2B.
20563 Retunr 1 if FONT has a glyph for C, otherwise return 0. */
20566 get_char_glyph_code (int c
, struct font
*font
, XChar2b
*char2b
)
20570 if (CHAR_BYTE8_P (c
))
20571 code
= CHAR_TO_BYTE8 (c
);
20573 code
= font
->driver
->encode_char (font
, c
);
20575 if (code
== FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20577 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, (code
>> 8), (code
& 0xFF));
20582 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
20584 BASE_FACE is the base face of the composition.
20585 S->cmp_from is the index of the first component for S.
20587 OVERLAPS non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use
20588 its physical height for clipping. See also draw_glyphs.
20590 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
20593 fill_composite_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
, struct face
*base_face
,
20597 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
20598 S->cmp_from, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
20599 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
20604 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20607 for (i
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
20609 int c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, i
);
20613 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, base_face
->ascii_face
, c
,
20616 face
= get_char_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, c
, face_id
,
20617 s
->char2b
+ i
, 1, 1);
20623 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20625 else if (s
->face
!= face
)
20633 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
20634 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
20635 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
20637 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
20638 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
20639 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
20640 characters of the glyph string. */
20641 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
20643 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
20644 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
20647 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
20648 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
20650 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
20657 fill_gstring_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
, int face_id
,
20658 int start
, int end
, int overlaps
)
20660 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
20661 Lisp_Object lgstring
;
20664 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20665 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
20666 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
20667 s
->cmp_id
= glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
;
20668 s
->cmp_from
= glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
;
20669 s
->cmp_to
= glyph
->slice
.cmp
.to
+ 1;
20670 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
20671 lgstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
20672 s
->font
= XFONT_OBJECT (LGSTRING_FONT (lgstring
));
20674 while (glyph
< last
20675 && glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
20676 && glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
== s
->cmp_id
20677 && s
->cmp_to
== glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
)
20678 s
->cmp_to
= (glyph
++)->slice
.cmp
.to
+ 1;
20680 for (i
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
20682 Lisp_Object lglyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (lgstring
, i
);
20683 unsigned code
= LGLYPH_CODE (lglyph
);
20685 STORE_XCHAR2B ((s
->char2b
+ i
), code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
20687 s
->width
= composition_gstring_width (lgstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, NULL
);
20688 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20692 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence glyphs for glyphless characters.
20693 See the comment of fill_glyph_string for arguments.
20694 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
20698 fill_glyphless_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
, int face_id
,
20699 int start
, int end
, int overlaps
)
20701 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
20704 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
);
20705 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20706 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
20707 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
20708 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
20709 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
20710 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20712 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20714 while (glyph
< last
20715 && glyph
->type
== GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
20716 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
20717 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
)
20720 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20723 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
20724 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20728 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
20730 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
20731 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
20732 OVERLAPS non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use
20733 its physical height for clipping. See also draw_glyphs.
20735 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
20738 fill_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
, int face_id
,
20739 int start
, int end
, int overlaps
)
20741 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
20743 int glyph_not_available_p
;
20745 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
20746 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
20747 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
20749 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20750 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
20751 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
20752 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
20753 s
->padding_p
= glyph
->padding_p
;
20754 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
20756 while (glyph
< last
20757 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
20758 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
20759 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
20760 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
20761 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
20765 s
->face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
20766 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
20768 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
20770 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
20771 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20772 if (glyph
++->padding_p
!= s
->padding_p
)
20776 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20778 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
20779 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
20780 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
20781 characters of the glyph string. */
20782 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
20784 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
20785 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
20788 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
20789 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
20791 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
20792 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20796 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
20799 fill_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
20801 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
20802 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
20804 s
->slice
= s
->first_glyph
->slice
.img
;
20805 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
20806 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20807 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
20809 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
20810 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
20814 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
20816 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
20817 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
20818 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
20820 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
20823 fill_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
20824 enum glyph_row_area area
, int start
, int end
)
20826 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
20827 int voffset
, face_id
;
20829 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
20831 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
20832 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
20833 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
20834 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
20835 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20836 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20838 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
20842 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
20843 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
20844 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
20846 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20848 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
20849 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
20851 /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph
20852 string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */
20854 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20857 static struct font_metrics
*
20858 get_per_char_metric (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
, XChar2b
*char2b
)
20860 static struct font_metrics metrics
;
20861 unsigned code
= (XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b
) << 8) | XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b
);
20863 if (! font
|| code
== FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20865 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, &code
, 1, &metrics
);
20870 Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
20871 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
20872 assumed to be zero. */
20875 x_get_glyph_overhangs (struct glyph
*glyph
, struct frame
*f
, int *left
, int *right
)
20877 *left
= *right
= 0;
20879 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
20883 struct font_metrics
*pcm
;
20885 face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
20886 if (face
->font
&& (pcm
= get_per_char_metric (f
, face
->font
, &char2b
)))
20888 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
20889 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
20890 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
20891 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
20894 else if (glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
)
20896 if (! glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
20898 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
];
20900 if (cmp
->rbearing
> cmp
->pixel_width
)
20901 *right
= cmp
->rbearing
- cmp
->pixel_width
;
20902 if (cmp
->lbearing
< 0)
20903 *left
= - cmp
->lbearing
;
20907 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
);
20908 struct font_metrics metrics
;
20910 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
,
20911 glyph
->slice
.cmp
.to
+ 1, &metrics
);
20912 if (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
)
20913 *right
= metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
;
20914 if (metrics
.lbearing
< 0)
20915 *left
= - metrics
.lbearing
;
20921 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
20922 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
20923 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
20926 left_overwritten (struct glyph_string
*s
)
20930 if (s
->left_overhang
)
20933 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20934 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
20936 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
20937 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
20948 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
20949 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
20950 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
20953 left_overwriting (struct glyph_string
*s
)
20956 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20957 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
20961 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
20964 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
20967 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
20974 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
20975 overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
20976 no such glyph is found. */
20979 right_overwritten (struct glyph_string
*s
)
20983 if (s
->right_overhang
)
20986 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
20987 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
20988 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
20990 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
20991 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21000 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
21001 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
21002 if no such glyph is found. */
21005 right_overwriting (struct glyph_string
*s
)
21008 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
21009 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21010 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
21014 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
21017 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
21020 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21027 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
21028 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
21029 in the drawing area. */
21032 set_glyph_string_background_width (struct glyph_string
*s
, int start
, int last_x
)
21034 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
21035 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
21037 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
21038 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
21039 && ((s
->row
->fill_line_p
21040 && (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
21041 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
21042 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
))
21043 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
))
21044 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
21046 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
21047 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
21049 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
21050 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
21052 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
21056 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
21057 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
21058 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
21061 compute_overhangs_and_x (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int backward_p
)
21067 if (FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21068 FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21078 if (FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21079 FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21089 /* The following macros are only called from draw_glyphs below.
21090 They reference the following parameters of that function directly:
21091 `w', `row', `area', and `overlap_p'
21092 as well as the following local variables:
21093 `s', `f', and `hdc' (in W32) */
21096 /* On W32, silently add local `hdc' variable to argument list of
21097 init_glyph_string. */
21098 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
21099 init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
21101 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
21102 init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
21105 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
21106 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
21107 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
21108 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
21109 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
21110 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
21111 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21113 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
21114 and below -- keep them on one line. */
21115 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21118 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21119 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21120 START = fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, START, END); \
21121 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21127 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
21128 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
21129 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
21130 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
21131 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
21132 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
21133 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21135 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21138 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21139 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21140 fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
21141 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21148 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
21149 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
21150 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
21151 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
21152 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
21153 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
21154 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
21155 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21157 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21163 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21165 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21166 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
21167 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21168 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21170 START = fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, overlaps); \
21175 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
21176 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
21177 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
21178 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
21179 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
21180 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
21181 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
21182 x-position of the drawing area. */
21184 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21186 int face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21187 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); \
21188 int cmp_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].u.cmp.id; \
21189 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
21191 struct glyph_string *first_s IF_LINT (= NULL); \
21194 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * cmp->glyph_len); \
21196 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
21197 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
21198 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
21200 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21201 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21202 append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
21208 n = fill_composite_glyph_string (s, base_face, overlaps); \
21216 /* Add a glyph string for a glyph-string sequence to the list of strings
21217 between HEAD and TAIL. */
21219 #define BUILD_GSTRING_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21223 Lisp_Object gstring; \
21225 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21226 gstring = (composition_gstring_from_id \
21227 ((row)->glyphs[area][START].u.cmp.id)); \
21228 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21229 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) \
21230 * LGSTRING_GLYPH_LEN (gstring)); \
21231 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21232 append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
21234 START = fill_gstring_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, overlaps); \
21238 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of glyphless character's glyphs
21239 to the list of strings between HEAD and TAIL. The meanings of
21240 arguments are the same as those of BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS. */
21242 #define BUILD_GLYPHLESS_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21247 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21249 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21250 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21251 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21253 START = fill_glyphless_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
21259 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
21260 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
21261 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
21262 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
21263 x-positions of the drawing area.
21265 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
21266 to allocate glyph strings (because draw_glyphs can be called
21267 asynchronously). */
21269 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21272 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
21273 while (START < END) \
21275 struct glyph *first_glyph = (row)->glyphs[area] + START; \
21276 switch (first_glyph->type) \
21279 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21283 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
21284 if (first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic) \
21285 BUILD_GSTRING_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21288 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21292 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
21293 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21297 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
21298 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21302 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH: \
21303 BUILD_GLYPHLESS_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21313 set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
21320 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
21321 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
21322 face-override with the following meaning:
21324 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
21325 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
21326 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
21327 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
21328 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
21329 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
21331 If OVERLAPS is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters and
21332 clip to the physical height of ROW. Non-zero value also defines
21333 the overlapping part to be drawn:
21335 OVERLAPS_PRED overlap with preceding rows
21336 OVERLAPS_SUCC overlap with succeeding rows
21337 OVERLAPS_BOTH overlap with both preceding/succeeding rows
21338 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR overlap with erased cursor area
21340 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
21343 draw_glyphs (struct window
*w
, int x
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
21344 enum glyph_row_area area
, EMACS_INT start
, EMACS_INT end
,
21345 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
, int overlaps
)
21347 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
21348 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21349 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= NULL
, *clip_tail
= NULL
;
21350 int i
, j
, x_reached
, last_x
, area_left
= 0;
21351 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
21354 ALLOCATE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
21356 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
21357 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
21358 start
= max (0, start
);
21359 start
= min (end
, start
);
21361 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
21362 end of the drawing area. */
21363 if (row
->full_width_p
)
21365 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
21367 area_left
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
21368 last_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
21372 area_left
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
21373 last_x
= area_left
+ window_box_width (w
, area
);
21377 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
21378 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
21379 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
21380 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
21382 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
);
21384 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
21388 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
21389 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
21390 strings built above. */
21391 if (head
&& !overlaps
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
21393 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
21394 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
21395 int mouse_beg_col
IF_LINT (= 0), mouse_end_col
IF_LINT (= 0);
21396 int check_mouse_face
= 0;
21399 /* If mouse highlighting is on, we may need to draw adjacent
21400 glyphs using mouse-face highlighting. */
21401 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->mouse_face_p
)
21403 struct glyph_row
*mouse_beg_row
, *mouse_end_row
;
21405 mouse_beg_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
21406 mouse_end_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
21408 if (row
>= mouse_beg_row
&& row
<= mouse_end_row
)
21410 check_mouse_face
= 1;
21411 mouse_beg_col
= (row
== mouse_beg_row
)
21412 ? hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
: 0;
21413 mouse_end_col
= (row
== mouse_end_row
)
21414 ? hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
21415 : row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
21419 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
21420 if (FRAME_RIF (f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21421 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21422 FRAME_RIF (f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21424 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
21425 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
21426 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
21427 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
21429 i
= left_overwritten (head
);
21432 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21434 /* If this row contains mouse highlighting, attempt to draw
21435 the overlapped glyphs with the correct highlight. This
21436 code fails if the overlap encompasses more than one glyph
21437 and mouse-highlight spans only some of these glyphs.
21438 However, making it work perfectly involves a lot more
21439 code, and I don't know if the pathological case occurs in
21440 practice, so we'll stick to this for now. --- cyd */
21441 if (check_mouse_face
21442 && mouse_beg_col
< start
&& mouse_end_col
> i
)
21443 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21445 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21448 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (j
, start
, h
, t
,
21449 overlap_hl
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
21451 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
21452 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21456 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
21457 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
21458 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
21459 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
21460 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
21461 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
21463 i
= left_overwriting (head
);
21466 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21468 if (check_mouse_face
21469 && mouse_beg_col
< start
&& mouse_end_col
> i
)
21470 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21472 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21475 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, start
, h
, t
,
21476 overlap_hl
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
21477 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21478 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
21479 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
21480 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21483 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
21484 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
21485 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
21487 i
= right_overwritten (tail
);
21490 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21492 if (check_mouse_face
21493 && mouse_beg_col
< i
&& mouse_end_col
> end
)
21494 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21496 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21498 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
21499 overlap_hl
, x
, last_x
);
21500 /* Because BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS updates the first argument,
21501 we don't have `end = i;' here. */
21502 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
21503 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21507 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
21508 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
21509 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
21510 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
21511 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
21512 i
= right_overwriting (tail
);
21515 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21516 if (check_mouse_face
21517 && mouse_beg_col
< i
&& mouse_end_col
> end
)
21518 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21520 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21523 i
++; /* We must include the Ith glyph. */
21524 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
21525 overlap_hl
, x
, last_x
);
21526 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21527 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
21528 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
21529 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21531 if (clip_head
|| clip_tail
)
21532 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21534 s
->clip_head
= clip_head
;
21535 s
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
21539 /* Draw all strings. */
21540 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21541 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_glyph_string (s
);
21544 /* When focus a sole frame and move horizontally, this sets on_p to 0
21545 causing a failure to erase prev cursor position. */
21546 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
21547 && !row
->full_width_p
21548 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
21549 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
21553 int x0
= clip_head
? clip_head
->x
: (head
? head
->x
: x
);
21554 int x1
= (clip_tail
? clip_tail
->x
+ clip_tail
->background_width
21555 : (tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
));
21559 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, TEXT_AREA
, x0
, x1
,
21560 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
21564 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
21565 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
21566 if (row
->full_width_p
)
21567 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
21569 x_reached
-= area_left
;
21571 RELEASE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
21576 /* Expand row matrix if too narrow. Don't expand if area
21579 #define IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH(it, area) \
21581 if (!fonts_changed_p \
21582 && (it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] \
21583 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])) \
21585 it->w->ncols_scale_factor++; \
21586 fonts_changed_p = 1; \
21590 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
21591 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
21594 append_glyph (struct it
*it
)
21596 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21597 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21599 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
21600 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
21602 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21603 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21605 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
21606 rather than append it. */
21607 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21611 /* Make room for the additional glyph. */
21612 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
]; g
--)
21614 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
];
21616 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
21617 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
21618 if (it
->pixel_width
> 0)
21620 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
21621 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
21625 /* Assure at least 1-pixel width. Otherwise, cursor can't
21626 be displayed correctly. */
21627 glyph
->pixel_width
= 1;
21628 glyph
->padding_p
= 1;
21630 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
21631 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
21632 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21633 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
21634 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21635 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21636 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21637 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21638 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
21639 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
21640 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
21641 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
21642 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
21643 glyph
->slice
.img
= null_glyph_slice
;
21644 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
21647 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
21648 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
21650 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
21654 glyph
->resolved_level
= 0;
21655 glyph
->bidi_type
= UNKNOWN_BT
;
21657 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21660 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
21663 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_it.id in
21664 IT->glyph_row. Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is
21668 append_composite_glyph (struct it
*it
)
21670 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21671 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21673 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
21675 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21676 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21678 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
21679 rather than append it. */
21680 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21684 /* Make room for the new glyph. */
21685 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[it
->area
]; g
--)
21687 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[it
->area
];
21689 glyph
->charpos
= it
->cmp_it
.charpos
;
21690 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
21691 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
21692 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
21693 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
21694 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21695 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
21696 if (it
->cmp_it
.ch
< 0)
21698 glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
= 0;
21699 glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
= it
->cmp_it
.id
;
21700 glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
= glyph
->slice
.cmp
.to
= 0;
21704 glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
= 1;
21705 glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
= it
->cmp_it
.id
;
21706 glyph
->slice
.cmp
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.from
;
21707 glyph
->slice
.cmp
.to
= it
->cmp_it
.to
- 1;
21709 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21710 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21711 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21712 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21713 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
21714 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
21715 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
21716 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
21717 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
21718 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
21721 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
21722 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
21724 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
21726 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21729 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
21733 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
21737 take_vertical_position_into_account (struct it
*it
)
21741 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
21742 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
21744 it
->ascent
-= it
->voffset
;
21746 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
21748 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
21753 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
21754 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
21755 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
21758 produce_image_glyph (struct it
*it
)
21762 int glyph_ascent
, crop
;
21763 struct glyph_slice slice
;
21765 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
21767 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
21769 /* Make sure X resources of the face is loaded. */
21770 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
21772 if (it
->image_id
< 0)
21774 /* Fringe bitmap. */
21775 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= 0;
21776 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
21777 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
21782 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
21784 /* Make sure X resources of the image is loaded. */
21785 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
21787 slice
.x
= slice
.y
= 0;
21788 slice
.width
= img
->width
;
21789 slice
.height
= img
->height
;
21791 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.x
))
21792 slice
.x
= XINT (it
->slice
.x
);
21793 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.x
))
21794 slice
.x
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.x
) * img
->width
;
21796 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.y
))
21797 slice
.y
= XINT (it
->slice
.y
);
21798 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.y
))
21799 slice
.y
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.y
) * img
->height
;
21801 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.width
))
21802 slice
.width
= XINT (it
->slice
.width
);
21803 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.width
))
21804 slice
.width
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.width
) * img
->width
;
21806 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.height
))
21807 slice
.height
= XINT (it
->slice
.height
);
21808 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.height
))
21809 slice
.height
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.height
) * img
->height
;
21811 if (slice
.x
>= img
->width
)
21812 slice
.x
= img
->width
;
21813 if (slice
.y
>= img
->height
)
21814 slice
.y
= img
->height
;
21815 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
>= img
->width
)
21816 slice
.width
= img
->width
- slice
.x
;
21817 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
> img
->height
)
21818 slice
.height
= img
->height
- slice
.y
;
21820 if (slice
.width
== 0 || slice
.height
== 0)
21823 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= glyph_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
, &slice
);
21825 it
->descent
= slice
.height
- glyph_ascent
;
21827 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
21828 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
21829 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
21830 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
21832 it
->pixel_width
= slice
.width
;
21834 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
21835 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
21836 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
21838 /* It's quite possible for images to have an ascent greater than
21839 their height, so don't get confused in that case. */
21840 if (it
->descent
< 0)
21845 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
21847 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
21850 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
21851 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
21852 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
21855 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
== 0)
21856 it
->pixel_width
+= eabs (face
->box_line_width
);
21857 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
21858 it
->pixel_width
+= eabs (face
->box_line_width
);
21861 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
21863 /* Automatically crop wide image glyphs at right edge so we can
21864 draw the cursor on same display row. */
21865 if ((crop
= it
->pixel_width
- (it
->last_visible_x
- it
->current_x
), crop
> 0)
21866 && (it
->hpos
== 0 || it
->pixel_width
> it
->last_visible_x
/ 4))
21868 it
->pixel_width
-= crop
;
21869 slice
.width
-= crop
;
21874 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21875 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21877 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21878 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21880 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
21881 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
21882 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
21883 glyph
->ascent
= glyph_ascent
;
21884 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
21885 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21886 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
21887 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21888 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21889 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21890 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21891 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
21892 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
21893 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
21894 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
21895 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
21896 glyph
->slice
.img
= slice
;
21897 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
21900 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
21901 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
21903 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
21905 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21908 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
21913 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
21914 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
21915 stretch. ASCENT is the ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= HEIGHT). */
21918 append_stretch_glyph (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object object
,
21919 int width
, int height
, int ascent
)
21921 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21922 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21924 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= height
);
21926 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21927 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21929 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
21930 rather than append it. */
21931 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21935 /* Make room for the additional glyph. */
21936 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
]; g
--)
21938 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
];
21940 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
21941 glyph
->object
= object
;
21942 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
21943 glyph
->ascent
= ascent
;
21944 glyph
->descent
= height
- ascent
;
21945 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21946 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
21947 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21948 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21949 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21950 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21951 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
21952 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
21953 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
21954 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
21955 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= ascent
;
21956 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
21957 glyph
->slice
.img
= null_glyph_slice
;
21958 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
21961 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
21962 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
21964 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
21968 glyph
->resolved_level
= 0;
21969 glyph
->bidi_type
= UNKNOWN_BT
;
21971 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21974 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
21978 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
21979 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
21980 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
21983 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
21984 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
21987 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
21988 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
21989 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
21991 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
21992 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
21994 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
21996 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
21997 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
21999 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
22000 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
22001 the glyph property.
22003 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
22005 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
22006 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
22007 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
22010 produce_stretch_glyph (struct it
*it
)
22012 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT ...) */
22013 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
22014 int width
= 0, height
= 0, align_to
= -1;
22015 int zero_width_ok_p
= 0, zero_height_ok_p
= 0;
22018 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22019 struct font
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22021 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
22023 /* List should start with `space'. */
22024 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
22025 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
22027 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
22028 if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
), !NILP (prop
))
22029 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, 0))
22031 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
22032 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
22035 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
22038 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
22039 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
22042 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
22045 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
22046 it2
.c
= it2
.char_to_display
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, it2
.len
);
22049 it2
.c
= it2
.char_to_display
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
22050 if (! ASCII_CHAR_P (it2
.c
))
22051 it2
.char_to_display
= BYTE8_TO_CHAR (it2
.c
);
22054 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
22055 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
22056 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
22057 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
22059 else if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
), !NILP (prop
))
22060 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, &align_to
))
22062 if (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
|| !it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
)
22063 align_to
= (align_to
< 0
22065 : align_to
- window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
22066 else if (align_to
< 0)
22067 align_to
= window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
22068 width
= max (0, (int)tem
+ align_to
- it
->current_x
);
22069 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
22072 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
22073 width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
22075 if (width
<= 0 && (width
< 0 || !zero_width_ok_p
))
22078 /* Compute height. */
22079 if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
), !NILP (prop
))
22080 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
22083 zero_height_ok_p
= 1;
22085 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
22087 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
22089 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22091 if (height
<= 0 && (height
< 0 || !zero_height_ok_p
))
22094 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
22095 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
22096 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
22097 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
22098 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
22099 ascent
= height
* NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
22100 else if (!NILP (prop
)
22101 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
22102 ascent
= min (max (0, (int)tem
), height
);
22104 ascent
= (height
* FONT_BASE (font
)) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22106 if (width
> 0 && it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
22107 && it
->current_x
+ width
> it
->last_visible_x
)
22108 width
= it
->last_visible_x
- it
->current_x
- 1;
22110 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0 && it
->glyph_row
)
22112 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
22113 if (!STRINGP (object
))
22114 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
22115 append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
22118 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
22119 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= ascent
;
22120 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
22121 it
->nglyphs
= width
> 0 && height
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
22123 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22126 /* Calculate line-height and line-spacing properties.
22127 An integer value specifies explicit pixel value.
22128 A float value specifies relative value to current face height.
22129 A cons (float . face-name) specifies relative value to
22130 height of specified face font.
22132 Returns height in pixels, or nil. */
22136 calc_line_height_property (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object val
, struct font
*font
,
22137 int boff
, int override
)
22139 Lisp_Object face_name
= Qnil
;
22140 int ascent
, descent
, height
;
22142 if (NILP (val
) || INTEGERP (val
) || (override
&& EQ (val
, Qt
)))
22147 face_name
= XCAR (val
);
22149 if (!NUMBERP (val
))
22150 val
= make_number (1);
22151 if (NILP (face_name
))
22153 height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
22158 if (NILP (face_name
))
22160 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22161 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
22163 else if (EQ (face_name
, Qt
))
22172 face_id
= lookup_named_face (it
->f
, face_name
, 0);
22174 return make_number (-1);
22176 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
22179 return make_number (-1);
22180 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22181 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22182 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22185 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22186 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22190 it
->override_ascent
= ascent
;
22191 it
->override_descent
= descent
;
22192 it
->override_boff
= boff
;
22195 height
= ascent
+ descent
;
22199 height
= (int)(XFLOAT_DATA (val
) * height
);
22200 else if (INTEGERP (val
))
22201 height
*= XINT (val
);
22203 return make_number (height
);
22207 /* Append a glyph for a glyphless character to IT->glyph_row. FACE_ID
22208 is a face ID to be used for the glyph. FOR_NO_FONT is nonzero if
22209 and only if this is for a character for which no font was found.
22211 If the display method (it->glyphless_method) is
22212 GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM or GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE, LEN is a
22213 length of the acronym or the hexadecimal string, UPPER_XOFF and
22214 UPPER_YOFF are pixel offsets for the upper part of the string,
22215 LOWER_XOFF and LOWER_YOFF are for the lower part.
22217 For the other display methods, LEN through LOWER_YOFF are zero. */
22220 append_glyphless_glyph (struct it
*it
, int face_id
, int for_no_font
, int len
,
22221 short upper_xoff
, short upper_yoff
,
22222 short lower_xoff
, short lower_yoff
)
22224 struct glyph
*glyph
;
22225 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
22227 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22228 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
22230 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
22231 rather than append it. */
22232 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& area
== TEXT_AREA
)
22236 /* Make room for the additional glyph. */
22237 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
]; g
--)
22239 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
];
22241 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
22242 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
22243 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
22244 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22245 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
22246 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
22247 glyph
->type
= GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
;
22248 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
= it
->glyphless_method
;
22249 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
= for_no_font
;
22250 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
= len
;
22251 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
= it
->c
;
22252 glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
= upper_xoff
;
22253 glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
= upper_yoff
;
22254 glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
= lower_xoff
;
22255 glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
= lower_yoff
;
22256 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
22257 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
22258 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
22259 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
22260 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
22261 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
22262 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
22263 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22264 glyph
->face_id
= face_id
;
22265 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
22268 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
22269 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
22271 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
22273 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22276 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
22280 /* Produce a glyph for a glyphless character for iterator IT.
22281 IT->glyphless_method specifies which method to use for displaying
22282 the character. See the description of enum
22283 glyphless_display_method in dispextern.h for the detail.
22285 FOR_NO_FONT is nonzero if and only if this is for a character for
22286 which no font was found. ACRONYM, if non-nil, is an acronym string
22287 for the character. */
22290 produce_glyphless_glyph (struct it
*it
, int for_no_font
, Lisp_Object acronym
)
22295 int base_width
, base_height
, width
, height
;
22296 short upper_xoff
, upper_yoff
, lower_xoff
, lower_yoff
;
22299 /* Get the metrics of the base font. We always refer to the current
22301 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
)->ascii_face
;
22302 font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22303 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + font
->baseline_offset
;
22304 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - font
->baseline_offset
;
22305 base_height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
22306 base_width
= font
->average_width
;
22308 /* Get a face ID for the glyph by utilizing a cache (the same way as
22309 doen for `escape-glyph' in get_next_display_element). */
22310 if (it
->f
== last_glyphless_glyph_frame
22311 && it
->face_id
== last_glyphless_glyph_face_id
)
22313 face_id
= last_glyphless_glyph_merged_face_id
;
22317 /* Merge the `glyphless-char' face into the current face. */
22318 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qglyphless_char
, 0, it
->face_id
);
22319 last_glyphless_glyph_frame
= it
->f
;
22320 last_glyphless_glyph_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
22321 last_glyphless_glyph_merged_face_id
= face_id
;
22324 if (it
->glyphless_method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
22326 it
->pixel_width
= THIN_SPACE_WIDTH
;
22328 upper_xoff
= upper_yoff
= lower_xoff
= lower_yoff
= 0;
22330 else if (it
->glyphless_method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_EMPTY_BOX
)
22332 width
= CHAR_WIDTH (it
->c
);
22335 else if (width
> 4)
22337 it
->pixel_width
= base_width
* width
;
22339 upper_xoff
= upper_yoff
= lower_xoff
= lower_yoff
= 0;
22345 unsigned int code
[6];
22347 int ascent
, descent
;
22348 struct font_metrics metrics_upper
, metrics_lower
;
22350 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
22351 font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22352 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
22354 if (it
->glyphless_method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
22356 if (! STRINGP (acronym
) && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
))
22357 acronym
= CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
, it
->c
);
22358 str
= STRINGP (acronym
) ? SSDATA (acronym
) : "";
22362 xassert (it
->glyphless_method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
);
22363 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X", it
->c
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6, it
->c
);
22366 for (len
= 0; str
[len
] && ASCII_BYTE_P (str
[len
]); len
++)
22367 code
[len
] = font
->driver
->encode_char (font
, str
[len
]);
22368 upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
22369 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, upper_len
,
22371 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
+ upper_len
, len
- upper_len
,
22376 /* +4 is for vertical bars of a box plus 1-pixel spaces at both side. */
22377 width
= max (metrics_upper
.width
, metrics_lower
.width
) + 4;
22378 upper_xoff
= upper_yoff
= 2; /* the typical case */
22379 if (base_width
>= width
)
22381 /* Align the upper to the left, the lower to the right. */
22382 it
->pixel_width
= base_width
;
22383 lower_xoff
= base_width
- 2 - metrics_lower
.width
;
22387 /* Center the shorter one. */
22388 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
22389 if (metrics_upper
.width
>= metrics_lower
.width
)
22390 lower_xoff
= (width
- metrics_lower
.width
) / 2;
22393 /* FIXME: This code doesn't look right. It formerly was
22394 missing the "lower_xoff = 0;", which couldn't have
22395 been right since it left lower_xoff uninitialized. */
22397 upper_xoff
= (width
- metrics_upper
.width
) / 2;
22401 /* +5 is for horizontal bars of a box plus 1-pixel spaces at
22402 top, bottom, and between upper and lower strings. */
22403 height
= (metrics_upper
.ascent
+ metrics_upper
.descent
22404 + metrics_lower
.ascent
+ metrics_lower
.descent
) + 5;
22405 /* Center vertically.
22406 H:base_height, D:base_descent
22407 h:height, ld:lower_descent, la:lower_ascent, ud:upper_descent
22409 ascent = - (D - H/2 - h/2 + 1); "+ 1" for rounding up
22410 descent = D - H/2 + h/2;
22411 lower_yoff = descent - 2 - ld;
22412 upper_yoff = lower_yoff - la - 1 - ud; */
22413 ascent
= - (it
->descent
- (base_height
+ height
+ 1) / 2);
22414 descent
= it
->descent
- (base_height
- height
) / 2;
22415 lower_yoff
= descent
- 2 - metrics_lower
.descent
;
22416 upper_yoff
= (lower_yoff
- metrics_lower
.ascent
- 1
22417 - metrics_upper
.descent
);
22418 /* Don't make the height shorter than the base height. */
22419 if (height
> base_height
)
22421 it
->ascent
= ascent
;
22422 it
->descent
= descent
;
22426 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22427 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22429 append_glyphless_glyph (it
, face_id
, for_no_font
, len
,
22430 upper_xoff
, upper_yoff
,
22431 lower_xoff
, lower_yoff
);
22433 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22438 Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
22439 loaded with. See the description of struct it in dispextern.h
22440 for an overview of struct it. */
22443 x_produce_glyphs (struct it
*it
)
22445 int extra_line_spacing
= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
22447 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22449 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
22452 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22453 struct font
*font
= face
->font
;
22454 struct font_metrics
*pcm
= NULL
;
22455 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
22459 /* When no suitable font is found, display this character by
22460 the method specified in the first extra slot of
22461 Vglyphless_char_display. */
22462 Lisp_Object acronym
= lookup_glyphless_char_display (-1, it
);
22464 xassert (it
->what
== IT_GLYPHLESS
);
22465 produce_glyphless_glyph (it
, 1, STRINGP (acronym
) ? acronym
: Qnil
);
22469 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22470 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22471 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22473 if (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t')
22479 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
22481 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
22482 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
22483 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
22487 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22488 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22491 if (get_char_glyph_code (it
->char_to_display
, font
, &char2b
))
22493 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22494 if (pcm
->width
== 0
22495 && pcm
->rbearing
== 0 && pcm
->lbearing
== 0)
22501 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
22502 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
22503 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
22507 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
22508 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22509 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22510 it
->pixel_width
= font
->space_width
;
22513 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
22515 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22517 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
22518 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22520 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22522 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
22523 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22525 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
22526 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
22527 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
22530 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
22531 `space-width' property, change its width. */
22532 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
22534 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
22536 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
22537 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
22538 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
22539 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
22541 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
22545 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
22546 it
->descent
+= thick
;
22551 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
22552 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22553 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
22554 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22557 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
22558 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
22559 if (face
->overline_p
)
22560 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
22562 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
22564 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22565 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22566 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22567 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22570 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22572 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
22577 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
22578 into a stretch glyph. */
22579 int ascent
= (((it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
) * FONT_BASE (font
))
22580 / FONT_HEIGHT (font
));
22581 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
22582 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
22587 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
22588 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
22589 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
22590 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
22591 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
22593 if (! stretched_p
&& it
->pixel_width
== 0)
22594 /* We assure that all visible glyphs have at least 1-pixel
22596 it
->pixel_width
= 1;
22598 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
22600 /* A newline has no width, but we need the height of the
22601 line. But if previous part of the line sets a height,
22602 don't increase that height */
22604 Lisp_Object height
;
22605 Lisp_Object total_height
= Qnil
;
22607 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
22608 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
22611 height
= get_it_property (it
, Qline_height
);
22612 /* Split (line-height total-height) list */
22614 && CONSP (XCDR (height
))
22615 && NILP (XCDR (XCDR (height
))))
22617 total_height
= XCAR (XCDR (height
));
22618 height
= XCAR (height
);
22620 height
= calc_line_height_property (it
, height
, font
, boff
, 1);
22622 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
22624 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
22625 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
22626 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
22630 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22631 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22634 if (EQ (height
, Qt
))
22636 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22638 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
22639 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22641 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22643 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
22644 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22646 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
22647 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
22648 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 1;
22649 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
22653 Lisp_Object spacing
;
22655 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22656 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22658 if ((it
->max_ascent
> 0 || it
->max_descent
> 0)
22659 && face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
22660 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
22662 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22663 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22666 && XINT (height
) > it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
)
22667 it
->ascent
= XINT (height
) - it
->descent
;
22669 if (!NILP (total_height
))
22670 spacing
= calc_line_height_property (it
, total_height
, font
, boff
, 0);
22673 spacing
= get_it_property (it
, Qline_spacing
);
22674 spacing
= calc_line_height_property (it
, spacing
, font
, boff
, 0);
22676 if (INTEGERP (spacing
))
22678 extra_line_spacing
= XINT (spacing
);
22679 if (!NILP (total_height
))
22680 extra_line_spacing
-= (it
->phys_ascent
+ it
->phys_descent
);
22684 else /* i.e. (it->char_to_display == '\t') */
22686 if (font
->space_width
> 0)
22688 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* font
->space_width
;
22689 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
22690 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
22692 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
22693 stop is less than a space character width, use the
22694 tab stop after that. */
22695 if (next_tab_x
- x
< font
->space_width
)
22696 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
22698 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
22700 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22701 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22705 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
22706 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, it
->ascent
);
22711 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
22716 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
&& it
->cmp_it
.ch
< 0)
22718 /* A static composition.
22720 Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
22721 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs.
22723 Important note: pixel_width, ascent, and descent are the
22724 values of what is drawn by draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of
22725 the overall glyphs composed). */
22726 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22727 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
22728 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_it
.id
];
22729 int glyph_len
= cmp
->glyph_len
;
22730 struct font
*font
= face
->font
;
22734 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
22735 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
22736 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
22737 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
22738 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This may
22739 lead to incorrect display, but it's very rare, and C-l
22740 (recenter-top-bottom) can correct the display anyway. */
22741 if (! cmp
->font
|| cmp
->font
!= font
)
22743 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character
22744 of this composition (adjusted by baseline offset).
22745 Ascent and descent of overall glyphs should not be less
22746 than these, respectively. */
22747 int font_ascent
, font_descent
, font_height
;
22748 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
22749 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
22750 int lbearing
, rbearing
;
22751 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
22752 int left_padded
= 0, right_padded
= 0;
22755 struct font_metrics
*pcm
;
22756 int font_not_found_p
;
22759 for (glyph_len
= cmp
->glyph_len
; glyph_len
> 0; glyph_len
--)
22760 if ((c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, glyph_len
- 1)) != '\t')
22762 if (glyph_len
< cmp
->glyph_len
)
22764 for (i
= 0; i
< glyph_len
; i
++)
22766 if ((c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
)) != '\t')
22768 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = 0;
22773 pos
= (STRINGP (it
->string
) ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
22774 : IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
22775 /* If no suitable font is found, use the default font. */
22776 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
22777 if (font_not_found_p
)
22779 face
= face
->ascii_face
;
22782 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22783 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22784 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22785 font_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22786 font_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22787 font_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22789 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
22792 if (! font_not_found_p
)
22794 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, c
, it
->face_id
,
22795 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
22796 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22799 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
22802 width
= pcm
->width
;
22803 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
22804 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
22805 lbearing
= pcm
->lbearing
;
22806 rbearing
= pcm
->rbearing
;
22810 width
= font
->space_width
;
22811 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
22812 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
22819 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
22820 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
22822 if (! font_not_found_p
22823 && font
->default_ascent
22824 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
22825 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
22826 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
22827 highest
= font
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
22829 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
22830 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn
22832 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = 0;
22833 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = boff
;
22834 cmp
->lbearing
= lbearing
;
22835 cmp
->rbearing
= rbearing
;
22837 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
22838 for (i
++; i
< glyph_len
; i
++)
22840 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
22841 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
22843 struct face
*this_face
;
22848 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
, pos
, it
->string
);
22849 this_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
22850 font
= this_face
->font
;
22856 this_boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22857 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22858 this_boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22859 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face_id
,
22860 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
22861 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22864 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = 0;
22867 width
= pcm
->width
;
22868 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
22869 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
22870 lbearing
= pcm
->lbearing
;
22871 rbearing
= pcm
->rbearing
;
22872 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
22874 /* Relative composition with or without
22875 alternate chars. */
22876 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
22877 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
22878 if (font
->relative_compose
22879 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
22880 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
22881 make_number (ch
)))))
22884 if (- descent
>= font
->relative_compose
)
22885 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
22887 else if (ascent
<= 0)
22888 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
22889 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
22894 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
22895 value that encodes global and new reference
22896 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
22897 specified by numbers as below:
22899 0---1---2 -- ascent
22903 9--10--11 -- center
22905 ---3---4---5--- baseline
22907 6---7---8 -- descent
22909 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
22910 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
, xoff
, yoff
;
22912 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
, xoff
, yoff
);
22913 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
22914 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
22916 xoff
= font_height
* (xoff
- 128) / 256;
22918 yoff
= font_height
* (yoff
- 128) / 256;
22921 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
22922 - nrefx
* width
/ 2
22925 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
22927 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
22928 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
22929 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
22930 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
22932 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2)
22936 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
22937 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
22939 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
22942 right
= left
+ width
;
22943 if (left
< leftmost
)
22945 if (right
> rightmost
)
22948 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
22954 if (cmp
->lbearing
> left
+ lbearing
)
22955 cmp
->lbearing
= left
+ lbearing
;
22956 if (cmp
->rbearing
< left
+ rbearing
)
22957 cmp
->rbearing
= left
+ rbearing
;
22961 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
22962 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
22966 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
22967 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
22968 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
22969 cmp
->lbearing
-= leftmost
;
22970 cmp
->rbearing
-= leftmost
;
22973 if (left_padded
&& cmp
->lbearing
< 0)
22975 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
22976 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= cmp
->lbearing
;
22977 rightmost
-= cmp
->lbearing
;
22978 cmp
->rbearing
-= cmp
->lbearing
;
22981 if (right_padded
&& rightmost
< cmp
->rbearing
)
22983 rightmost
= cmp
->rbearing
;
22986 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
22987 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
22988 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
22989 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
22990 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
22991 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
22992 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
22996 && (cmp
->lbearing
< 0
22997 || cmp
->rbearing
> cmp
->pixel_width
))
22998 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
23000 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
23001 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
23002 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
23003 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
23005 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
23009 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
23010 it
->descent
+= thick
;
23015 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
23016 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23017 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
23018 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23021 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
23022 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
23023 if (face
->overline_p
)
23024 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
23026 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
23027 if (it
->ascent
< 0)
23029 if (it
->descent
< 0)
23033 append_composite_glyph (it
);
23035 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
23037 /* A dynamic (automatic) composition. */
23038 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
23039 Lisp_Object gstring
;
23040 struct font_metrics metrics
;
23042 gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (it
->cmp_it
.id
);
23044 = composition_gstring_width (gstring
, it
->cmp_it
.from
, it
->cmp_it
.to
,
23047 && (metrics
.lbearing
< 0 || metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
))
23048 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
23049 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= metrics
.ascent
;
23050 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= metrics
.descent
;
23051 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
23053 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
23057 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
23058 it
->descent
+= thick
;
23063 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
23064 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23065 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
23066 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23068 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
23069 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
23070 if (face
->overline_p
)
23071 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
23072 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
23073 if (it
->ascent
< 0)
23075 if (it
->descent
< 0)
23079 append_composite_glyph (it
);
23081 else if (it
->what
== IT_GLYPHLESS
)
23082 produce_glyphless_glyph (it
, 0, Qnil
);
23083 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
23084 produce_image_glyph (it
);
23085 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
23086 produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
23089 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
23090 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
23091 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
23092 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
23093 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
23095 if (extra_line_spacing
> 0)
23097 it
->descent
+= extra_line_spacing
;
23098 if (extra_line_spacing
> it
->max_extra_line_spacing
)
23099 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= extra_line_spacing
;
23102 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
23103 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
23104 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
23105 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
23109 Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
23110 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
23111 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
23112 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
23113 row being updated. */
23116 x_write_glyphs (struct glyph
*start
, int len
)
23120 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23123 /* Write glyphs. */
23125 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
23126 x
= draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
23127 updated_row
, updated_area
,
23129 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
23131 /* Invalidate old phys cursor if the glyph at its hpos is redrawn. */
23132 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
23133 && updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
23134 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.vpos
== output_cursor
.vpos
23135 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= hpos
23136 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< hpos
+ len
)
23137 updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23141 /* Advance the output cursor. */
23142 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
23143 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
23148 Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
23151 x_insert_glyphs (struct glyph
*start
, int len
)
23155 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
23156 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23157 struct glyph
*glyph
;
23158 int frame_x
, frame_y
;
23161 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23163 w
= updated_window
;
23164 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
23166 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
23168 line_height
= row
->height
;
23170 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
23171 shift_by_width
= 0;
23172 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
23173 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
23175 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
23176 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
23181 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
23182 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
23184 FRAME_RIF (f
)->shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, frame_x
, frame_y
, shifted_region_width
,
23185 line_height
, shift_by_width
);
23187 /* Write the glyphs. */
23188 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
23189 draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
,
23191 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
23193 /* Advance the output cursor. */
23194 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
23195 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
23201 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
23202 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
23203 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
23205 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
23206 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
23209 x_clear_end_of_line (int to_x
)
23212 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
23213 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
23214 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
23216 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23217 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23219 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23220 max_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
23222 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
23223 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
23225 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
23226 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
23232 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
23234 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
23236 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
23237 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23238 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
23239 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
23241 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
23243 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
23245 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
23246 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23248 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
23249 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
23253 int area_left
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
);
23254 from_x
+= area_left
;
23258 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
23259 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
23260 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
23262 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
23263 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
23266 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_frame_area (f
, from_x
, from_y
,
23267 to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
);
23272 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
23276 /***********************************************************************
23278 ***********************************************************************/
23280 /* Value is the internal representation of the specified cursor type
23281 ARG. If type is BAR_CURSOR, return in *WIDTH the specified width
23282 of the bar cursor. */
23284 static enum text_cursor_kinds
23285 get_specified_cursor_type (Lisp_Object arg
, int *width
)
23287 enum text_cursor_kinds type
;
23292 if (EQ (arg
, Qbox
))
23293 return FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
;
23295 if (EQ (arg
, Qhollow
))
23296 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23298 if (EQ (arg
, Qbar
))
23305 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qbar
)
23306 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
23307 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
23309 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
23313 if (EQ (arg
, Qhbar
))
23316 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
23320 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qhbar
)
23321 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
23322 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
23324 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
23325 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
23328 /* Treat anything unknown as "hollow box cursor".
23329 It was bad to signal an error; people have trouble fixing
23330 .Xdefaults with Emacs, when it has something bad in it. */
23331 type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23336 /* Set the default cursor types for specified frame. */
23338 set_frame_cursor_types (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
)
23343 FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
) = get_specified_cursor_type (arg
, &width
);
23344 FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
23346 /* By default, set up the blink-off state depending on the on-state. */
23348 tem
= Fassoc (arg
, Vblink_cursor_alist
);
23351 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
)
23352 = get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (tem
), &width
);
23353 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
23356 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) = DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
23360 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23362 /* Return the cursor we want to be displayed in window W. Return
23363 width of bar/hbar cursor through WIDTH arg. Return with
23364 ACTIVE_CURSOR arg set to 1 if cursor in window W is `active'
23365 (i.e. if the `system caret' should track this cursor).
23367 In a mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we
23368 are reading input from this window. For the selected window, we
23369 want the cursor type given by the frame parameter or buffer local
23370 setting of cursor-type. If explicitly marked off, draw no cursor.
23371 In all other cases, we want a hollow box cursor. */
23373 static enum text_cursor_kinds
23374 get_window_cursor_type (struct window
*w
, struct glyph
*glyph
, int *width
,
23375 int *active_cursor
)
23377 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23378 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
23379 int cursor_type
= DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
23380 Lisp_Object alt_cursor
;
23381 int non_selected
= 0;
23383 *active_cursor
= 1;
23386 if (cursor_in_echo_area
23387 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
23388 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
23390 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
23392 if (EQ (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
), Qt
) || NILP (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
)))
23394 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23395 return FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
23398 return get_specified_cursor_type (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
), width
);
23401 *active_cursor
= 0;
23405 /* Detect a nonselected window or nonselected frame. */
23406 else if (w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)
23407 || f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
)
23409 *active_cursor
= 0;
23411 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
) && minibuf_level
== 0)
23417 /* Never display a cursor in a window in which cursor-type is nil. */
23418 if (NILP (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
)))
23421 /* Get the normal cursor type for this window. */
23422 if (EQ (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
), Qt
))
23424 cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
23425 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23428 cursor_type
= get_specified_cursor_type (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
), width
);
23430 /* Use cursor-in-non-selected-windows instead
23431 for non-selected window or frame. */
23434 alt_cursor
= BVAR (b
, cursor_in_non_selected_windows
);
23435 if (!EQ (Qt
, alt_cursor
))
23436 return get_specified_cursor_type (alt_cursor
, width
);
23437 /* t means modify the normal cursor type. */
23438 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23439 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23440 else if (cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
&& *width
> 1)
23442 return cursor_type
;
23445 /* Use normal cursor if not blinked off. */
23446 if (!w
->cursor_off_p
)
23448 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
23450 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23452 /* Using a block cursor on large images can be very annoying.
23453 So use a hollow cursor for "large" images.
23454 If image is not transparent (no mask), also use hollow cursor. */
23455 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->u
.img_id
);
23456 if (img
!= NULL
&& IMAGEP (img
->spec
))
23458 /* Arbitrarily, interpret "Large" as >32x32 and >NxN
23459 where N = size of default frame font size.
23460 This should cover most of the "tiny" icons people may use. */
23462 || img
->width
> max (32, WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
))
23463 || img
->height
> max (32, WINDOW_FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (w
)))
23464 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23467 else if (cursor_type
!= NO_CURSOR
)
23469 /* Display current only supports BOX and HOLLOW cursors for images.
23470 So for now, unconditionally use a HOLLOW cursor when cursor is
23471 not a solid box cursor. */
23472 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23475 return cursor_type
;
23478 /* Cursor is blinked off, so determine how to "toggle" it. */
23480 /* First look for an entry matching the buffer's cursor-type in blink-cursor-alist. */
23481 if ((alt_cursor
= Fassoc (BVAR (b
, cursor_type
), Vblink_cursor_alist
), !NILP (alt_cursor
)))
23482 return get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (alt_cursor
), width
);
23484 /* Then see if frame has specified a specific blink off cursor type. */
23485 if (FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) != DEFAULT_CURSOR
)
23487 *width
= FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23488 return FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
);
23492 /* Some people liked having a permanently visible blinking cursor,
23493 while others had very strong opinions against it. So it was
23494 decided to remove it. KFS 2003-09-03 */
23496 /* Finally perform built-in cursor blinking:
23497 filled box <-> hollow box
23498 wide [h]bar <-> narrow [h]bar
23499 narrow [h]bar <-> no cursor
23500 other type <-> no cursor */
23502 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23503 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23505 if ((cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
) && *width
> 1)
23508 return cursor_type
;
23516 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
23517 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
23518 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
23519 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
23520 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
23521 are window-relative. */
23524 notice_overwritten_cursor (struct window
*w
, enum glyph_row_area area
,
23525 int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
23527 int cx0
, cx1
, cy0
, cy1
;
23528 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23530 if (!w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
23532 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
23535 if (w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
< 0
23536 || w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
23537 || (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
+ w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
23538 !(row
->enabled_p
&& row
->displays_text_p
)))
23541 if (row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
23543 row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
23544 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, row
->reversed_p
);
23545 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23549 cx0
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23550 cx1
= cx0
+ w
->phys_cursor_width
;
23551 if (x0
> cx0
|| (x1
>= 0 && x1
< cx1
))
23554 /* The cursor image will be completely removed from the
23555 screen if the output area intersects the cursor area in
23556 y-direction. When we draw in [y0 y1[, and some part of
23557 the cursor is at y < y0, that part must have been drawn
23558 before. When scrolling, the cursor is erased before
23559 actually scrolling, so we don't come here. When not
23560 scrolling, the rows above the old cursor row must have
23561 changed, and in this case these rows must have written
23562 over the cursor image.
23564 Likewise if part of the cursor is below y1, with the
23565 exception of the cursor being in the first blank row at
23566 the buffer and window end because update_text_area
23567 doesn't draw that row. (Except when it does, but
23568 that's handled in update_text_area.) */
23570 cy0
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
23571 cy1
= cy0
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
23572 if ((y0
< cy0
|| y0
>= cy1
) && (y1
<= cy0
|| y1
>= cy1
))
23575 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23578 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
23581 /************************************************************************
23583 ************************************************************************/
23585 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23588 Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W
23589 with respect to the overlapping part OVERLAPS. */
23592 x_fix_overlapping_area (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
23593 enum glyph_row_area area
, int overlaps
)
23600 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
23602 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
23604 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
23608 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
23611 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
23612 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
23614 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
,
23616 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, overlaps
);
23620 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
23630 Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
23631 comment of draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
23634 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
23635 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
)
23637 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
23638 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
23639 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
23640 if ((row
->reversed_p
23641 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= 0)
23642 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
23644 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
23646 x1
= draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
23647 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
23649 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
23651 if (hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
23652 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23653 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
23654 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
23656 else if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
23658 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23660 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
23661 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
23662 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
,
23663 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
);
23665 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
23666 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
23667 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
,
23668 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
);
23675 Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
23678 erase_phys_cursor (struct window
*w
)
23680 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23681 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
23682 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
23683 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
23684 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
23685 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
23686 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
23687 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
23688 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
23690 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
23692 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
23693 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23695 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
23696 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
23697 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
23698 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23700 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
23702 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
23703 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
23704 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23706 /* If line spacing is > 0, old cursor may only be partially visible in
23707 window after split-window. So adjust visible height. */
23708 cursor_row
->visible_height
= min (cursor_row
->visible_height
,
23709 window_text_bottom_y (w
) - cursor_row
->y
);
23711 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
23712 isn't there. This can happen if cursor is at top of a window, and
23713 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
23714 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
23715 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23717 /* If cursor is in the fringe, erase by drawing actual bitmap there. */
23718 if (cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
23720 cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
23721 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, cursor_row
, cursor_row
->reversed_p
);
23722 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23725 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
23726 In this case, either draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
23727 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
23728 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
23729 cursor glyph at hand. */
23730 if ((cursor_row
->reversed_p
23731 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
23732 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
23733 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23735 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
23736 we clear the cursor. */
23737 if (! NILP (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
23738 && coords_in_mouse_face_p (w
, hpos
, vpos
)
23739 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
23740 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
23741 mouse highlighting does not. */
23742 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
&& hpos
>= 0)
23743 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
23745 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
23746 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
23749 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
23752 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
23753 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
23754 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23756 width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
23757 left_x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
23758 x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23760 width
-= left_x
- x
;
23761 width
= min (width
, window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
) - x
);
23762 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
, cursor_row
->y
));
23763 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, max (x
, left_x
));
23766 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, cursor_row
->visible_height
);
23769 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
23770 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
23771 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
23773 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
23774 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
23777 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23778 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
23783 Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
23784 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
23785 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
23788 display_and_set_cursor (struct window
*w
, int on
,
23789 int hpos
, int vpos
, int x
, int y
)
23791 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23792 int new_cursor_type
;
23793 int new_cursor_width
;
23795 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
23796 struct glyph
*glyph
;
23798 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
23799 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
23800 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
23802 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
23803 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
23804 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
23805 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
23808 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
23809 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
23812 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
23813 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
23814 display the cursor. */
23815 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
23817 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23822 if (!glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
23823 || (0 <= hpos
&& hpos
< glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]))
23824 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
23826 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
23828 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
23829 new_cursor_type
= get_window_cursor_type (w
, glyph
,
23830 &new_cursor_width
, &active_cursor
);
23832 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
23833 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
23835 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
23837 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
23838 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
23839 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
23840 || ((new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| new_cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
)
23841 && new_cursor_width
!= w
->phys_cursor_width
)))
23842 erase_phys_cursor (w
);
23844 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
23845 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
23846 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
23847 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
23848 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
23851 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
23852 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
23854 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
23855 of them may need the information. */
23856 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
23857 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
23858 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
23859 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
23862 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
,
23863 new_cursor_type
, new_cursor_width
,
23864 on
, active_cursor
);
23868 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
23872 update_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, int on
)
23874 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
23875 of being deleted. */
23876 if (w
->current_matrix
)
23879 display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
23880 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
23886 /* Call update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
23887 in the window tree rooted at W. */
23890 update_cursor_in_window_tree (struct window
*w
, int on_p
)
23894 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
23895 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
23896 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
23897 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
23899 update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
23901 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
23907 Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
23908 Don't change the cursor's position. */
23911 x_update_cursor (struct frame
*f
, int on_p
)
23913 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
23918 Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
23919 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
23920 is about to be rewritten. */
23923 x_clear_cursor (struct window
*w
)
23925 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
23926 update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
23929 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
23931 /* Implementation of draw_row_with_mouse_face for GUI sessions, GPM,
23934 draw_row_with_mouse_face (struct window
*w
, int start_x
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
23935 int start_hpos
, int end_hpos
,
23936 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
)
23938 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23939 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
23941 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, 0);
23945 #if defined (HAVE_GPM) || defined (MSDOS)
23946 tty_draw_row_with_mouse_face (w
, row
, start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
);
23951 Display the active region described by mouse_face_* according to DRAW. */
23954 show_mouse_face (Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
, enum draw_glyphs_face draw
)
23956 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
23957 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
23959 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
23961 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
23962 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
23963 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
23964 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
23965 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
23966 && hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
23968 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
23969 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
23971 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
23972 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
23974 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
23976 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
23978 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
23981 /* R2L rows have BEG and END in reversed order, but the
23982 screen drawing geometry is always left to right. So
23983 we need to mirror the beginning and end of the
23984 highlighted area in R2L rows. */
23985 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
23987 start_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
23988 start_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
23990 else if (row
== last
)
23992 start_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
23993 start_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
;
24001 else if (row
->reversed_p
&& row
== last
)
24003 start_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
24004 start_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
;
24014 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
24015 end_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
24016 else if (row
== first
)
24017 end_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
24020 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24021 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
24022 row
->fill_line_p
= 1; /* Clear to end of line */
24025 else if (row
->reversed_p
&& row
== first
)
24026 end_hpos
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
24029 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24030 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
24031 row
->fill_line_p
= 1; /* Clear to end of line */
24034 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
24036 draw_row_with_mouse_face (w
, start_x
, row
,
24037 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
);
24040 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
24044 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
24045 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
24046 be displayed again. */
24047 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
24048 && phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
24051 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
24052 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
24053 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
24056 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
24059 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
24060 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
24061 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
24063 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
24064 && !EQ (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
24065 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
);
24066 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
24067 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
);
24069 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
);
24071 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
24075 Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
24076 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
24077 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
24080 clear_mouse_face (Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
)
24084 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& !NILP (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
24086 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
24090 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
24091 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
24092 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
24093 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
24097 /* Return non-zero if the coordinates HPOS and VPOS on windows W are
24098 within the mouse face on that window. */
24100 coords_in_mouse_face_p (struct window
*w
, int hpos
, int vpos
)
24102 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
24104 /* Quickly resolve the easy cases. */
24105 if (!(WINDOWP (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
24106 && XWINDOW (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
))
24108 if (vpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24109 || vpos
> hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
24111 if (vpos
> hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24112 && vpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
24115 if (!MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->reversed_p
)
24117 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
24119 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
<= hpos
&& hpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
)
24122 else if ((vpos
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24123 && hpos
>= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
24124 || (vpos
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
24125 && hpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
24130 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
24132 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
< hpos
&& hpos
<= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
24135 else if ((vpos
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24136 && hpos
<= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
24137 || (vpos
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
24138 && hpos
> hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
24146 Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
24149 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (struct window
*w
)
24151 return coords_in_mouse_face_p (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
24156 /* Find the glyph rows START_ROW and END_ROW of window W that display
24157 characters between buffer positions START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS
24158 (excluding END_CHARPOS). This is similar to row_containing_pos,
24159 but is more accurate when bidi reordering makes buffer positions
24160 change non-linearly with glyph rows. */
24162 rows_from_pos_range (struct window
*w
,
24163 EMACS_INT start_charpos
, EMACS_INT end_charpos
,
24164 struct glyph_row
**start
, struct glyph_row
**end
)
24166 struct glyph_row
*first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24167 int last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
24168 struct glyph_row
*row
;
24173 while (!first
->enabled_p
24174 && first
< MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
))
24177 /* Find the START row. */
24179 row
->enabled_p
&& MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) <= last_y
;
24182 /* A row can potentially be the START row if the range of the
24183 characters it displays intersects the range
24184 [START_CHARPOS..END_CHARPOS). */
24185 if (! ((start_charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
24186 && end_charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
24187 /* See the commentary in row_containing_pos, for the
24188 explanation of the complicated way to check whether
24189 some position is beyond the end of the characters
24190 displayed by a row. */
24191 || ((start_charpos
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
24192 || (start_charpos
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
24193 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
24194 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
24195 && (end_charpos
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
24196 || (end_charpos
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
24197 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
24198 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))))))
24200 /* Found a candidate row. Now make sure at least one of the
24201 glyphs it displays has a charpos from the range
24202 [START_CHARPOS..END_CHARPOS).
24204 This is not obvious because bidi reordering could make
24205 buffer positions of a row be 1,2,3,102,101,100, and if we
24206 want to highlight characters in [50..60), we don't want
24207 this row, even though [50..60) does intersect [1..103),
24208 the range of character positions given by the row's start
24209 and end positions. */
24210 struct glyph
*g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24211 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24215 if (BUFFERP (g
->object
)
24216 && start_charpos
<= g
->charpos
&& g
->charpos
< end_charpos
)
24225 /* Find the END row. */
24227 /* If the last row is partially visible, start looking for END
24228 from that row, instead of starting from FIRST. */
24229 && !(row
->enabled_p
24230 && row
->y
< last_y
&& MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
))
24232 for ( ; row
->enabled_p
&& MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) <= last_y
; row
++)
24234 struct glyph_row
*next
= row
+ 1;
24236 if (!next
->enabled_p
24237 || next
>= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
)
24238 /* The first row >= START whose range of displayed characters
24239 does NOT intersect the range [START_CHARPOS..END_CHARPOS]
24240 is the row END + 1. */
24241 || (start_charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next
)
24242 && end_charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next
))
24243 || ((start_charpos
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (next
)
24244 || (start_charpos
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (next
)
24245 && !next
->ends_at_zv_p
24246 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (next
)))
24247 && (end_charpos
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (next
)
24248 || (end_charpos
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (next
)
24249 && !next
->ends_at_zv_p
24250 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (next
)))))
24257 /* If the next row's edges intersect [START_CHARPOS..END_CHARPOS],
24258 but none of the characters it displays are in the range, it is
24260 struct glyph
*g
= next
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24261 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ next
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24265 if (BUFFERP (g
->object
)
24266 && start_charpos
<= g
->charpos
&& g
->charpos
< end_charpos
)
24279 /* This function sets the mouse_face_* elements of HLINFO, assuming
24280 the mouse cursor is on a glyph with buffer charpos MOUSE_CHARPOS in
24281 window WINDOW. START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS are buffer positions
24282 for the overlay or run of text properties specifying the mouse
24283 face. BEFORE_STRING and AFTER_STRING, if non-nil, are a
24284 before-string and after-string that must also be highlighted.
24285 COVER_STRING, if non-nil, is a display string that may cover some
24286 or all of the highlighted text. */
24289 mouse_face_from_buffer_pos (Lisp_Object window
,
24290 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
,
24291 EMACS_INT mouse_charpos
,
24292 EMACS_INT start_charpos
,
24293 EMACS_INT end_charpos
,
24294 Lisp_Object before_string
,
24295 Lisp_Object after_string
,
24296 Lisp_Object cover_string
)
24298 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
24299 struct glyph_row
*first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24300 struct glyph_row
*r1
, *r2
;
24301 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
24302 EMACS_INT ignore
, pos
;
24305 xassert (NILP (cover_string
) || STRINGP (cover_string
));
24306 xassert (NILP (before_string
) || STRINGP (before_string
));
24307 xassert (NILP (after_string
) || STRINGP (after_string
));
24309 /* Find the rows corresponding to START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS. */
24310 rows_from_pos_range (w
, start_charpos
, end_charpos
, &r1
, &r2
);
24312 r1
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24313 /* If the before-string or display-string contains newlines,
24314 rows_from_pos_range skips to its last row. Move back. */
24315 if (!NILP (before_string
) || !NILP (cover_string
))
24317 struct glyph_row
*prev
;
24318 while ((prev
= r1
- 1, prev
>= first
)
24319 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (prev
) == start_charpos
24320 && prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > 0)
24322 struct glyph
*beg
= prev
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24323 glyph
= beg
+ prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24324 while (--glyph
>= beg
&& INTEGERP (glyph
->object
));
24326 || !(EQ (glyph
->object
, before_string
)
24327 || EQ (glyph
->object
, cover_string
)))
24334 r2
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24335 hlinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 1;
24337 else if (!NILP (after_string
))
24339 /* If the after-string has newlines, advance to its last row. */
24340 struct glyph_row
*next
;
24341 struct glyph_row
*last
24342 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24344 for (next
= r2
+ 1;
24346 && next
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > 0
24347 && EQ (next
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->object
, after_string
);
24351 /* The rest of the display engine assumes that mouse_face_beg_row is
24352 either above below mouse_face_end_row or identical to it. But
24353 with bidi-reordered continued lines, the row for START_CHARPOS
24354 could be below the row for END_CHARPOS. If so, swap the rows and
24355 store them in correct order. */
24358 struct glyph_row
*tem
= r2
;
24364 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= r1
->y
;
24365 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1
, w
->current_matrix
);
24366 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= r2
->y
;
24367 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r2
, w
->current_matrix
);
24369 /* For a bidi-reordered row, the positions of BEFORE_STRING,
24370 AFTER_STRING, COVER_STRING, START_CHARPOS, and END_CHARPOS
24371 could be anywhere in the row and in any order. The strategy
24372 below is to find the leftmost and the rightmost glyph that
24373 belongs to either of these 3 strings, or whose position is
24374 between START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS, and highlight all the
24375 glyphs between those two. This may cover more than just the text
24376 between START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS if the range of characters
24377 strides the bidi level boundary, e.g. if the beginning is in R2L
24378 text while the end is in L2R text or vice versa. */
24379 if (!r1
->reversed_p
)
24381 /* This row is in a left to right paragraph. Scan it left to
24383 glyph
= r1
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24384 end
= glyph
+ r1
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24387 /* Skip truncation glyphs at the start of the glyph row. */
24388 if (r1
->displays_text_p
)
24390 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24391 && glyph
->charpos
< 0;
24393 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24395 /* Scan the glyph row, looking for BEFORE_STRING, AFTER_STRING,
24396 or COVER_STRING, and the first glyph from buffer whose
24397 position is between START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS. */
24399 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24400 && !EQ (glyph
->object
, cover_string
)
24401 && !(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
24402 && (glyph
->charpos
>= start_charpos
24403 && glyph
->charpos
< end_charpos
));
24406 /* BEFORE_STRING or AFTER_STRING are only relevant if they
24407 are present at buffer positions between START_CHARPOS and
24408 END_CHARPOS, or if they come from an overlay. */
24409 if (EQ (glyph
->object
, before_string
))
24411 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, before_string
,
24413 /* If pos == 0, it means before_string came from an
24414 overlay, not from a buffer position. */
24415 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24418 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, after_string
))
24420 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, after_string
, end_charpos
);
24421 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24424 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24426 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
24427 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= glyph
- r1
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24431 /* This row is in a right to left paragraph. Scan it right to
24435 end
= r1
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
24436 glyph
= end
+ r1
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24438 /* Skip truncation glyphs at the start of the glyph row. */
24439 if (r1
->displays_text_p
)
24441 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24442 && glyph
->charpos
< 0;
24446 /* Scan the glyph row, looking for BEFORE_STRING, AFTER_STRING,
24447 or COVER_STRING, and the first glyph from buffer whose
24448 position is between START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS. */
24450 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24451 && !EQ (glyph
->object
, cover_string
)
24452 && !(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
24453 && (glyph
->charpos
>= start_charpos
24454 && glyph
->charpos
< end_charpos
));
24457 /* BEFORE_STRING or AFTER_STRING are only relevant if they
24458 are present at buffer positions between START_CHARPOS and
24459 END_CHARPOS, or if they come from an overlay. */
24460 if (EQ (glyph
->object
, before_string
))
24462 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, before_string
, start_charpos
);
24463 /* If pos == 0, it means before_string came from an
24464 overlay, not from a buffer position. */
24465 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24468 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, after_string
))
24470 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, after_string
, end_charpos
);
24471 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24476 glyph
++; /* first glyph to the right of the highlighted area */
24477 for (g
= r1
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
], x
= r1
->x
; g
< glyph
; g
++)
24478 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
24479 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
24480 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= glyph
- r1
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24483 /* If the highlight ends in a different row, compute GLYPH and END
24484 for the end row. Otherwise, reuse the values computed above for
24485 the row where the highlight begins. */
24488 if (!r2
->reversed_p
)
24490 glyph
= r2
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24491 end
= glyph
+ r2
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24496 end
= r2
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
24497 glyph
= end
+ r2
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24501 if (!r2
->reversed_p
)
24503 /* Skip truncation and continuation glyphs near the end of the
24504 row, and also blanks and stretch glyphs inserted by
24505 extend_face_to_end_of_line. */
24507 && INTEGERP ((end
- 1)->object
)
24508 && (end
- 1)->charpos
<= 0)
24510 /* Scan the rest of the glyph row from the end, looking for the
24511 first glyph that comes from BEFORE_STRING, AFTER_STRING, or
24512 COVER_STRING, or whose position is between START_CHARPOS
24516 && !INTEGERP (end
->object
)
24517 && !EQ (end
->object
, cover_string
)
24518 && !(BUFFERP (end
->object
)
24519 && (end
->charpos
>= start_charpos
24520 && end
->charpos
< end_charpos
));
24523 /* BEFORE_STRING or AFTER_STRING are only relevant if they
24524 are present at buffer positions between START_CHARPOS and
24525 END_CHARPOS, or if they come from an overlay. */
24526 if (EQ (end
->object
, before_string
))
24528 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, before_string
, start_charpos
);
24529 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24532 else if (EQ (end
->object
, after_string
))
24534 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, after_string
, end_charpos
);
24535 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24539 /* Find the X coordinate of the last glyph to be highlighted. */
24540 for (; glyph
<= end
; ++glyph
)
24541 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24543 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
;
24544 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= glyph
- r2
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24548 /* Skip truncation and continuation glyphs near the end of the
24549 row, and also blanks and stretch glyphs inserted by
24550 extend_face_to_end_of_line. */
24554 && INTEGERP (end
->object
)
24555 && end
->charpos
<= 0)
24557 x
+= end
->pixel_width
;
24560 /* Scan the rest of the glyph row from the end, looking for the
24561 first glyph that comes from BEFORE_STRING, AFTER_STRING, or
24562 COVER_STRING, or whose position is between START_CHARPOS
24566 && !INTEGERP (end
->object
)
24567 && !EQ (end
->object
, cover_string
)
24568 && !(BUFFERP (end
->object
)
24569 && (end
->charpos
>= start_charpos
24570 && end
->charpos
< end_charpos
));
24573 /* BEFORE_STRING or AFTER_STRING are only relevant if they
24574 are present at buffer positions between START_CHARPOS and
24575 END_CHARPOS, or if they come from an overlay. */
24576 if (EQ (end
->object
, before_string
))
24578 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, before_string
, start_charpos
);
24579 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24582 else if (EQ (end
->object
, after_string
))
24584 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, after_string
, end_charpos
);
24585 if (!pos
|| (pos
>= start_charpos
&& pos
< end_charpos
))
24588 x
+= end
->pixel_width
;
24590 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
;
24591 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= end
- r2
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24594 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
24595 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
24596 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, mouse_charpos
, 0, 0, &ignore
,
24598 !hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
, -1);
24599 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
24602 /* The following function is not used anymore (replaced with
24603 mouse_face_from_string_pos), but I leave it here for the time
24604 being, in case someone would. */
24606 #if 0 /* not used */
24608 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
24609 window W's current matrix, and return in *X, *Y the pixel
24610 coordinates, and return in *HPOS, *VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
24612 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
24613 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
24615 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
24616 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
24617 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
24618 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
24619 next larger position in OBJECT.
24621 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
24624 fast_find_string_pos (struct window
*w
, EMACS_INT pos
, Lisp_Object object
,
24625 int *hpos
, int *vpos
, int *x
, int *y
, int right_p
)
24627 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
24628 struct glyph_row
*r
;
24629 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
24630 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
24633 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24634 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
24637 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24638 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24641 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
24642 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
24644 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
24651 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
24652 || ((eabs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
24653 < eabs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
24656 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
24670 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24674 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
24679 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
24682 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
24684 #endif /* not used */
24686 /* Find the positions of the first and the last glyphs in window W's
24687 current matrix that occlude positions [STARTPOS..ENDPOS] in OBJECT
24688 (assumed to be a string), and return in HLINFO's mouse_face_*
24689 members the pixel and column/row coordinates of those glyphs. */
24692 mouse_face_from_string_pos (struct window
*w
, Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
,
24693 Lisp_Object object
,
24694 EMACS_INT startpos
, EMACS_INT endpos
)
24696 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
24697 struct glyph_row
*r
;
24698 struct glyph
*g
, *e
;
24702 /* Find the glyph row with at least one position in the range
24703 [STARTPOS..ENDPOS], and the first glyph in that row whose
24704 position belongs to that range. */
24705 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24706 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
24709 if (!r
->reversed_p
)
24711 g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24712 e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24713 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
24714 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
)
24715 && startpos
<= g
->charpos
&& g
->charpos
<= endpos
)
24717 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= r
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
24718 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= r
->y
;
24719 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= g
- r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24720 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= gx
;
24729 e
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24730 g
= e
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24731 for ( ; g
> e
; --g
)
24732 if (EQ ((g
-1)->object
, object
)
24733 && startpos
<= (g
-1)->charpos
&& (g
-1)->charpos
<= endpos
)
24735 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= r
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
24736 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= r
->y
;
24737 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= g
- r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24738 for (gx
= r
->x
, g1
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]; g1
< g
; ++g1
)
24739 gx
+= g1
->pixel_width
;
24740 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= gx
;
24752 /* Starting with the next row, look for the first row which does NOT
24753 include any glyphs whose positions are in the range. */
24754 for (++r
; r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
; ++r
)
24756 g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24757 e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24759 for ( ; g
< e
; ++g
)
24760 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
)
24761 && startpos
<= g
->charpos
&& g
->charpos
<= endpos
)
24770 /* The highlighted region ends on the previous row. */
24773 /* Set the end row and its vertical pixel coordinate. */
24774 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= r
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
24775 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= r
->y
;
24777 /* Compute and set the end column and the end column's horizontal
24778 pixel coordinate. */
24779 if (!r
->reversed_p
)
24781 g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24782 e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24783 for ( ; e
> g
; --e
)
24784 if (EQ ((e
-1)->object
, object
)
24785 && startpos
<= (e
-1)->charpos
&& (e
-1)->charpos
<= endpos
)
24787 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= e
- g
;
24789 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; ++g
)
24790 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
;
24791 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= gx
;
24795 e
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24796 g
= e
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24797 for (gx
= r
->x
; e
< g
; ++e
)
24799 if (EQ (e
->object
, object
)
24800 && startpos
<= e
->charpos
&& e
->charpos
<= endpos
)
24802 gx
+= e
->pixel_width
;
24804 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= e
- r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24805 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= gx
;
24809 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
24811 /* See if position X, Y is within a hot-spot of an image. */
24814 on_hot_spot_p (Lisp_Object hot_spot
, int x
, int y
)
24816 if (!CONSP (hot_spot
))
24819 if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qrect
))
24821 /* CDR is (Top-Left . Bottom-Right) = ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1)) */
24822 Lisp_Object rect
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
24826 if (!CONSP (XCAR (rect
)))
24828 if (!CONSP (XCDR (rect
)))
24830 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
>= XINT (tem
)))
24832 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
>= XINT (tem
)))
24834 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
<= XINT (tem
)))
24836 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
<= XINT (tem
)))
24840 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qcircle
))
24842 /* CDR is (Center . Radius) = ((x0 . y0) . r) */
24843 Lisp_Object circ
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
24844 Lisp_Object lr
, lx0
, ly0
;
24846 && CONSP (XCAR (circ
))
24847 && (lr
= XCDR (circ
), INTEGERP (lr
) || FLOATP (lr
))
24848 && (lx0
= XCAR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (lx0
))
24849 && (ly0
= XCDR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (ly0
)))
24851 double r
= XFLOATINT (lr
);
24852 double dx
= XINT (lx0
) - x
;
24853 double dy
= XINT (ly0
) - y
;
24854 return (dx
* dx
+ dy
* dy
<= r
* r
);
24857 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qpoly
))
24859 /* CDR is [x0 y0 x1 y1 x2 y2 ...x(n-1) y(n-1)] */
24860 if (VECTORP (XCDR (hot_spot
)))
24862 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (XCDR (hot_spot
));
24863 Lisp_Object
*poly
= v
->contents
;
24867 Lisp_Object lx
, ly
;
24870 /* Need an even number of coordinates, and at least 3 edges. */
24871 if (n
< 6 || n
& 1)
24874 /* Count edge segments intersecting line from (X,Y) to (X,infinity).
24875 If count is odd, we are inside polygon. Pixels on edges
24876 may or may not be included depending on actual geometry of the
24878 if ((lx
= poly
[n
-2], !INTEGERP (lx
))
24879 || (ly
= poly
[n
-1], !INTEGERP (lx
)))
24881 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
24882 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 2)
24884 int x1
= x0
, y1
= y0
;
24885 if ((lx
= poly
[i
], !INTEGERP (lx
))
24886 || (ly
= poly
[i
+1], !INTEGERP (ly
)))
24888 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
24890 /* Does this segment cross the X line? */
24898 if (y
> y0
&& y
> y1
)
24900 if (y
< y0
+ ((y1
- y0
) * (x
- x0
)) / (x1
- x0
))
24910 find_hot_spot (Lisp_Object map
, int x
, int y
)
24912 while (CONSP (map
))
24914 if (CONSP (XCAR (map
))
24915 && on_hot_spot_p (XCAR (XCAR (map
)), x
, y
))
24923 DEFUN ("lookup-image-map", Flookup_image_map
, Slookup_image_map
,
24925 doc
: /* Lookup in image map MAP coordinates X and Y.
24926 An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
24927 An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
24928 A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
24929 pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
24930 A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
24931 and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
24932 A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
24933 vector describes one corner in the polygon.
24934 Returns the alist element for the first matching AREA in MAP. */)
24935 (Lisp_Object map
, Lisp_Object x
, Lisp_Object y
)
24943 return find_hot_spot (map
, XINT (x
), XINT (y
));
24947 /* Display frame CURSOR, optionally using shape defined by POINTER. */
24949 define_frame_cursor1 (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
, Lisp_Object pointer
)
24951 /* Do not change cursor shape while dragging mouse. */
24952 if (!NILP (do_mouse_tracking
))
24955 if (!NILP (pointer
))
24957 if (EQ (pointer
, Qarrow
))
24958 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
24959 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qhand
))
24960 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
;
24961 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qtext
))
24962 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
24963 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hdrag")))
24964 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
24965 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
24966 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("vdrag")))
24967 cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
24969 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hourglass")))
24970 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hourglass_cursor
;
24971 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qmodeline
))
24972 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->modeline_cursor
;
24974 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
24977 if (cursor
!= No_Cursor
)
24978 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
);
24981 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
24983 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line
24984 or marginal area AREA of window W, x-position X and y-position Y.
24985 X is relative to the start of the text display area of W, so the
24986 width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted to get a
24987 position relative to the start of the mode line. */
24990 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (Lisp_Object window
, int x
, int y
,
24991 enum window_part area
)
24993 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
24994 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
24995 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
24996 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
24997 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
;
24999 Cursor cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25000 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
;
25001 int dx
, dy
, width
, height
;
25003 Lisp_Object string
, object
= Qnil
;
25004 Lisp_Object pos
, help
;
25006 Lisp_Object mouse_face
;
25007 int original_x_pixel
= x
;
25008 struct glyph
* glyph
= NULL
, * row_start_glyph
= NULL
;
25009 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25011 if (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)
25016 /* Kludge alert: mode_line_string takes X/Y in pixels, but
25017 returns them in row/column units! */
25018 string
= mode_line_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
25019 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
25021 row
= (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
25022 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
25023 : MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
25025 /* Find the glyph under the mouse pointer. */
25026 if (row
->mode_line_p
&& row
->enabled_p
)
25028 glyph
= row_start_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
25029 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
25031 for (x0
= original_x_pixel
;
25032 glyph
< end
&& x0
>= glyph
->pixel_width
;
25034 x0
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
25042 x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
25043 /* Kludge alert: marginal_area_string takes X/Y in pixels, but
25044 returns them in row/column units! */
25045 string
= marginal_area_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
25046 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
25051 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25052 if (IMAGEP (object
))
25054 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
25055 if ((image_map
= Fplist_get (XCDR (object
), QCmap
),
25057 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
, dx
, dy
),
25059 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
25061 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
25063 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
25064 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
25065 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
25066 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
25067 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
25068 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
25069 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
25071 pointer
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
25072 if (NILP (pointer
))
25074 help
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
25077 help_echo_string
= help
;
25078 /* Is this correct? ++kfs */
25079 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
25080 help_echo_object
= w
->buffer
;
25081 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
25085 if (NILP (pointer
))
25086 pointer
= Fplist_get (XCDR (object
), QCpointer
);
25088 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
25090 if (STRINGP (string
))
25092 pos
= make_number (charpos
);
25093 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange
25094 for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the
25095 global variable help_echo_string to the help string. */
25098 help
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qhelp_echo
, string
);
25101 help_echo_string
= help
;
25102 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
25103 help_echo_object
= string
;
25104 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
25108 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25109 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
25111 dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
25112 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
25113 if (NILP (pointer
))
25114 pointer
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qpointer
, string
);
25116 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
25118 && ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)))
25121 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qlocal_map
, string
);
25122 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
25123 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qkeymap
, string
);
25124 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
25125 cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
25130 /* Change the mouse face according to what is under X/Y. */
25131 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qmouse_face
, string
);
25132 if (!NILP (mouse_face
)
25133 && ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
))
25138 struct glyph
* tmp_glyph
;
25142 int total_pixel_width
;
25143 EMACS_INT begpos
, endpos
, ignore
;
25147 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (charpos
+ 1),
25148 Qmouse_face
, string
, Qnil
);
25154 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (pos
, Qmouse_face
, string
, Qnil
);
25156 endpos
= SCHARS (string
);
25160 /* Calculate the glyph position GPOS of GLYPH in the
25161 displayed string, relative to the beginning of the
25162 highlighted part of the string.
25164 Note: GPOS is different from CHARPOS. CHARPOS is the
25165 position of GLYPH in the internal string object. A mode
25166 line string format has structures which are converted to
25167 a flattened string by the Emacs Lisp interpreter. The
25168 internal string is an element of those structures. The
25169 displayed string is the flattened string. */
25170 tmp_glyph
= row_start_glyph
;
25171 while (tmp_glyph
< glyph
25172 && (!(EQ (tmp_glyph
->object
, glyph
->object
)
25173 && begpos
<= tmp_glyph
->charpos
25174 && tmp_glyph
->charpos
< endpos
)))
25176 gpos
= glyph
- tmp_glyph
;
25178 /* Calculate the length GSEQ_LENGTH of the glyph sequence of
25179 the highlighted part of the displayed string to which
25180 GLYPH belongs. Note: GSEQ_LENGTH is different from
25181 SCHARS (STRING), because the latter returns the length of
25182 the internal string. */
25183 for (tmp_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
25185 && (!(EQ (tmp_glyph
->object
, glyph
->object
)
25186 && begpos
<= tmp_glyph
->charpos
25187 && tmp_glyph
->charpos
< endpos
));
25190 gseq_length
= gpos
+ (tmp_glyph
- glyph
) + 1;
25192 /* Calculate the total pixel width of all the glyphs between
25193 the beginning of the highlighted area and GLYPH. */
25194 total_pixel_width
= 0;
25195 for (tmp_glyph
= glyph
- gpos
; tmp_glyph
!= glyph
; tmp_glyph
++)
25196 total_pixel_width
+= tmp_glyph
->pixel_width
;
25198 /* Pre calculation of re-rendering position. Note: X is in
25199 column units here, after the call to mode_line_string or
25200 marginal_area_string. */
25202 vpos
= (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
25203 ? (w
->current_matrix
)->nrows
- 1
25206 /* If GLYPH's position is included in the region that is
25207 already drawn in mouse face, we have nothing to do. */
25208 if ( EQ (window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
25209 && (!row
->reversed_p
25210 ? (hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
<= hpos
25211 && hpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
)
25212 /* In R2L rows we swap BEG and END, see below. */
25213 : (hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
<= hpos
25214 && hpos
< hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
25215 && hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
== vpos
)
25218 if (clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
))
25219 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25221 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
25223 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
25224 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= original_x_pixel
25225 - (total_pixel_width
+ dx
);
25226 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ gseq_length
;
25227 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= 0;
25231 /* In R2L rows, show_mouse_face expects BEG and END
25232 coordinates to be swapped. */
25233 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
;
25234 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= original_x_pixel
25235 - (total_pixel_width
+ dx
);
25236 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
+ gseq_length
;
25237 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= 0;
25240 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
25241 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
;
25242 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= 0;
25243 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= 0;
25244 hlinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
25245 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
25247 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= face_at_string_position (w
, string
,
25253 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
25255 if (NILP (pointer
))
25258 else if ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
))
25259 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
25261 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25262 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
25263 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
25269 Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
25270 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
25271 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
25272 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
25275 note_mouse_highlight (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
25277 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
25278 enum window_part part
;
25279 Lisp_Object window
;
25281 Cursor cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25282 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
; /* Takes precedence over cursor! */
25285 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
25286 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (MSDOS)
25287 if (popup_activated ())
25291 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
25292 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
25293 || f
->pointer_invisible
)
25296 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
25297 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
25298 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
25300 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
25303 if (gc_in_progress
)
25305 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
25309 /* Which window is that in? */
25310 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 1);
25312 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that.
25313 Also clear if we move out of text area in same window. */
25314 if (! EQ (window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
25315 || (part
!= ON_TEXT
&& part
!= ON_MODE_LINE
&& part
!= ON_HEADER_LINE
25316 && !NILP (hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
25317 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
25319 /* Not on a window -> return. */
25320 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
25323 /* Reset help_echo_string. It will get recomputed below. */
25324 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
25326 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
25327 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
25328 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
25330 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25331 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
25333 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
25335 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
25340 /* Mouse is on the mode, header line or margin? */
25341 if (part
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| part
== ON_HEADER_LINE
25342 || part
== ON_LEFT_MARGIN
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_MARGIN
)
25344 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (window
, x
, y
, part
);
25348 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25349 if (part
== ON_VERTICAL_BORDER
)
25351 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
25352 help_echo_string
= build_string ("drag-mouse-1: resize");
25354 else if (part
== ON_LEFT_FRINGE
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_FRINGE
25355 || part
== ON_SCROLL_BAR
)
25356 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
25358 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
25361 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
25362 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
25363 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
25364 if (part
== ON_TEXT
25365 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
25366 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
25367 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
25369 int hpos
, vpos
, i
, dx
, dy
, area
;
25371 struct glyph
*glyph
;
25372 Lisp_Object object
;
25373 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, position
;
25374 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
25376 struct buffer
*obuf
;
25377 EMACS_INT obegv
, ozv
;
25380 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
25381 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &dx
, &dy
, &area
);
25383 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25384 /* Look for :pointer property on image. */
25385 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
25387 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->u
.img_id
);
25388 if (img
!= NULL
&& IMAGEP (img
->spec
))
25390 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
25391 if ((image_map
= Fplist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCmap
),
25393 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
,
25394 glyph
->slice
.img
.x
+ dx
,
25395 glyph
->slice
.img
.y
+ dy
),
25397 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
25399 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
25401 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
25402 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
25403 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
25404 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
25405 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
25406 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
25407 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
25409 pointer
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
25410 if (NILP (pointer
))
25412 help_echo_string
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
25413 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
))
25415 help_echo_window
= window
;
25416 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
25417 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25421 if (NILP (pointer
))
25422 pointer
= Fplist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCpointer
);
25425 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
25427 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
25429 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
25430 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
25431 /* Glyph's OBJECT is an integer for glyphs inserted by the
25432 display engine for its internal purposes, like truncation
25433 and continuation glyphs and blanks beyond the end of
25434 line's text on text terminals. If we are over such a
25435 glyph, we are not over any text. */
25436 || INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
25437 /* R2L rows have a stretch glyph at their front, which
25438 stands for no text, whereas L2R rows have no glyphs at
25439 all beyond the end of text. Treat such stretch glyphs
25440 like we do with NULL glyphs in L2R rows. */
25441 || (MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->reversed_p
25442 && glyph
== MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
25443 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
25444 && glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
))
25446 if (clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
))
25447 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25448 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25449 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) && NILP (pointer
))
25451 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
25452 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
25454 pointer
= Vvoid_text_area_pointer
;
25460 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25461 object
= glyph
->object
;
25462 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
25465 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
25466 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
25469 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
25470 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
25471 obuf
= current_buffer
;
25472 current_buffer
= b
;
25478 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
25479 position
= make_number (pos
);
25481 if (BUFFERP (object
))
25483 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. */
25484 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlay_vec
, noverlays
, NULL
, 0);
25485 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
25486 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
25491 same_region
= coords_in_mouse_face_p (w
, hpos
, vpos
);
25494 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25496 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
25498 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
25499 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
25500 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
25501 highlight only that. */
25502 || (OVERLAYP (hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
25503 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
25505 /* Find the highest priority overlay with a mouse-face. */
25506 Lisp_Object overlay
= Qnil
;
25507 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
25509 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
25510 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
25511 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
25514 /* If we're highlighting the same overlay as before, there's
25515 no need to do that again. */
25516 if (!NILP (overlay
) && EQ (overlay
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
25517 goto check_help_echo
;
25518 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
25520 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
25521 if (clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
))
25522 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25524 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
25525 if (NILP (overlay
))
25526 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
25528 /* Next, compute the bounds of the mouse highlighting and
25530 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
25532 /* The mouse-highlighting comes from a display string
25533 with a mouse-face. */
25537 s
= Fprevious_single_property_change
25538 (make_number (pos
+ 1), Qmouse_face
, object
, Qnil
);
25539 e
= Fnext_single_property_change
25540 (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
, Qnil
);
25542 s
= make_number (0);
25544 e
= make_number (SCHARS (object
) - 1);
25545 mouse_face_from_string_pos (w
, hlinfo
, object
,
25546 XINT (s
), XINT (e
));
25547 hlinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
25548 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
25549 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
25550 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
25551 glyph
->face_id
, 1);
25552 show_mouse_face (hlinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
25553 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25557 /* The mouse-highlighting, if any, comes from an overlay
25558 or text property in the buffer. */
25559 Lisp_Object buffer
IF_LINT (= Qnil
);
25560 Lisp_Object cover_string
IF_LINT (= Qnil
);
25562 if (STRINGP (object
))
25564 /* If we are on a display string with no mouse-face,
25565 check if the text under it has one. */
25566 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25567 EMACS_INT start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25568 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
25571 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay
25572 (make_number (pos
), Qmouse_face
, w
->buffer
, &overlay
);
25573 buffer
= w
->buffer
;
25574 cover_string
= object
;
25580 cover_string
= Qnil
;
25583 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
25585 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
25586 Lisp_Object before_string
, after_string
;
25587 /* To correctly find the limits of mouse highlight
25588 in a bidi-reordered buffer, we must not use the
25589 optimization of limiting the search in
25590 previous-single-property-change and
25591 next-single-property-change, because
25592 rows_from_pos_range needs the real start and end
25593 positions to DTRT in this case. That's because
25594 the first row visible in a window does not
25595 necessarily display the character whose position
25596 is the smallest. */
25598 NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
))
25599 ? Fmarker_position (w
->start
)
25602 NILP (BVAR (XBUFFER (buffer
), bidi_display_reordering
))
25603 ? make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (buffer
))
25604 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
))
25607 if (NILP (overlay
))
25609 /* Handle the text property case. */
25610 before
= Fprevious_single_property_change
25611 (make_number (pos
+ 1), Qmouse_face
, buffer
, lim1
);
25612 after
= Fnext_single_property_change
25613 (make_number (pos
), Qmouse_face
, buffer
, lim2
);
25614 before_string
= after_string
= Qnil
;
25618 /* Handle the overlay case. */
25619 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
25620 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
25621 before_string
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
);
25622 after_string
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
);
25624 if (!STRINGP (before_string
)) before_string
= Qnil
;
25625 if (!STRINGP (after_string
)) after_string
= Qnil
;
25628 mouse_face_from_buffer_pos (window
, hlinfo
, pos
,
25631 before_string
, after_string
,
25633 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25640 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
25641 if (NILP (help_echo_string
)) {
25642 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
25644 /* Check overlays first. */
25645 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
25646 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
25648 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
25649 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
25654 help_echo_string
= help
;
25655 help_echo_window
= window
;
25656 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
25657 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
25661 Lisp_Object obj
= glyph
->object
;
25662 EMACS_INT charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25664 /* Try text properties. */
25667 && charpos
< SCHARS (obj
))
25669 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25673 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
25674 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
25675 struct glyph_row
*r
25676 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25677 EMACS_INT start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25678 EMACS_INT p
= string_buffer_position (w
, obj
, start
);
25681 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (p
),
25682 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
25691 else if (BUFFERP (obj
)
25694 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
25699 help_echo_string
= help
;
25700 help_echo_window
= window
;
25701 help_echo_object
= obj
;
25702 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
25707 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25708 /* Look for a `pointer' property. */
25709 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) && NILP (pointer
))
25711 /* Check overlays first. */
25712 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (pointer
); --i
)
25713 pointer
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qpointer
);
25715 if (NILP (pointer
))
25717 Lisp_Object obj
= glyph
->object
;
25718 EMACS_INT charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25720 /* Try text properties. */
25723 && charpos
< SCHARS (obj
))
25725 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25727 if (NILP (pointer
))
25729 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a pointer,
25730 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
25731 struct glyph_row
*r
25732 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25733 EMACS_INT start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25734 EMACS_INT p
= string_buffer_position (w
, obj
, start
);
25736 pointer
= Fget_char_property (make_number (p
),
25737 Qpointer
, w
->buffer
);
25740 else if (BUFFERP (obj
)
25743 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25747 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
25751 current_buffer
= obuf
;
25756 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25757 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
25758 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
25760 /* This is here to prevent a compiler error, about "label at end of
25761 compound statement". */
25768 Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
25769 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
25770 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
25773 x_clear_window_mouse_face (struct window
*w
)
25775 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
25776 Lisp_Object window
;
25779 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
25780 if (EQ (window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
25781 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
25787 Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
25788 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
25791 cancel_mouse_face (struct frame
*f
)
25793 Lisp_Object window
;
25794 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
25796 window
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
25797 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
25799 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
25800 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
25801 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
25807 /***********************************************************************
25809 ***********************************************************************/
25811 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25813 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
25814 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
25817 expose_area (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, XRectangle
*r
,
25818 enum glyph_row_area area
)
25820 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
25821 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
25822 struct glyph
*last
;
25823 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
25825 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
25826 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
25827 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
25828 0, row
->used
[area
],
25829 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25832 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
25833 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
25834 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
25835 start_x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, area
);
25837 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
25840 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
25842 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
25844 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
25848 /* Find the last one. */
25852 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
25854 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
25860 draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
25861 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
], last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
25862 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25867 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
25868 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
25869 non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */
25872 expose_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, XRectangle
*r
)
25874 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
25876 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
25877 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
25878 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
25879 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25882 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25883 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
25884 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
25885 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
25886 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25887 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
25888 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
25891 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
25895 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
25896 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
25897 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
25899 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
25900 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
25901 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
25904 expose_overlaps (struct window
*w
,
25905 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
,
25906 struct glyph_row
*last_overlapping_row
,
25909 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25911 for (row
= first_overlapping_row
; row
<= last_overlapping_row
; ++row
)
25912 if (row
->overlapping_p
)
25914 xassert (row
->enabled_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
);
25917 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25918 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25920 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
25921 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25923 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25924 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25930 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
25933 phys_cursor_in_rect_p (struct window
*w
, XRectangle
*r
)
25935 XRectangle cr
, result
;
25936 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
25937 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25939 if (w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
>= 0
25940 && w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
25941 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
),
25943 && row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
25945 /* Cursor is in the fringe. */
25946 cr
.x
= window_box_right_offset (w
,
25947 (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
25948 ? RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
25951 cr
.width
= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
25952 cr
.height
= row
->height
;
25953 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
25956 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
25959 /* r is relative to W's box, but w->phys_cursor.x is relative
25960 to left edge of W's TEXT area. Adjust it. */
25961 cr
.x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
25962 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
25963 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
25964 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
25965 /* ++KFS: W32 version used W32-specific IntersectRect here, but
25966 I assume the effect is the same -- and this is portable. */
25967 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
25969 /* If we don't understand the format, pretend we're not in the hot-spot. */
25975 Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
25976 have vertical scroll bars. */
25979 x_draw_vertical_border (struct window
*w
)
25981 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
25983 /* We could do better, if we knew what type of scroll-bar the adjacent
25984 windows (on either side) have... But we don't :-(
25985 However, I think this works ok. ++KFS 2003-04-25 */
25987 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
25988 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
25989 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
25990 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
25991 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
25994 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
25995 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
25997 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
25999 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
26002 if (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
) == 0)
26005 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x1
, y0
, y1
);
26007 else if (!WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
26008 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
26010 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
26012 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
26015 if (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
) == 0)
26018 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x0
, y0
, y1
);
26023 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
26024 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
26025 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
26029 expose_window (struct window
*w
, XRectangle
*fr
)
26031 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
26033 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
26035 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
26036 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
26037 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
26039 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
26042 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
26043 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
26045 if (w
== updated_window
)
26047 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
26051 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
26052 wr
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
26053 wr
.y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
26054 wr
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
26055 wr
.height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
26057 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
26059 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
26060 struct glyph_row
*row
;
26061 int cursor_cleared_p
;
26062 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
, *last_overlapping_row
;
26064 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
26065 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
26067 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
26068 r
.x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
26069 r
.y
-= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
26071 /* Turn off the cursor. */
26072 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
26073 && phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
26075 x_clear_cursor (w
);
26076 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
26079 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
26081 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
26082 first_overlapping_row
= last_overlapping_row
= NULL
;
26083 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
26088 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
26090 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
26091 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
26092 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
26093 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
26095 /* A header line may be overlapping, but there is no need
26096 to fix overlapping areas for them. KFS 2005-02-12 */
26097 if (row
->overlapping_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
)
26099 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
26100 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
26101 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
26105 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
26106 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
26109 else if (row
->overlapping_p
)
26111 /* We must redraw a row overlapping the exposed area. */
26113 ? y0
+ row
->phys_height
> r
.y
26114 : y0
+ row
->ascent
- row
->phys_ascent
< r
.y
+r
.height
)
26116 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
26117 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
26118 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
26126 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
26127 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
26128 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
26130 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
26132 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
26133 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
26136 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
26138 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
26139 if (first_overlapping_row
)
26140 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
,
26143 /* Draw border between windows. */
26144 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
26146 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
26147 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
26148 update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
26152 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
26157 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
26158 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is
26159 non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */
26162 expose_window_tree (struct window
*w
, XRectangle
*r
)
26164 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
26165 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
26167 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
26169 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
26170 mouse_face_overwritten_p
26171 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
26172 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
26173 mouse_face_overwritten_p
26174 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
26176 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
26178 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
26181 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
26186 Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
26187 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
26188 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
26189 the entire frame. */
26192 expose_frame (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
26195 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
26197 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
26199 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
26200 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
26202 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
26206 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
26207 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
26208 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
26209 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
26210 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
26212 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
26216 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
26219 r
.width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) * FRAME_COLS (f
);
26220 r
.height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
26230 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
26231 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
26233 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
26234 mouse_face_overwritten_p
26235 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
26237 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
26239 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
26240 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
26241 mouse_face_overwritten_p
26242 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
26243 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
26247 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
26248 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
26249 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
26250 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
26251 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
26252 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
26253 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
26254 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
26255 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
26256 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
26257 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
26258 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
26259 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
26260 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
26262 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
26263 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
26265 int mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
26266 int mouse_y
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
26267 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
26268 note_mouse_highlight (f
, mouse_x
, mouse_y
);
26275 Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
26276 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
26280 x_intersect_rectangles (XRectangle
*r1
, XRectangle
*r2
, XRectangle
*result
)
26282 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
26283 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
26284 int intersection_p
= 0;
26286 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
26288 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
26290 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
26292 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
26293 otherwise there is no intersection. */
26294 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
26296 result
->x
= right
->x
;
26298 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
26299 the right ends of left and right. */
26300 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
26303 /* Same game for Y. */
26305 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
26307 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
26309 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
26310 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
26311 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
26313 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
26315 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
26316 ends of upper and lower. */
26317 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
26318 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
26320 intersection_p
= 1;
26324 return intersection_p
;
26327 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
26330 /***********************************************************************
26332 ***********************************************************************/
26335 syms_of_xdisp (void)
26337 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
26338 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
);
26340 Vmessage_stack
= Qnil
;
26341 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack
);
26343 Qinhibit_redisplay
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-redisplay");
26344 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay
);
26346 message_dolog_marker1
= Fmake_marker ();
26347 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1
);
26348 message_dolog_marker2
= Fmake_marker ();
26349 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2
);
26350 message_dolog_marker3
= Fmake_marker ();
26351 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3
);
26354 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
);
26355 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix
);
26356 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row
);
26357 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row
);
26358 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay
);
26359 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr
);
26361 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
26362 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed
);
26363 defsubr (&Slookup_image_map
);
26365 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line
);
26366 defsubr (&Sinvisible_p
);
26367 defsubr (&Scurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
);
26369 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
26370 Qmenu_bar_update_hook
= intern_c_string ("menu-bar-update-hook");
26372 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
);
26373 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
= intern_c_string ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
26375 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map
);
26376 Qoverriding_local_map
= intern_c_string ("overriding-local-map");
26378 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions
);
26379 Qwindow_scroll_functions
= intern_c_string ("window-scroll-functions");
26381 staticpro (&Qwindow_text_change_functions
);
26382 Qwindow_text_change_functions
= intern_c_string ("window-text-change-functions");
26384 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
);
26385 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= intern_c_string ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
26387 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
);
26388 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
26390 Qeval
= intern_c_string ("eval");
26391 staticpro (&Qeval
);
26393 QCdata
= intern_c_string (":data");
26394 staticpro (&QCdata
);
26395 Qdisplay
= intern_c_string ("display");
26396 staticpro (&Qdisplay
);
26397 Qspace_width
= intern_c_string ("space-width");
26398 staticpro (&Qspace_width
);
26399 Qraise
= intern_c_string ("raise");
26400 staticpro (&Qraise
);
26401 Qslice
= intern_c_string ("slice");
26402 staticpro (&Qslice
);
26403 Qspace
= intern_c_string ("space");
26404 staticpro (&Qspace
);
26405 Qmargin
= intern_c_string ("margin");
26406 staticpro (&Qmargin
);
26407 Qpointer
= intern_c_string ("pointer");
26408 staticpro (&Qpointer
);
26409 Qleft_margin
= intern_c_string ("left-margin");
26410 staticpro (&Qleft_margin
);
26411 Qright_margin
= intern_c_string ("right-margin");
26412 staticpro (&Qright_margin
);
26413 Qcenter
= intern_c_string ("center");
26414 staticpro (&Qcenter
);
26415 Qline_height
= intern_c_string ("line-height");
26416 staticpro (&Qline_height
);
26417 QCalign_to
= intern_c_string (":align-to");
26418 staticpro (&QCalign_to
);
26419 QCrelative_width
= intern_c_string (":relative-width");
26420 staticpro (&QCrelative_width
);
26421 QCrelative_height
= intern_c_string (":relative-height");
26422 staticpro (&QCrelative_height
);
26423 QCeval
= intern_c_string (":eval");
26424 staticpro (&QCeval
);
26425 QCpropertize
= intern_c_string (":propertize");
26426 staticpro (&QCpropertize
);
26427 QCfile
= intern_c_string (":file");
26428 staticpro (&QCfile
);
26429 Qfontified
= intern_c_string ("fontified");
26430 staticpro (&Qfontified
);
26431 Qfontification_functions
= intern_c_string ("fontification-functions");
26432 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions
);
26433 Qtrailing_whitespace
= intern_c_string ("trailing-whitespace");
26434 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace
);
26435 Qescape_glyph
= intern_c_string ("escape-glyph");
26436 staticpro (&Qescape_glyph
);
26437 Qnobreak_space
= intern_c_string ("nobreak-space");
26438 staticpro (&Qnobreak_space
);
26439 Qimage
= intern_c_string ("image");
26440 staticpro (&Qimage
);
26441 Qtext
= intern_c_string ("text");
26442 staticpro (&Qtext
);
26443 Qboth
= intern_c_string ("both");
26444 staticpro (&Qboth
);
26445 Qboth_horiz
= intern_c_string ("both-horiz");
26446 staticpro (&Qboth_horiz
);
26447 Qtext_image_horiz
= intern_c_string ("text-image-horiz");
26448 staticpro (&Qtext_image_horiz
);
26449 QCmap
= intern_c_string (":map");
26450 staticpro (&QCmap
);
26451 QCpointer
= intern_c_string (":pointer");
26452 staticpro (&QCpointer
);
26453 Qrect
= intern_c_string ("rect");
26454 staticpro (&Qrect
);
26455 Qcircle
= intern_c_string ("circle");
26456 staticpro (&Qcircle
);
26457 Qpoly
= intern_c_string ("poly");
26458 staticpro (&Qpoly
);
26459 Qmessage_truncate_lines
= intern_c_string ("message-truncate-lines");
26460 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines
);
26461 Qgrow_only
= intern_c_string ("grow-only");
26462 staticpro (&Qgrow_only
);
26463 Qinhibit_menubar_update
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-menubar-update");
26464 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update
);
26465 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
26466 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
);
26467 Qposition
= intern_c_string ("position");
26468 staticpro (&Qposition
);
26469 Qbuffer_position
= intern_c_string ("buffer-position");
26470 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position
);
26471 Qobject
= intern_c_string ("object");
26472 staticpro (&Qobject
);
26473 Qbar
= intern_c_string ("bar");
26475 Qhbar
= intern_c_string ("hbar");
26476 staticpro (&Qhbar
);
26477 Qbox
= intern_c_string ("box");
26479 Qhollow
= intern_c_string ("hollow");
26480 staticpro (&Qhollow
);
26481 Qhand
= intern_c_string ("hand");
26482 staticpro (&Qhand
);
26483 Qarrow
= intern_c_string ("arrow");
26484 staticpro (&Qarrow
);
26485 Qtext
= intern_c_string ("text");
26486 staticpro (&Qtext
);
26487 Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-free-realized-faces");
26488 staticpro (&Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
);
26490 list_of_error
= Fcons (Fcons (intern_c_string ("error"),
26491 Fcons (intern_c_string ("void-variable"), Qnil
)),
26493 staticpro (&list_of_error
);
26495 Qlast_arrow_position
= intern_c_string ("last-arrow-position");
26496 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_position
);
26497 Qlast_arrow_string
= intern_c_string ("last-arrow-string");
26498 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_string
);
26500 Qoverlay_arrow_string
= intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-string");
26501 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_string
);
26502 Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
= intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-bitmap");
26503 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
);
26505 echo_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
26506 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[0]);
26507 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[1]);
26509 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
26510 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[0]);
26511 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[1]);
26513 Vmessages_buffer_name
= make_pure_c_string ("*Messages*");
26514 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name
);
26516 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= Qnil
;
26517 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
26518 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
26519 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list
);
26520 mode_line_string_face
= Qnil
;
26521 staticpro (&mode_line_string_face
);
26522 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
26523 staticpro (&mode_line_string_face_prop
);
26524 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= Qnil
;
26525 staticpro (&Vmode_line_unwind_vector
);
26527 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
26528 staticpro (&help_echo_string
);
26529 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
26530 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
26531 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
26532 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
26533 previous_help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
26534 staticpro (&previous_help_echo_string
);
26535 help_echo_pos
= -1;
26537 Qright_to_left
= intern_c_string ("right-to-left");
26538 staticpro (&Qright_to_left
);
26539 Qleft_to_right
= intern_c_string ("left-to-right");
26540 staticpro (&Qleft_to_right
);
26542 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
26543 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", x_stretch_cursor_p
,
26544 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
26545 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
26546 wide as that tab on the display. */);
26547 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
26550 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", Vshow_trailing_whitespace
,
26551 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
26552 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
26553 Vshow_trailing_whitespace
= Qnil
;
26555 DEFVAR_LISP ("nobreak-char-display", Vnobreak_char_display
,
26556 doc
: /* *Control highlighting of nobreak space and soft hyphen.
26557 A value of t means highlight the character itself (for nobreak space,
26558 use face `nobreak-space').
26559 A value of nil means no highlighting.
26560 Other values mean display the escape glyph followed by an ordinary
26561 space or ordinary hyphen. */);
26562 Vnobreak_char_display
= Qt
;
26564 DEFVAR_LISP ("void-text-area-pointer", Vvoid_text_area_pointer
,
26565 doc
: /* *The pointer shape to show in void text areas.
26566 A value of nil means to show the text pointer. Other options are `arrow',
26567 `text', `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. */);
26568 Vvoid_text_area_pointer
= Qarrow
;
26570 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", Vinhibit_redisplay
,
26571 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
26572 This is used for internal purposes. */);
26573 Vinhibit_redisplay
= Qnil
;
26575 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", Vglobal_mode_string
,
26576 doc
: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
26577 Vglobal_mode_string
= Qnil
;
26579 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", Voverlay_arrow_position
,
26580 doc
: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
26581 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
26582 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
26583 Voverlay_arrow_position
= Qnil
;
26585 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", Voverlay_arrow_string
,
26586 doc
: /* String to display as an arrow in non-window frames.
26587 See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
26588 Voverlay_arrow_string
= make_pure_c_string ("=>");
26590 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-variable-list", Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
,
26591 doc
: /* List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
26592 The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
26593 where to display overlay arrows. */);
26594 Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
26595 = Fcons (intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-position"), Qnil
);
26597 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", emacs_scroll_step
,
26598 doc
: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
26599 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
26600 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
26601 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
26602 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
26604 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", scroll_conservatively
,
26605 doc
: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
26606 If point moves off-screen, redisplay will scroll by up to
26607 `scroll-conservatively' lines in order to bring point just barely
26608 onto the screen again. If that cannot be done, then redisplay
26609 recenters point as usual.
26611 If the value is greater than 100, redisplay will never recenter point,
26612 but will always scroll just enough text to bring point into view, even
26613 if you move far away.
26615 A value of zero means always recenter point if it moves off screen. */);
26616 scroll_conservatively
= 0;
26618 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", scroll_margin
,
26619 doc
: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
26620 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
26621 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
26624 DEFVAR_LISP ("display-pixels-per-inch", Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
,
26625 doc
: /* Pixels per inch value for non-window system displays.
26626 Value is a number or a cons (WIDTH-DPI . HEIGHT-DPI). */);
26627 Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
= make_float (72.0);
26630 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", debug_end_pos
, doc
: /* Don't ask. */);
26633 DEFVAR_LISP ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
26634 Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
,
26635 doc
: /* Non-nil means truncate lines in windows narrower than the frame.
26636 For an integer value, truncate lines in each window narrower than the
26637 full frame width, provided the window width is less than that integer;
26638 otherwise, respect the value of `truncate-lines'.
26640 For any other non-nil value, truncate lines in all windows that do
26641 not span the full frame width.
26643 A value of nil means to respect the value of `truncate-lines'.
26645 If `word-wrap' is enabled, you might want to reduce this. */);
26646 Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
= make_number (50);
26648 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", mode_line_inverse_video
,
26649 doc
: /* When nil, display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
26650 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
26651 `header-line', or `menu' respectively. */);
26652 mode_line_inverse_video
= 1;
26654 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", Vline_number_display_limit
,
26655 doc
: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
26656 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
26657 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
26658 Vline_number_display_limit
= Qnil
;
26660 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
26661 line_number_display_limit_width
,
26662 doc
: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
26663 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
26664 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
26665 line_number_display_limit_width
= 200;
26667 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", highlight_nonselected_windows
,
26668 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
26669 highlight_nonselected_windows
= 0;
26671 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", multiple_frames
,
26672 doc
: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
26673 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
26674 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
26675 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
26677 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", Vframe_title_format
,
26678 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
26679 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
26681 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format', except that
26682 the %c and %l constructs are ignored. It is used only on frames for
26683 which no explicit name has been set \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
26685 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", Vicon_title_format
,
26686 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
26687 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
26688 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
26689 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
26690 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
26692 = Vframe_title_format
26693 = pure_cons (intern_c_string ("multiple-frames"),
26694 pure_cons (make_pure_c_string ("%b"),
26695 pure_cons (pure_cons (empty_unibyte_string
,
26696 pure_cons (intern_c_string ("invocation-name"),
26697 pure_cons (make_pure_c_string ("@"),
26698 pure_cons (intern_c_string ("system-name"),
26702 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", Vmessage_log_max
,
26703 doc
: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
26704 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
26705 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
26706 Vmessage_log_max
= make_number (100);
26708 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", Vwindow_size_change_functions
,
26709 doc
: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
26710 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
26711 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
26712 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
26713 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
26714 Vwindow_size_change_functions
= Qnil
;
26716 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", Vwindow_scroll_functions
,
26717 doc
: /* List of functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
26718 Each function is called with two arguments, the window and its new
26719 display-start position. Note that these functions are also called by
26720 `set-window-buffer'. Also note that the value of `window-end' is not
26721 valid when these functions are called. */);
26722 Vwindow_scroll_functions
= Qnil
;
26724 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-text-change-functions",
26725 Vwindow_text_change_functions
,
26726 doc
: /* Functions to call in redisplay when text in the window might change. */);
26727 Vwindow_text_change_functions
= Qnil
;
26729 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions", Vredisplay_end_trigger_functions
,
26730 doc
: /* Functions called when redisplay of a window reaches the end trigger.
26731 Each function is called with two arguments, the window and the end trigger value.
26732 See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger'. */);
26733 Vredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= Qnil
;
26735 DEFVAR_LISP ("mouse-autoselect-window", Vmouse_autoselect_window
,
26736 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer.
26737 If nil, do not autoselect windows.
26738 A positive number means delay autoselection by that many seconds: a
26739 window is autoselected only after the mouse has remained in that
26740 window for the duration of the delay.
26741 A negative number has a similar effect, but causes windows to be
26742 autoselected only after the mouse has stopped moving. \(Because of
26743 the way Emacs compares mouse events, you will occasionally wait twice
26744 that time before the window gets selected.\)
26745 Any other value means to autoselect window instantaneously when the
26746 mouse pointer enters it.
26748 Autoselection selects the minibuffer only if it is active, and never
26749 unselects the minibuffer if it is active.
26751 When customizing this variable make sure that the actual value of
26752 `focus-follows-mouse' matches the behavior of your window manager. */);
26753 Vmouse_autoselect_window
= Qnil
;
26755 DEFVAR_LISP ("auto-resize-tool-bars", Vauto_resize_tool_bars
,
26756 doc
: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
26757 This dynamically changes the tool-bar's height to the minimum height
26758 that is needed to make all tool-bar items visible.
26759 If value is `grow-only', the tool-bar's height is only increased
26760 automatically; to decrease the tool-bar height, use \\[recenter]. */);
26761 Vauto_resize_tool_bars
= Qt
;
26763 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
,
26764 doc
: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
26765 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
= 1;
26767 DEFVAR_BOOL ("make-cursor-line-fully-visible", make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
,
26768 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to scroll (recenter) cursor line if it is not fully visible. */);
26769 make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
= 1;
26771 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-border", Vtool_bar_border
,
26772 doc
: /* *Border below tool-bar in pixels.
26773 If an integer, use it as the height of the border.
26774 If it is one of `internal-border-width' or `border-width', use the
26775 value of the corresponding frame parameter.
26776 Otherwise, no border is added below the tool-bar. */);
26777 Vtool_bar_border
= Qinternal_border_width
;
26779 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", Vtool_bar_button_margin
,
26780 doc
: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
26781 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
26782 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
26783 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
26784 vertical margin. */);
26785 Vtool_bar_button_margin
= make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN
);
26787 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", tool_bar_button_relief
,
26788 doc
: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
26789 tool_bar_button_relief
= DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
26791 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-style", Vtool_bar_style
,
26792 doc
: /* Tool bar style to use.
26794 image - show images only
26795 text - show text only
26796 both - show both, text below image
26797 both-horiz - show text to the right of the image
26798 text-image-horiz - show text to the left of the image
26799 any other - use system default or image if no system default. */);
26800 Vtool_bar_style
= Qnil
;
26802 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-max-label-size", tool_bar_max_label_size
,
26803 doc
: /* *Maximum number of characters a label can have to be shown.
26804 The tool bar style must also show labels for this to have any effect, see
26805 `tool-bar-style'. */);
26806 tool_bar_max_label_size
= DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_LABEL_SIZE
;
26808 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", Vfontification_functions
,
26809 doc
: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
26810 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
26811 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
26812 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
26813 Vfontification_functions
= Qnil
;
26814 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions
);
26816 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
26817 unibyte_display_via_language_environment
,
26818 doc
: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
26819 Specifically, this means that raw bytes in the range 160-255 decimal
26820 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
26821 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
26822 displayed according to the current fontset.
26824 Note that this variable affects only how these bytes are displayed,
26825 but does not change the fact they are interpreted as raw bytes. */);
26826 unibyte_display_via_language_environment
= 0;
26828 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", Vmax_mini_window_height
,
26829 doc
: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
26830 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
26831 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
26832 Vmax_mini_window_height
= make_float (0.25);
26834 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", Vresize_mini_windows
,
26835 doc
: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
26836 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
26837 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
26838 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
26839 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
26840 go back to their normal size. */);
26841 Vresize_mini_windows
= Qgrow_only
;
26843 DEFVAR_LISP ("blink-cursor-alist", Vblink_cursor_alist
,
26844 doc
: /* Alist specifying how to blink the cursor off.
26845 Each element has the form (ON-STATE . OFF-STATE). Whenever the
26846 `cursor-type' frame-parameter or variable equals ON-STATE,
26847 comparing using `equal', Emacs uses OFF-STATE to specify
26848 how to blink it off. ON-STATE and OFF-STATE are values for
26849 the `cursor-type' frame parameter.
26851 If a frame's ON-STATE has no entry in this list,
26852 the frame's other specifications determine how to blink the cursor off. */);
26853 Vblink_cursor_alist
= Qnil
;
26855 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", automatic_hscrolling_p
,
26856 doc
: /* Allow or disallow automatic horizontal scrolling of windows.
26857 If non-nil, windows are automatically scrolled horizontally to make
26858 point visible. */);
26859 automatic_hscrolling_p
= 1;
26860 Qauto_hscroll_mode
= intern_c_string ("auto-hscroll-mode");
26861 staticpro (&Qauto_hscroll_mode
);
26863 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", hscroll_margin
,
26864 doc
: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
26865 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
26866 hscroll_margin
= 5;
26868 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", Vhscroll_step
,
26869 doc
: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
26870 When point is less than `hscroll-margin' columns from the window
26871 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
26872 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
26873 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
26874 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
26875 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
26876 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
26878 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
26879 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
26880 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
26882 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
26883 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
26884 Vhscroll_step
= make_number (0);
26886 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", message_truncate_lines
,
26887 doc
: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
26888 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
26889 message_truncate_lines
= 0;
26891 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", Vmenu_bar_update_hook
,
26892 doc
: /* Normal hook run to update the menu bar definitions.
26893 Redisplay runs this hook before it redisplays the menu bar.
26894 This is used to update submenus such as Buffers,
26895 whose contents depend on various data. */);
26896 Vmenu_bar_update_hook
= Qnil
;
26898 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-updating-frame", Vmenu_updating_frame
,
26899 doc
: /* Frame for which we are updating a menu.
26900 The enable predicate for a menu binding should check this variable. */);
26901 Vmenu_updating_frame
= Qnil
;
26903 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", inhibit_menubar_update
,
26904 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
26905 inhibit_menubar_update
= 0;
26907 DEFVAR_LISP ("wrap-prefix", Vwrap_prefix
,
26908 doc
: /* Prefix prepended to all continuation lines at display time.
26909 The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
26910 interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.
26912 This variable is overridden by any `wrap-prefix' text or overlay
26915 To add a prefix to non-continuation lines, use `line-prefix'. */);
26916 Vwrap_prefix
= Qnil
;
26917 staticpro (&Qwrap_prefix
);
26918 Qwrap_prefix
= intern_c_string ("wrap-prefix");
26919 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qwrap_prefix
);
26921 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-prefix", Vline_prefix
,
26922 doc
: /* Prefix prepended to all non-continuation lines at display time.
26923 The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
26924 interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.
26926 This variable is overridden by any `line-prefix' text or overlay
26929 To add a prefix to continuation lines, use `wrap-prefix'. */);
26930 Vline_prefix
= Qnil
;
26931 staticpro (&Qline_prefix
);
26932 Qline_prefix
= intern_c_string ("line-prefix");
26933 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qline_prefix
);
26935 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
,
26936 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
26937 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= 0;
26939 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-free-realized-faces", inhibit_free_realized_faces
,
26940 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't free realized faces. Internal use only. */);
26941 inhibit_free_realized_faces
= 0;
26944 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", inhibit_try_window_id
,
26945 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
26946 inhibit_try_window_id
= 0;
26948 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", inhibit_try_window_reusing
,
26949 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
26950 inhibit_try_window_reusing
= 0;
26952 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", inhibit_try_cursor_movement
,
26953 doc
: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
26954 inhibit_try_cursor_movement
= 0;
26955 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
26957 DEFVAR_INT ("overline-margin", overline_margin
,
26958 doc
: /* *Space between overline and text, in pixels.
26959 The default value is 2: the height of the overline (1 pixel) plus 1 pixel
26960 margin to the caracter height. */);
26961 overline_margin
= 2;
26963 DEFVAR_INT ("underline-minimum-offset",
26964 underline_minimum_offset
,
26965 doc
: /* Minimum distance between baseline and underline.
26966 This can improve legibility of underlined text at small font sizes,
26967 particularly when using variable `x-use-underline-position-properties'
26968 with fonts that specify an UNDERLINE_POSITION relatively close to the
26969 baseline. The default value is 1. */);
26970 underline_minimum_offset
= 1;
26972 DEFVAR_BOOL ("display-hourglass", display_hourglass_p
,
26973 doc
: /* Non-nil means show an hourglass pointer, when Emacs is busy.
26974 This feature only works when on a window system that can change
26975 cursor shapes. */);
26976 display_hourglass_p
= 1;
26978 DEFVAR_LISP ("hourglass-delay", Vhourglass_delay
,
26979 doc
: /* *Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer when Emacs is busy. */);
26980 Vhourglass_delay
= make_number (DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY
);
26982 hourglass_atimer
= NULL
;
26983 hourglass_shown_p
= 0;
26985 DEFSYM (Qglyphless_char
, "glyphless-char");
26986 DEFSYM (Qhex_code
, "hex-code");
26987 DEFSYM (Qempty_box
, "empty-box");
26988 DEFSYM (Qthin_space
, "thin-space");
26989 DEFSYM (Qzero_width
, "zero-width");
26991 DEFSYM (Qglyphless_char_display
, "glyphless-char-display");
26992 /* Intern this now in case it isn't already done.
26993 Setting this variable twice is harmless.
26994 But don't staticpro it here--that is done in alloc.c. */
26995 Qchar_table_extra_slots
= intern_c_string ("char-table-extra-slots");
26996 Fput (Qglyphless_char_display
, Qchar_table_extra_slots
, make_number (1));
26998 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyphless-char-display", Vglyphless_char_display
,
26999 doc
: /* Char-table to control displaying of glyphless characters.
27000 Each element, if non-nil, is an ASCII acronym string (displayed in a box)
27001 or one of these symbols:
27002 hex-code: display the hexadecimal code of a character in a box
27003 empty-box: display as an empty box
27004 thin-space: display as 1-pixel width space
27005 zero-width: don't display
27007 It has one extra slot to control the display of a character for which
27008 no font is found. The value of the slot is `hex-code' or `empty-box'.
27009 The default is `empty-box'. */);
27010 Vglyphless_char_display
= Fmake_char_table (Qglyphless_char_display
, Qnil
);
27011 Fset_char_table_extra_slot (Vglyphless_char_display
, make_number (0),
27016 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
27021 Lisp_Object root_window
;
27022 struct window
*mini_w
;
27024 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
27026 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
27028 mini_w
= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
);
27029 root_window
= FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w
)));
27031 if (!noninteractive
)
27033 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window
)));
27036 XWINDOW (root_window
)->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
));
27037 set_window_height (root_window
,
27038 FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
),
27040 mini_w
->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1);
27041 set_window_height (minibuf_window
, 1, 0);
27043 XWINDOW (root_window
)->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
27044 mini_w
->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
27046 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = scratch_glyphs
;
27047 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
+ 1]
27048 = scratch_glyphs
+ MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
;
27050 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
27051 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; ++i
)
27052 default_invis_vector
[i
] = make_number ('.');
27056 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
27057 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
27059 mode_line_noprop_buf
= (char *) xmalloc (size
);
27060 mode_line_noprop_buf_end
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ size
;
27061 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
;
27062 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
;
27065 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
27068 /* Since w32 does not support atimers, it defines its own implementation of
27069 the following three functions in w32fns.c. */
27072 /* Platform-independent portion of hourglass implementation. */
27074 /* Return non-zero if houglass timer has been started or hourglass is shown. */
27076 hourglass_started (void)
27078 return hourglass_shown_p
|| hourglass_atimer
!= NULL
;
27081 /* Cancel a currently active hourglass timer, and start a new one. */
27083 start_hourglass (void)
27085 #if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM)
27087 int secs
, usecs
= 0;
27089 cancel_hourglass ();
27091 if (INTEGERP (Vhourglass_delay
)
27092 && XINT (Vhourglass_delay
) > 0)
27093 secs
= XFASTINT (Vhourglass_delay
);
27094 else if (FLOATP (Vhourglass_delay
)
27095 && XFLOAT_DATA (Vhourglass_delay
) > 0)
27098 tem
= Ftruncate (Vhourglass_delay
, Qnil
);
27099 secs
= XFASTINT (tem
);
27100 usecs
= (XFLOAT_DATA (Vhourglass_delay
) - secs
) * 1000000;
27103 secs
= DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY
;
27105 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (delay
, secs
, usecs
);
27106 hourglass_atimer
= start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, delay
,
27107 show_hourglass
, NULL
);
27112 /* Cancel the hourglass cursor timer if active, hide a busy cursor if
27115 cancel_hourglass (void)
27117 #if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM)
27118 if (hourglass_atimer
)
27120 cancel_atimer (hourglass_atimer
);
27121 hourglass_atimer
= NULL
;
27124 if (hourglass_shown_p
)
27128 #endif /* ! WINDOWSNT */